As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2021

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

_________________________________

FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

_________________________________

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

_________________________________

 

British Virgin Islands

 

7841

 

Not applicable

   
   

(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

   

_________________________________

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

601 Everest Grande, A Wing
Mahakali Caves Road
Andheri (East)
Mumbai, India 400 093
Tel: (284)494
-2810

_________________________________

McNAMARA CORPORATE SERVICES LIMITED
116 Main Street
P.O. Box 3342
Road Town, Tortola
British Virgin Islands
Tel: (284)494
-2810

_________________________________

Copies to:

 

M. Ali Panjwani, Esq.

Pryor Cashman LLP

7 Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Tel: (212) 421-4100

 

Darrin Ocasio, Esq.

Avital Perlman, Esq.

Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP

1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Tel: (212) 930-9700

   

_________________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this
Registration Statement becomes effective.

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: as soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  £

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Emerging growth company    S

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act  £

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Class of Securities to be Registered

 

Amount
to be
Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price
per Share

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price

 

Amount of
Registration
Fee

Common Shares, par value $0.01 per share(1)(2)

 

3,136,362

 

$

11.00

 

$

34,499,982

 

$

3,764

Underwriter’s Warrants(2)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Shares underlying Underwriter Warrants(3)

 

136,364

 

$

13.75

 

$

1,875,005

 

$

205

Total

     

 

   

$

36,374,987

 

$

3,969

____________

(1)      Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). There is no current market for the securities or price at which the shares are being offered. Includes up to 409,090 common shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment allowance.

(2)      Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, there is also being registered hereby such indeterminate number of additional common shares of the Registrant as may be issued or issuable because of stock splits, stock dividends, stock distributions, and similar transactions.

(3)      We have agreed to issue to the representative of the underwriters warrants to purchase the number of common shares (the “Representative Warrants”) in the aggregate equal to five percent (5%) of the shares sold at closing of the offering (excluding the over-allotment shares). The Representative Warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time within four (4) years commencing from one (1) year from the closing of the offering, in whole or in part, but may not be transferred nor may the shares underlying the warrants be sold until 180 days from the effective date of the offering. The exercise price of the Representative Warrants is equal to 125% of the public offering price per share in the offering.

 

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION 

 

DATED MARCH 31, 2021

2,727,272 common shares

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

This is our initial public offering of common shares of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD. We are offering 2,727,272 common shares. We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $10.00 and $12.00 per share.

No public market currently exists for our common shares. We have applied for approval for quotation on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “LYT” for the common shares we are offering. We believe that upon the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, we will meet the standards for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Act of 2012, as amended, and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

An investment in our securities is highly speculative, involves a high degree of risk and should be considered only by persons who can afford the loss of their entire investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.

 

Per Share

 

Total Without
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Total With
Over-Allotment
Option

Initial public offering price

 

$

11.00

 

$

29,999,992

 

$

34,499,982

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

0.77

 

$

2,099,999

 

$

2,414,999

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

10.23

 

$

27,899,993

 

$

32,084,983

(1)      We have also agreed to pay a non-accountable expense allowance to Aegis Capital Corp. (“Aegis”) as representative of the underwriters, of 1% of the gross proceeds received in this offering and to reimburse the underwriters for other out-of-pocket expenses related to the offering. For a description of other compensation to be received by the underwriters, see “Underwriting.”

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 409,090 common shares on the same terms as the other common shares being purchased by the underwriters from us. For a description of the other compensation to be received by the underwriters, see “Underwriting.”

The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares against payment in U.S. dollars on or about         , 2021.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

The date of this prospectus is March 31, 2021

Aegis Capital Corp.

 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary

 

1

Risk Factors

 

10

Forward-Looking Statements

 

28

Use of Proceeds

 

29

Dividend Policy

 

30

Exchange Rate Information

 

31

Capitalization

 

32

Dilution

 

33

Post-Offering Ownership

 

34

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

35

Our Business

 

43

Management

 

61

Related Party Transactions

 

67

Principal Shareholders

 

68

Description of Share Capital

 

69

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 

76

Tax Matters Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Common Shares

 

77

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

 

84

Determination of Offering Price

 

85

Underwriting

 

86

Legal Matters

 

92

Experts

 

92

Where You Can Find More Information

 

92

Financial Statements

 

F-1

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither we, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus, or any free writing prospectus, as the case may be, or any sale of common shares in our company.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, nor the underwriters, have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the common shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

i

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information that we present more fully in the rest of this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying common shares in this offering. This summary contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements about our plans, objectives, expectations, assumptions or future events. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “we believe,” “we intend,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “could,” and similar expressions denoting uncertainty or an action that may, will or is expected to occur in the future. These statements involve estimates, assumptions, known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and the financial statements and the notes to those statements.

Our Company

Overview

We are a growing platform services company primarily providing content streaming/telecasting services with over 8 million active users located all across India.1 Our scope of business also covers telemedicine services with local assistance through local Health Centers. Through our platform, our customers are well connected via customer premises equipment (“CPE”) devices/set top boxes (“STBs) and have access to multi-dimensional services including telemedicine service.

Our customer base and expansive market presence position us to widen our portfolio of offerings. We have been focused on adopting and implementing technologies that can change the landscape of being a conventional streaming services provider.

We intend to benefit from India’s e-commerce boom and the recent tele-medicine regulation through the acquisition of Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”). The management of GHSI has many years of pioneering experience of the management in tele-medicine in USA, which we believe will help us create a profitable and sustainable business model with rapid growth prospects. We believe that our deep understanding and local expertise have enabled us to create solutions that address the needs and preferences of our consumers in the most comprehensive and efficient way. We possess extensive local knowledge of the markets in which we operate, which we consider to be a key component of our success.

Corporate History and Structure

Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd. (“we”, “Lytus”, “Lytus Group”, or the “Company”) is a holding company incorporated under the laws of British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) on March 16, 2020. On March 19, 2020, we acquired all of the equity share capital of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”), an Indian company. On March 31, 2020, Lytus acquired 51% of the equity shares from the present shareholders of DDC CATV Network Private Limited (“DDC”). On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”) and the shareholder of GHSI, pursuant to which the Company acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI.

The following diagram illustrates our current corporate structure:

____________

1               Calculation based upon approximately 1.8 million paid home subscribers which based on industry standards translates to more than 8 million viewers on an average of 4.6 viewers per household in India. Source: United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division (2019) — Database on Household Size and Composition 2019. Available: https://population.un.org/Household/index.html#/countries/356

1

Table of Contents

While Lytus Group was restructured in 2020, DDC has been operation for more than five years. We have established a strong customer base and obtained significant market share through our acquisition of Reachnet’s customers, a long-standing cable services company in India. Reachnet is also a Multi System Operator (MSO) in the business of telecasting/streaming of broadcast channels (both owned as well as redistributed) to subscribers for a subscription charge depending upon the services and content chosen by the subscriber. Reachnet also owns and operates fiber optic cable networks with offices in various major cities across the country. These networks are used by Reachnet to offer its services to Lytus India’s subscribers. Reachnet also offers its cable network along with management personnel and subscriber management services to third party service providers for a fee. It has an extensive infrastructure and logistics set-up in various cities for provision of telecasting/streaming services to their erstwhile subscribers.

We have scaled and intend to continue to scale our platform through the pursuit of selective acquisitions. We believe our acquisitions of Lytus India and DDC have expanded our distribution capabilities and broadened our service offerings. We have aggregated customers from several service providers and other businesses by bring them on to the Lytus platform. We provide services to our customers through access to a network of 25,000 kilometers of deployed fiber and broadband infrastructure in accordance with our service agreement with our partner. Since our inception we have consistently expanded our network capabilities and offerings while growing our customer base.

Lytus India provides technology enabled customer services, which includes content streaming/telecast services. The present device/STB is being further upgraded to support the unified and integrated platform through which it shall provide multi-dimensional services such as MedTech IOT (IOT refers to the Internet of Things), etc.

DDC is a licensed MSO in the business of telecasting/streaming of broadcast channels (both owned channels as well as redistribution) to subscribers for a subscription charge depending upon the services and content chosen by the subscriber. In India the regulation does not differentiate between telecasting and streaming as long as the streaming is done in Internet Protocol television (IPTV) format. Lytus has the expertise and has plans to offer additional value-added services such as MedTech IOT, by upgrading the existing cable networks. The upgrade primarily consists of deploying FTTH GPON and changing the existing STB/CPE.

Lytus India provides streaming/telecast services to the customers we acquired from Reachnet. DDC has been providing streaming/telecast services to its customers in New Delhi region for several years and will continue to do so independently of Lytus India and Reachnet.

Along with a strong India focus, we expect to grow our international presence in regions such as Africa, Indonesia, UK, and the USA.

GHSI was formed in 2020 and had no business operations prior to our acquisition. On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement and acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI. After the completion of acquisition, GHSI brought into the key management team and acquired important contracts. GHSI’s telemedicine service aims to provide management and technology solutions to hospital networks, university medical schools, physician networks and individual practices in the U.S. Its proprietary delivery platform uses digital communication technologies using medical monitoring devices, video capabilities and data capture methodologies. The platform also uses AI Ecosystem Assets including Conversational Computing, Intelligent Robotic Process Automation (iRPA), and Machine Learning (ML). This platform is currently rolled out in New Jersey, Illinois, Florida and Texas with approximately 125 medical physicians using our system for approximately 3000 users via hospital and clinic networks.

In India, Lytus’ telemedicine business, through Lytus India, has commenced repurposing its existing Local Cable Operator Network infrastructure to set up Local Health Centers/diagnostic centers (LHC). There is scheduled to be one dedicated LHC for every 5000 customers and this LHC will be staffed with trained healthcare professionals. LHCs will support customers with additional patient services that cannot be remotely provided through device strategy. Typical services provided at the LHCs will include ECGs, blood and urine testing, ultrasound scans etc. The LHC network will act as an important link between patients, doctors and supporting hospital partners for better integration. The Company also intends to leverage the LHC network for pharmaceutical delivery.

Strategic Roadmap

We believe that through additional customer acquisitions, our business will expand rapidly over the next three years. Our objective is to grow profitably by building on our current strategic position to become a dominant global unified platform services company.

2

Table of Contents

The key elements of our strategy include:

•        expanding the service and product portfolio to enhance cross-selling opportunities;

•        enhancing the service platform by investing in technology;

•        expanding into new geographic markets; and

•        pursuing selective strategic partnerships and acquisitions.

We have six principles for our growth:

Operating model:    simplify and align with our customers’ needs and end markets.

Enhance customer experience:    introduce customer-centric programs and services leveraging the latest technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) to improve our customers’ experiences and continue to earn their business.

Service portfolio management:    adopt a more proactive approach, be agile in introducing new offerings while continuously scrutinizing the potential for returns.

Build scale:    to grow and build scale in a broad range of international markets and industry verticals within the online service platform and e-healthcare segment.

Strategic relationships:    focus on building and maintaining long-term strategic business relationships with other established players in the market to better utilize the network capabilities, reduce cost burden and generate supplementary revenue streams.

Acquisition strategy:    develop a more targeted and disciplined approach; focus on acquisitions that augment our existing online streaming portfolio.

Our Streaming Services

We have a very broad customer base (including retail and commercial customers). We offer subscription-based video services and Internet services to primarily residential customers, with prices and related charges based on the types of service selected, whether the services are sold as a “bundle” or on an individual basis, and based on the equipment necessary to receive our services. Our video customers receive a package of programming, which generally includes a device that provides an interactive electronic programming guide with parental controls, access to pay-per-view services, including video on demand (“VOD”). Customers have the option to purchase additional tiers of services, including premium channels that provide original programming, commercial-free movies, sports, and other special event entertainment programming. Almost all of the popular linear video channels and content are available in high definition.

Leading Technology-Enabled Innovation in Healthcare

Our healthcare work will focus on providing telemedicine solutions for the unmet medical needs of a large part of the Indian population. Our vision is to provide cost-efficient telemedicine services, as well as serve as an extension of the traditional healthcare system. Our unique addition to conventional telemedicine is in the form of local health centers staffed by trained nurses, both male and female, to assist the doctor to thoroughly examine the patient and administer treatment such injections as per the advice of the doctor on the video consultation.

We believe this extension of traditional healthcare services is vital because:

•        68% of Indians live in rural villages;

•        India has one doctor for every 1,445 people;

•        More than 75% of Indian doctors are based in cities or urban areas; and

•        Approximately 89% of rural Indian patients have to travel about 8 kilometers to access basic medical treatment2.

____________

2          World Health Day Amid Covid Crisis by Pramod N Sulikeri, Available: https://myarogya.in/general/world-health-day-amid-covid-crisis/ & Telemedicine Force Multiplier for Healthcare Delivery by Major General Ashok Kumar Singh (retd), Available: https://innohealthmagazine.com/2020/guest-column/telemedicine-healthcare-delivery/

3

Table of Contents

Tele-medicine services

Building on the Company’s strong fiber-optic network and customer base, we strive to use technology-based innovation to address the most significant unmet needs of patients and societies across rural India.

In the first phase of our journey, we are developing and delivering telehealth services in the nature of preventive healthcare using technologies such as Internet of Medical Things (IoMT) and Artificial Intelligence (AI). Our initial focus is aimed at offering basic health monitoring and digital stethoscope services with the help of our own smart devices and software systems and also last mile medicine delivery services. Further, we utilize clinical informatics for the collation of information for effective data analysis and for sharing the information with doctors/relatives/other stakeholders to help in better decision making.

With our streaming services and our devices, we intend to make it possible for the people to undertake self-health monitoring and combine the same with remote diagnosis and treatment with unique local assistance through secure patient-doctor consultation. Thereby not only reducing the number of trips to the hospital but also build an ecosystem that may turn out to be an affordable, as well as a fast, way to bridge the rural-urban health divide.

Technology Platform

In an industry where the cost of error is high, operational consistency and network dependability are critical. Information has to be accurate, and readily available. Our operations benefit from centralized decision-making and a uniform technology platform, coupled with a coordinated local presence. Our unified, scalable technology platform has been developed by our technology team, which is located in India. This technology platform covers all relevant aspects of our operations, from data management, business intelligence, traffic optimization and consumer engagement to infrastructure, logistics and payments. Data is constantly collected and analyzed to help optimize operations, make the consumer experience more personal and relevant, and enable us, selected sellers and logistics partners to make informed, real-time decisions.

Competitive Advantage

We continually enhance our access to fiber-optic network, with the goal of elevating the customer experience, enhancing reliability and sustaining future growth. Building on this capability and leveraging modern technology, we are diversifying into new growth areas to expand our business horizon.

From a traditional contact management service provider, we have evolved into a significant streaming service provider. We continue to invest in long-term growth opportunities, while simultaneously building on our core capabilities and engaging in strategic partnerships to widen our geographical presence and offerings.

We focus on customer service excellence and technological leadership to further strengthen our differentiated competitive position and enhance the customer experience.

Recent Financing

On December 30, 2020, the Company entered into an Agreement for Subscription of Debentures with an investor (the “Investor”) pursuant to which the Company shall issue to the Investor Redeemable Debentures (the “Debentures”) of Rs. 240 crores (a crore denotes ten million, approximately $33,000,000). The tenure of the Debentures shall be 12 months from the date of allotment of the Debentures, with an option to extend the period by another 4 years, for an aggregate of 5 years. The Debentures shall be redeemed at a value of Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000), with an assumed principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,400,000) and accumulated interest of Rs. 45 crores (approximately $6,200,000), at the end of 12 months from the issuance date. The redeemed amount shall be paid within the period of 45 days from the above due date, unless the period is extended for another 4 years, where which the revised redemption value shall be Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000) plus an additional simple interest of 15% per annum on the revised principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,000,000) starting from the revised principal date. The Debentures have not been issued because the transaction contemplated under the Agreement for Subscription of Debentures is still subject to the regulatory approval of the local government in India.

4

Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company Status

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year (the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020), we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

•        being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our SEC filings,

•        not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,

•        reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements, and

•        exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). However, if certain events occur before the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.00 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company before the end of such five-year period.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and acknowledge such election is irrevocable pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

Foreign Private Issuer Status

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and Rule 3b-4(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As a result, we are not subject to the same requirements as U.S. domestic issuers. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we will not be required to issue quarterly reports or proxy statements. We will not be required to disclose detailed individual executive compensation information. Furthermore, our directors and executive officers will not be required to report equity holdings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and will not be subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery regime.

Notes on Prospectus Presentation

Numerical figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them. Certain market data and other statistical information contained in this prospectus is based on information from independent industry organizations, publications, surveys and forecasts. Some market data and statistical information contained in this prospectus are also based on management’s estimates and calculations, which are derived from our review and interpretation of the independent sources listed above, our internal research and our knowledge of the Indian information technology industry. While we believe such information is reliable, we have not independently verified any third-party information and our internal data has not been verified by any independent source.

5

Table of Contents

Except where the context otherwise requires and for purposes of this prospectus only:

•        Depending on the context, the terms “we,” “us,” “our company,” and “our” refer to Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd., BVI company, and its consolidated subsidiaries:

•        “Lytus India” refers to Lytus Technologies Private Limited, our wholly-owned subsidiary in India.

•        “DDC” refers to DDC CATV Network Private Ltd., our majority-owned (51%) subsidiary in India.

•        “common shares” refer to our common shares, $0.01 par value per share.

•        all references to “Rs.” or “Rupee” are to the legal currency of India, and all references to “USD,” “$”, and “U.S. dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States.

•        a “crore” denotes ten million.

Unless otherwise noted, all currency figures in this filing are in U.S. dollars.

This prospectus contains translations of certain Indian rupee amounts into U.S. dollar amounts at a specified rate solely for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise noted, we have translated profit and loss items at an average rate of 71.09 for the period ended March 31, 2020. For balance sheet items, we have translated at a closing rate of 75.33 as of March 31, 2020. We have stated equity accounts at their historical rates. We make no representation that the Indian rupee amounts or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Indian rupee amounts, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On March 31, 2021, the exchange rate was Rs.73.15 to $1.00. Any discrepancies in any table between the amounts identified as total amounts and the sum of the amounts listed therein are due to rounding.

Assuming the completion of this offering, our officers, directors, and 5% or greater shareholders will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 87.4% of our outstanding common shares. Specifically, Dharmesh Pandya, our chief executive officer and director, in the aggregate, will beneficially own 78.2% following this offering, which, in turn, will allow such shareholders to exert substantial influence over matters such as electing directors and approving mergers or other business combination transactions. As a result, our officers, directors, and 5% or greater shareholders will possess substantial ability to impact our management and affairs and the outcome of matters submitted to shareholders for approval. This concentration of ownership and voting power may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common shares as part of a sale of our company and might reduce the price of our common shares. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders, including those who purchase common shares in this offering. See “Risk Factors”.

6

Table of Contents

The Offering

Common shares offered

 

2,727,272 common shares

Over-allotment Option to purchase additional common shares from us

 


We have granted the underwriters 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 409,090 shares on the same terms as the other shares being purchased by the underwriters from us.

Common shares outstanding before this offering

 


34,146,369 common shares.

Common shares outstanding after this offering

 


36,873,641 common shares.

Use of Proceeds

 

We intend to use the proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including acquiring additional assets and developing our telemedicine service. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

Lockup Agreements

 

Our executive officers, directors, and shareholders holding 5% or more of our common shares prior to the offering, collectively, have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, transfer. or dispose of any common shares or similar securities for a period of 90 days following the closing of this offering.

NASDAQ Trading symbol

 

We intend to apply for listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “LYT”.

Risk Factors

 

Investing in these securities involves a high degree of risk. As an investor, you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common shares.

7

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables summarize our historical consolidated financial data. We have derived the historical consolidated statements of operations data for the period March 16, 2020 to March 31, 2020 from our audited consolidated financial statements, and for the period ended December 31, 2020, from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full fiscal year.

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Loss Data:

 

For the period
16 March 2020
(date of inception)
through
31 March 2020
(US$)

 

For the period
ended
December 31,
2020 (US$)
(Unaudited)

Revenues

 

 

     

Operating revenue

 

$

 

29,196,196

Other operating income

 

 

 

101

Total revenues

 

 

 

29,196,298

   

 

     

Other income

 

 

     

Other income

 

 

15,759,393

 

Total income

 

 

15,759,393

 

29,196,298

   

 

     

Expenses

 

 

     

Amortization

 

 

204,086

 

8,927,417

Streaming service costs

 

 

 

16,916,480

Legal and professional expense

 

 

272,894

 

1,288,926

Staffing expense

 

 

15,777

 

235,229

Other operating expenses

 

 

8,463

 

113,471

Total expenses

 

 

501,220

 

27,659,626

   

 

     

Finance income

 

 

 

2,515

Income before income tax

 

 

15,258,173

 

1,539,186

Income tax expense

 

 

3,894,674

 

423,227

Net income after tax available to common shareholders

 

$

11,363,499

 

1,115,960

   

 

     

Attributable to:

 

 

     

Controlling interest

 

$

11,363,499

 

1,067,824

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

48,136

8

Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

For the period
16 March 2020
(date of inception)
through
31 March 2020
(US$)

 

For the
period ended
December 31,
2020
(US$)
(Unaudited)

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

   

Current assets

 

 

 

 

   

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

41,760

 

 

400,254

Other financial assets

 

 

42,038

 

 

246,438

Trade receivables

 

 

390,151

 

 

33,830,217

Other receivable

 

 

18,015,483

 

 

18,566,577

Other current assets

 

 

4,351,189

 

 

7,856,195

Total current assets

 

 

22,840,621

 

 

60,639,679

   

 

 

 

   

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

   

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,130,534

 

 

976,366

Intangible assets and Goodwill

 

 

59,326,290

 

 

50,476,958

Other non-current assets, net

 

 

16,472

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

156,020

 

 

1,103,338

Total non-current assets

 

 

60,629,316

 

 

52,556,662

Total assets

 

$

83,469,937

 

 

113,196,341

   

 

 

 

   

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

   

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

   

Borrowings

 

$

1,587,216

 

 

1,599,080

Trade payables

 

 

425,667

 

 

20,978,249

Other financial liabilities

 

 

345,924

 

 

475,970

Security deposits payable

 

 

59,807

 

 

39,677

Other current liabilities

 

 

7,375,226

 

 

13,168,777

Customer acquisition payable

 

 

29,372,718

 

 

30,271,230

Current tax liability

 

 

2,005,748

 

 

2,008,804

Total current liabilities

 

 

41,172,306

 

 

68,541,787

   

 

 

 

   

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

   

Customers acquisition payable, net of current portion

 

 

29,372,718

 

 

30,271,230

Deferred tax liability

 

 

1,907,015

 

 

2,930,748

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

31,279,733

 

 

33,201,978

Total liabilities

 

 

72,452,039

 

 

101,743,766

   

 

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

   
   

 

 

 

   

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

   

Equity share capital

 

 

3,000

 

 

341,541

Other equity

 

 

11,056,589

 

 

11,097,209

Equity attributable to equity holders of the company

 

 

11,059,589

 

 

11,438,750

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(41,691

)

 

13826

Total equity

 

 

11,017,898

 

 

11,452,576

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

83,469,937

 

 

113,196,341

9

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below together with all of the other information included in this prospectus before making an investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below represent our known material risks to our business. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could suffer. In that case, you may lose all or part of your investment. You should not invest in this offering unless you can afford to lose your entire investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Lytus platform may not be accepted in the marketplace.

Uncertainty exists as to whether our Platform will be accepted by the market without additional widespread subscriber acceptance. Several factors may limit the market acceptance of our Platform, including the availability of alternative products and services, as well as the price of our Platform services relative to alternative products. There is a risk that subscriber acceptance will be encouraged to continue to use other products and/or methods instead of ours. We are assuming that, notwithstanding the fact that our Platform is new in the market, subscriber acceptance will elect to use our Platform because of our collective and integrated offerings.

Subscribers need to be persuaded that our Platform service is justified for the anticipated benefit, but there is no assurance that enough subscribers will be convinced to develop a successful market for our Platform.

Our revenues will be dependent upon acceptance of our Platform product by the market.

Our revenues are expected to come from our Platform. There can be no assurance that subscribers will adopt our Platform. If we are not able to market and significantly increase the number of subscribers that use our Platform, or if we are unable to charge the necessary prices, our financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

Defects or malfunctions in our Platform could hurt our reputation, sales, and profitability.

The acceptance of our Platform depends upon its effectiveness and reliability. Our Platform is complex and is continually being modified and improved, and as such may contain undetected defects or errors when first introduced or as new versions are released. To the extent that defects or errors cause our Platform to malfunction and our customers’ use of our Platform is interrupted, our reputation could suffer, and our potential revenues could decline or be delayed while such defects are remedied. We may also be subject to liability for the defects and malfunctions.

There can be no assurance that, despite our testing, errors will not be found in our Platform or new releases, resulting in loss of future revenues or delay in market acceptance, diversion of development resources, damage to our reputation, adverse litigation, or increased service, any of which would have a material adverse effect upon our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Our 8 million user base is based on a calculation of our 1.8 million paid home subscribers multiplied by an industry average of 4.6 users per household in India and the assumptions we used to determine these figures may not be accurate. Assumptions that may not be accurate.

Our 8 million user base is based on a calculation of our 1.8 million paid home subscribers multiplied by an industry average of 4.6 users per household in India. The conversion rate of 4.6 users per household was supported by the Database on Household Size and Composition 2019 released by the Department of Economic and Social Affairs of the United Nations.1 Our estimates of household size and the number of users are based upon historical cable industry practices for measurement of user data. For example, according to the Universe Update Report released by Broadcast Audience Research Council of India in July 20182, the number of average users per household in 2018 was 4.45. Although we believe the figures in the industry report were reasonable, there can be no assurance that the assumptions we used are accurate and therefore the number of the members per household may not necessarily equal to the number of our active users. As a result, the number of our actual active users may be less than 8 million.

____________

1        Available at: https://population.un.org/Household/index.html#/countries/356

2        Available at: https://www.barcindia.co.in/resources/pdf/BARC%20India%20Universe%20Update%20-%202018.pdf

10

Table of Contents

Software failures, breakdowns in the operations of our servers and communications systems or the failure to implement system enhancements could harm our business.

Our success depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our servers and communications systems. A failure of our network or data gathering procedures could impede services and could result in the loss of subscribers. While our operations will have disaster recovery plans in place, they might not adequately protect us. Despite any precautions we take, damage from fire, floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, break-ins, and similar events at our computer facilities could result in interruptions in the flow of data to our servers and from our servers to our clients. In addition, any failure by our computer environment to provide our required data communications capacity could result in interruptions in our service. In the event of a server failure, we could be required to transfer our client data collection operations to an alternative provider of server hosting services. Such a transfer could result in delays in our ability to deliver our products and services to our clients.

Additionally, significant delays in the planned delivery of system enhancements, improvements and inadequate performance of the systems once they are completed could damage our reputation and harm our business. Long-term disruptions in the infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities and acts of terrorism, particularly involving cities in which we have offices, could adversely affect our businesses. Although, we plan to carry property and business interruption insurance for our business operations, our coverage might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

We face risks related to the storage of customers’ and their end users’ confidential and proprietary information.

Our Platform is designed to maintain the confidentiality and security of our patients’ confidential and proprietary data that are stored on our server systems, which may include sensitive personal data. However, any accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access to these data could expose us to liability for the loss of such information, time-consuming and expensive litigation and other possible liabilities as well as negative publicity. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are difficult to recognize and react to. We may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative or reactionary measures.

We might incur substantial expense to further develop our Platform which may never become sufficiently successful.

Our growth strategy requires the successful launch of our Platform. Although management will take necessary precaution to ensure that our Platform will, with a high degree of likelihood, achieve commercial success, there can be no assurance that this will be the case. The causes for failure of our Platform once commercialized can be numerous, including:

•        market demand for our Platform proves to be smaller than we expect; 

•        further Platform development turns out to be costlier than anticipated or takes longer; our Platform requires significant adjustment post-commercialization, rendering the Platform uneconomic or extending considerably the likely investment return period; additional regulatory requirements may increase the overall costs of the development; patent conflicts or unenforceable intellectual property rights; and physical therapists and clients may be unwilling to adopt and/or use our Platform. 

•        Compliance with changing regulations concerning corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses.

We cannot be certain that we will obtain intellectual property rights for our platform and technology and if we fail to protect our intellectual property rights, our brand and business may suffer.

We believe that our success and competitive position will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property rights for our platform. Although we seek to obtain copyright or trademark protection for our intellectual property when applicable, it is possible that we may not be able to do so successfully or that the copyright or trademark we have obtained may not be sufficient to protect all of our intellectual property rights. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or duplicate our intellectual property or otherwise use our intellectual properties without obtaining our consent. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is

11

Table of Contents

difficult and costly, and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will effectively prevent misappropriation of our intellectual properties. If we are not successful in protecting our intellectual property rights, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Liability issues are inherent in the healthcare industry and insurance are expensive and difficult to obtain, we may be exposed to large lawsuits.

Our business exposes us to potential liability risks, which are inherent in the healthcare industry. While we will take precautions we deem to be appropriate to avoid liability suits against us, there can be no assurance that we will be able to avoid significant liability exposure. Liability insurance for the healthcare industry is generally expensive. We have obtained professional indemnity insurance coverage for our Platform. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain such coverage on acceptable terms, or that any insurance policy will provide adequate protection against potential claims. A successful liability claim brought against us may exceed any insurance coverage secured by us and could have a material adverse effect on our results or ability to continue our Platform.

We will need to increase the size of our organization and may experience difficulties in managing growth.

At present, we are a small company. We expect to experience a period of expansion in headcount, infrastructure, and overhead, and anticipate that further expansion will be required to address potential growth and market opportunities. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain, and integrate new managers. Our future financial performance and its ability to compete effectively will depend, in part, on its ability to manage any future growth effectively.

Dependence on key existing and future personnel

Our success will depend, to a large degree, upon the efforts and abilities of our officers and key management employees. The loss of the services of one or more of our key employees could have a material adverse effect on our operations. In addition, as our business model is implemented, we will need to recruit and retain additional management and key employees in virtually all phases of our operations. Key employees will require a strong background in our industry. We cannot assure that we will be able to successfully attract and retain key personnel.

We rely on information technology to operate our business and maintain our competitiveness, and any failure to adapt to technological developments or industry trends could harm our business.

We depend on the use of sophisticated information technology and systems, which we have customized in-house, for provision of several online services, customer relationship management, communications and administration. As our operations grow in both size and scope, we must continuously improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to offer our customers enhanced services, features and functionality, while maintaining the reliability and integrity of our systems and infrastructure in a cost- effective manner. Our future success also depends on our ability to upgrade our services and infrastructure ahead of rapidly evolving consumer demands while continuing to improve the performance, features and reliability of our service in response to competitive offerings.

We may not be able to maintain or replace our existing systems or introduce new technologies and systems as quickly as our competitors, in a cost-effective manner or at all. We may also be unable to devote adequate financial resources to develop or acquire new technologies and systems in the future.

We may not be able to use new technologies effectively, or we may fail to adapt our websites, transaction processing systems and network infrastructure to consumer requirements or emerging industry standards. If we face material delays in introducing new or enhanced solutions, our customers may forego the use of our services in favor of those of our competitors. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Our customer devices include license software from third party vendors, as we continue to introduce new offering services. We cannot be sure that such technology licenses will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

We operate in a highly competitive industry

Although we are not aware of any other “Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Telemedicine Program” with local assistance precisely like ours, and targeting our specific population, we shall encounter competition from local, regional or national entities, some of which have superior resources or other competitive advantages in the larger

12

Table of Contents

physical therapy space. Intense competition may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may also experience competition from companies in the wellness space. These competitors may be larger and more highly capitalized, with greater name recognition. We will compete with such companies on brand name, quality of services, level of expertise, advertising, product and service innovation and differentiation of product and services. As a result, our ability to secure significant market share may be impeded. Although we believe our services will enable us to serve more patients than traditional physical therapy providers, if these more established offices or providers start offering similar services to ours, their name recognition or experience may enable them to capture a greater market share.

Limited product testing and operations

We have built out the technology platform and content library necessary to execute our planned business strategy. Of course, there may be other factors that prevent us from successfully marketing a product, including, but not limited to, our limited cash resources. Further, our proposed reimbursement plan and the eventual operating results could be susceptible to varying interpretations by scientists, medical personnel, regulatory personnel, statisticians and others, which may delay, limit or prevent our executing our proposed business plan.

We face substantial competition, and others may discover, develop, acquire or commercialize products before or more successfully than we do

We operate in a highly competitive environment. Our products compete with other products of competitors who may have greater clinical, research, regulatory and marketing resources than us. In addition, some of our competitors may have technical or competitive advantages for the development of technologies and processes. These resources may make it difficult for us to compete with them to successfully discover, develop and market new products.

We also depend upon our ability to recruit and retain experienced therapists

Our future revenue generation is dependent upon referrals from physicians in the communities our clinics serve, and our ability to maintain good relations with these physicians. Our therapists are the front line for generating these referrals and we are dependent on their talents and skills to successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships with these physicians. If we cannot recruit and retain our base of experienced and clinically skilled therapists, our business may decrease, and our net operating revenues may decline.

We rely on third-party systems and service providers, and any disruption or adverse change in their businesses could have a material adverse effect on our business

We currently rely on certain third-party computer systems, service providers, and local cable operators to provide various services that we offer customers. Any interruption or deterioration in performance of these third-party systems and services could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our success is also dependent on our ability to maintain our relationships with these third-party systems and service providers, including our technology partners. In the event our arrangements with any of these third parties are impaired or terminated, we may not be able to find an alternative source of systems support on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms, which could result in significant additional costs or disruptions to our business.

We rely on the value of our brand, and any failure to maintain or enhance consumer awareness of our brand could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe continued investment in our brand, “LYTUS,” and the brands of our subsidiaries, is critical to retain and expand our business. We believe that our brand is well respected and recognized in the markets where we have customers. However, we are relatively new to the Indian Ecommerce sector and may not enjoy the same brand recognition in the new areas that we launch our new businesses. We have invested in developing and promoting our brand since our inception and expect to continue to spend on maintaining our brand’s value to enable us to compete against increased spending by our competitors, as well as against emerging competitors, including search engines and meta-search engines, and to allow us to expand into new geographies and products where our brand is not well known. Our marketing costs may also increase as a result of inflation in media pricing (including search engine keywords). There is no assurance that we will be able to successfully maintain or enhance consumer awareness of our brand. Even if we are successful in our branding efforts, such efforts may not be cost-effective. If we are

13

Table of Contents

unable to maintain or enhance consumer awareness of our brand and generate demand in a cost-effective manner, it would negatively impact our ability to compete in the ecommerce sector which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may not be successful in implementing our growth strategies.

Our growth strategy is to enhance our service platforms by investing in technology, and expanding into new geographic markets. Our success in implementing our growth strategies are affected by:

•        our ability to increase the number of suppliers, and product offerings on our platform;

•        our ability to continue to expand our distribution channels, and market and cross-sell our services and products to facilitate the expansion of our business;

•        our ability to build or acquire the required technology;

•        the general condition of the global economy (particularly in India and markets with close proximity to India) and continued growth in demand for online services;

•        our ability to compete effectively with existing and new entrants to the Indian ecommerce industry;

•        the growth of the Internet as a medium for commerce in India; and

•        changes in our regulatory environment.

Many of these factors are beyond our control and there can be no assurance that we will succeed in implementing our strategy. Separately, our growth strategy also involves expanding into new geographic markets, which will involve additional risks.

We may not be successful in pursuing strategic partnerships and acquisitions, and future partnerships and acquisitions may not bring us anticipated benefits.

Part of our growth strategy is the pursuit of strategic partnerships and acquisitions. There can be no assurance that we will succeed in implementing this strategy as it is subject to many factors which are beyond our control, including our ability to identify, attract and successfully execute suitable acquisition opportunities and partnerships.

This strategy may also subject us to uncertainties and risks, including acquisition and financing costs, potential ongoing and unforeseen or hidden liabilities, diversion of management resources and cost of integrating acquired businesses. We could face difficulties integrating the technology of acquired businesses with our existing technology, and employees of the acquired business into various departments and ranks in our company, and it could take substantial time and effort to integrate the business processes being used in the acquired businesses with our existing business processes. Moreover, there is no assurance that such partnerships or acquisitions will achieve our intended objectives or enhance our revenue.

If we are unable to continue to identify and exploit new market opportunities, our future revenues may decline and as a result our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

As more participants enter our markets, the resulting competition often leads to lower commissions. This may result in a decrease in future revenues in a particular market even if the volume of trades we handle in that market increases. We may not be able to attract new customers or successfully enter new markets. If we are unable to continue to identify and exploit new market opportunities on a timely and cost-effective basis, our future revenues may decline and as a result our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Difficult market conditions, economic conditions and geopolitical uncertainties could adversely affect our business in many ways by negatively impacting our future revenues in the financial markets in which we offer services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Difficult market conditions, economic conditions, and geopolitical uncertainties have in the past adversely affected and may in the future adversely affect our business and profitability. Our business and financial services

14

Table of Contents

industry in general are directly affected by national and international economic and political conditions, broad trends in business and finance, the level and volatility of interest rates, changes in and uncertainty regarding tax laws and substantial fluctuations in the volume and price levels of securities transactions. The financial markets and the global financial services business are, by their nature, risky and volatile and are directly affected by many national and international factors that are beyond our control. Any one of these factors may cause a substantial decline in the U.S. and global financial services markets, resulting in reduced trading volume. These events could have a material adverse effect on our results and profitability. These factors include:

•        economic and political conditions in India, the U.S., Europe and elsewhere in the world,

•        concerns about terrorism, war and other armed hostilities,

•        concerns over inflation and wavering institutional and consumer confidence levels,

•        the availability of cash for investment by our dealer customers and their customers,

•        the level and volatility of interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates,

•        the level and volatility of trading in certain equity and commodity markets, and

•        currency values.

The global financial markets have experienced significant disruptions since 2008, and the United States, Europe, and other economies have experienced periods of recession. There is considerable uncertainty over the long-term effects of the expansionary monetary and fiscal policies adopted by the central banks and financial authorities of some of the world’s leading economies. Adverse economic conditions could have negative adverse effects on our business and financial conditions. Additionally, continued turbulence in the international markets may adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs.

Employee misconduct or error could harm us by impairing our ability to attract and retain customers and subjecting us to significant legal liability and reputational harm; moreover, this type of misconduct is difficult to detect and deter and error is difficult to prevent.

Employee misconduct or error could subject us to financial losses and regulatory sanctions and could seriously harm our reputation and negatively affect our business. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions taken to prevent and detect employee misconduct may not always be effective. Misconduct by employees could include engaging in improper or unauthorized transactions or activities, failing to properly supervise other employees, or improperly using confidential information. Employee errors, including mistakes in executing, recording or processing transactions for customers, could cause us to enter into transactions that customers may disavow and refuse to settle, which could expose us to the risk of material losses even if the errors are detected and the transactions are unwound or reversed. If our customers are not able to settle their transactions on a timely basis, the time in which employee errors are detected may be increased and our risk of material loss could be increased. The risk of employee error or miscommunication may be greater for products that are new or have non-standardized terms. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct or error, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in all cases.

Changing laws, rules and regulations and legal uncertainties, including adverse application of tax laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business and financial performance.

Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in or interpretations of existing, or the promulgation of new, laws, rules and regulations applicable to us and our business, including those relating to the Internet and e-commerce, consumer protection and privacy. Such unfavorable changes could decrease demand for our services and products, increase costs and/or subject us to additional liabilities. For example, there may continue to be an increasing number of laws and regulations pertaining to the Internet and e-commerce, which may relate to liability for information retrieved from or transmitted over the Internet or mobile networks, user privacy, taxation and the quality of services and products sold or provided through the Internet. Furthermore, the growth and development of e-commerce may result in more stringent consumer protection laws that may impose additional burdens on online businesses generally.

15

Table of Contents

The application of various Indian and international sales, use, occupancy, value-added and other tax laws, rules and regulations to our services and products is subject to interpretation by the applicable taxing authorities. Many of the statutes and regulations that impose these taxes were established before the growth of the Internet, mobile networks and e-commerce. If such tax laws, rules and regulations are amended, new adverse laws, rules or regulations are adopted or current laws are interpreted adversely to our interests, particularly with respect to occupancy or value-added or other taxes, the results could increase our tax payments (prospectively or retrospectively) and/or subject us to penalties and, if we pass on such costs to our customers, decrease the demand for our services and products. As a result, any such changes or interpretations could have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Infrastructure in India may not be upgraded in order to support higher internet penetration, which may result in additional investments and expenses for us.

According to Internet World Stats and the McKinsey Global Report on Digital India dated March 2019, Internet penetration in India was only 7.0% in 2009, but reached over 40% in 2018. There can be no assurance that Internet penetration in India will increase in the future as slowdowns or disruptions in upgrading efforts for infrastructure in India could reduce the rate of increase in the use of the Internet. As such, we may need to make additional investments in alternative distribution channels. Further, any slowdown or negative deviation in the anticipated increase in Internet penetration in India may adversely affect our business and prospects.

Our results of operations are subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

As the functional currency of Lytus India, our key operating subsidiary, is the Indian Rupee, our exposure to foreign currency risk primarily arises in respect of our non-Indian Rupee-denominated trade and other receivables, trade and other payables, and cash and cash equivalents.

We may not be able to obtain additional financing, if needed, on terms that are acceptable, which could prevent us from developing or enhancing our business, taking advantage of future opportunities or responding to competitive pressure or unanticipated requirements.

Our business is dependent upon the availability of adequate funding and sufficient capital. If for any reason we need to raise additional funds, we may not be able to obtain additional financing when needed. If we cannot raise additional funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop or enhance our business, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressure or unanticipated requirements.

We may experience technology failures while developing and enhancing our software.

In order to maintain our competitive advantage, our software is under continuous development. There is risk that software failures may occur and result in service interruptions and have other unintended consequences, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any significant disruption in service on our platform or in our computer systems, including events beyond our control, could prevent us from processing or posting transactions on our platform, reduce the attractiveness of our platform and result in a loss of borrowers or investors.

In the event of a platform outage and physical data loss, our ability to perform our servicing obligations, process applications or make products and services available on our platform would be materially and adversely affected. The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our platform, and our underlying network infrastructure are critical to our operations, customer service, reputation and our ability to retain existing and attract new borrowers and investors. Our operations depend on our ability to protect our systems against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, air quality issues, environmental conditions, computer viruses or attempts to harm our systems, criminal acts and similar events. If there is a lapse in service or damage to our facilities, we could experience interruptions in our service as well as delays and additional expense in arranging new facilities. Any interruptions or delays in our service, whether as a result of third-party error, our error, natural disasters or security breaches, whether accidental or willful, could harm our relationships with our borrowers and investors and our reputation. Additionally, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur.

16

Table of Contents

We operate in a rapidly evolving business environment. If we are unable to adapt our business effectively to keep pace with these changes, our ability to succeed will be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The pace of change in our industry is extremely rapid. Operating in such a rapidly changing business environment involves a high degree of risk. Our ability to succeed will depend on our ability to adapt effectively to these changing market conditions. If we are unable to keep up with rapid technological changes, we may not be able to compete effectively. To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality, accessibility and features of our proprietary software, network distribution systems and technologies. Our business environment is characterized by rapid technological changes, changes in use and customer requirements and preferences, frequent product and service introductions embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards and practices that could render our existing proprietary technology and systems obsolete. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to:

•        develop, license and defend intellectual property useful in our business,

•        enhance our existing services,

•        develop new services and technologies that address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of our prospective customers,

•        respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis,

•        respond to the demand for new services, products and technologies on a cost-effective and timely basis, and

•        adapt to technological advancements and changing standards to address the increasingly sophisticated requirements and varied needs of our prospective customers.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to respond in a timely manner to changing market conditions or customer requirements. The development of proprietary electronic trading technology entails significant technical, financial and business risks. Further, the adoption of new Internet, networking or telecommunications technologies may require us to devote substantial resources to modify, adapt and defend our technology. We cannot assure you that we will successfully implement new technologies or adapt our proprietary technology and transaction-processing systems to customer requirements or emerging industry standards, or that we will be able to successfully defend any challenges to any technology we develop. Any failure on our part to anticipate or respond adequately to technological advancements, customer requirements or changing industry standards, or any significant delays in the development, introduction or availability of new services, products or enhancements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules and, as a result, may rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to shareholders of other companies.

We are a “controlled company” as defined under Rule 5615(c)(1) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules because Mr. Dharmesh Pandya holds more than 50% of our voting power, and we expect we will continue to be a controlled company upon completion of this offering. For so long as we remain a controlled company under that definition, we are permitted to elect to rely, and may rely, on certain exemptions from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•        the requirement that our director nominees must be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        the requirement that we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

17

Table of Contents

As a result, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules, if we utilize such exemptions. We currently do not intend to utilize the controlled company exemptions.

Lack of liquidity or access to capital could impair our business and financial condition.

Liquidity, or ready access to funds, is essential to our business. We expend significant resources investing in our business, particularly with respect to our technology and service platforms. As a result, reduced levels of liquidity could have a significant negative effect on us. Some potential conditions that could negatively affect our liquidity include:

•        illiquid or volatile markets,

•        diminished access to debt or capital markets,

•        unforeseen cash or capital requirements, or

•        regulatory penalties or fines, or adverse legal settlements or judgments.

The capital and credit markets continue to experience varying degrees of volatility and disruption. In some cases, the markets have exerted downward pressure on availability of liquidity and credit capacity for businesses similar to ours. Without sufficient liquidity, we could be required to limit or curtail our operations or growth plans, and our business would suffer. Notwithstanding the self-funding nature of our operations, we may sometimes be required to fund timing differences arising from the delayed receipt of client funds associated with the settlement of client transactions in securities markets. These timing differences are funded either with internally generated cash flow or, if needed, with funds drawn under our revolving credit facility. We may also need access to capital in connection with the growth of our business, through acquisitions or otherwise. In the event current resources are insufficient to satisfy our needs, we may need to rely on financing sources such as bank debt. The availability of additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as:

•        market conditions,

•        the general availability of credit,

•        the volume of trading activities,

•        the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry,

•        our credit ratings and credit capacity, and

•        the possibility that our lenders could develop a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects is a result of industry- or company-specific considerations. Similarly, our access to funds may be impaired if regulatory authorities or rating organizations take negative actions against us.

Disruptions, uncertainty, or volatility in the capital and credit markets may also limit our access to capital required to operate our business. Such market conditions may limit our ability to satisfy statutory capital requirements, generate commission, fee and other market-related revenue to meet liquidity needs and access the capital necessary to grow our business. As such, we may be forced to delay raising capital, issue different types of capital than we would otherwise, less effectively deploy such capital, or bear an unattractive cost of capital, which could decrease our profitability and significantly reduce our financial flexibility.

Our business could be materially adversely affected as a result of the risks associated with acquisitions and investments.

We may pursue further acquisitions and investments in the future. These transactions are accompanied by risks. For instance, an acquisition could have a negative effect on our financial and strategic position and reputation or the acquired business could fail to further our strategic goals. Moreover, we may not be able to successfully integrate acquired businesses into ours, and therefore we may not be able to realize the intended benefits from an acquisition. We may have a lack of experience in new markets, products or technologies brought on by the acquisition and we may have an initial dependence on unfamiliar supply or distribution partners. An acquisition may create an impairment of

18

Table of Contents

relationships with customers or suppliers of the acquired business or our advisors or suppliers. All of these and other potential risks may serve as a diversion of our management’s attention from other business concerns, and any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims, which may be expensive to defend and may disrupt our business and operations.

We cannot be certain that our operations or any aspects of our business do not or will not infringe upon or otherwise violate trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how, or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. We may be from time to time in the future subject to legal proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, there may be third-party trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights that are infringed by our products, services or other aspects of our business without our awareness. Holders of such intellectual property rights may seek to enforce such intellectual property rights against us in India, the United States or other jurisdictions. If any third-party infringement claims are brought against us, we may be forced to divert management’s time and other resources from our business and operations to defend against these claims, regardless of their merits. Additionally, the application and interpretation of India’s intellectual property right laws and the procedures and standards for granting trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights in India are still evolving and are uncertain, and we cannot assure you that Indian courts or regulatory authorities would agree with our analysis. If we were found to have violated the intellectual property rights of others, we may be subject to liability for our infringement activities or may be prohibited from using such intellectual property, and we may incur licensing fees or be forced to develop alternatives of our own. As a result, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Our platforms and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical, and if it contains undetected errors, our business could be adversely affected.

Our platforms and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical and complex. In addition, our platform and internal systems depend on the ability of such software to store, retrieve, process, and manage immense amounts of data. The software on which we rely has contained, and may now or in the future contain, undetected errors or bugs. Errors or other design defects within the software on which we rely may result in a negative experience for customers and funding sources, delay introductions of new features or enhancements, result in errors or compromise our ability to protect customer or investor data or our intellectual property. Any errors, bugs or defects discovered in the software on which we rely could result in harm to our reputation, loss of customers or investors or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business is dependent on our ability to maintain relationships with our business partners and other third parties, and at the same time, we are subject to risks associated with our business partners and other third parties.

We currently rely on a number of business partners and other third parties in various aspects of our business. In addition, we cooperate with a number of business partners and other third parties to deliver our services to our customers. Furthermore, if third-party service providers fail to function properly, we cannot assure you that we would be able to find an alternative in a timely and cost-efficient manner, or at all. Pursuing, establishing and maintaining relationships with business partners and other third parties, as well as integrating their data and services with our system, require significant time and resources.

The smooth operation of our business also depends on the compliance by our business partners and other third parties with applicable laws and regulations. Any negative publicity about business partners and other third parties could harm our reputation. If any of the foregoing were to occur, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Our reputation is associated with these business partners and other third parties, and if any of the foregoing were to occur, our reputation may suffer.

We face risks related to health pandemics that could impact our sales and operating results.

Our business could be adversely affected by the effects of a widespread outbreak of contagious disease, including the recent outbreak of respiratory illness caused by a novel coronavirus (COVID-19) first identified in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China. These could include disruptions or restrictions on our ability to travel and to deliver our products to our customers, as well as temporary closures of our facilities or the facilities of our customers and third-party service providers.

19

Table of Contents

Any disruption or delay of our operations and those of our suppliers or customers may adversely impact our sales and operating results. This could also add pressure on our cash flow, although the size and duration of this global pandemic are uncertain as of this prospectus. In addition, a significant outbreak of contagious diseases in the human population resulted in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets of India and many other countries, resulting in an economic downturn that could affect demand for our products and significantly impact our operating results.

We will likely not pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

Dividend policy is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. There is no assurance that our Board of Directors will declare dividends even if we are profitable. Under BVI law, we may only pay dividends from profits of our company, or credits standing in our Company’s share premium account, and we must be solvent before and after the dividend payment in the sense that we will be able to satisfy our liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of business.

Risks Related to Doing Business in India

A substantial portion of our business and operations are located in India and we are subject to regulatory, economic, social and political uncertainties in India.

A substantial portion of our business and employees are located in India, and we intend to continue to develop and expand our business in India. Consequently, our financial performance and the market price of our common shares will be affected by changes in exchange rates and controls, interest rates, changes in government policies, including taxation policies, social and civil unrest and other political, social and economic developments in or affecting India.

The Government of India has exercised and continues to exercise significant influence over many aspects of the Indian economy. Since 1991, successive Indian governments have generally pursued policies of economic liberalization and financial sector reforms, including by significantly relaxing restrictions on the private sector. Nevertheless, the role of the Indian central and state governments in the Indian economy as producers, consumers and regulators has remained significant and we cannot assure you that such liberalization policies will continue. The present government, formed in May 2009, has announced policies and taken initiatives that support the continued economic liberalization policies that have been pursued by previous governments. However, the present government is a multiparty coalition and therefore there is no assurance that it will be able to generate sufficient cross-party support to implement such policies or initiatives. The rate of economic liberalization could change, and specific laws and policies affecting travel service companies, foreign investments, currency exchange rates and other matters affecting investments in India could change as well. A significant change in India’s policy of economic liberalization and deregulation or any social or political uncertainties could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India generally and our business and prospects.

As the domestic Indian market constitutes a significant source of our revenue, a slowdown in economic growth in India could cause our business to suffer.

The performance and growth of our business are necessarily dependent on economic conditions prevalent in India, which may be materially and adversely affected by political instability or regional conflicts, economic slowdown elsewhere in the world or otherwise. The Indian economy also remains largely driven by the performance of the agriculture sector, which depends on the quality of the monsoon and is difficult to predict. The Indian economy has grown significantly over the past few years. In the past, economic slowdowns in the Indian economy have harmed the ecommerce sector as customers have less disposable income for their shopping online. Any future slowdown in the Indian economy could have a material adverse effect on the demand for the travel products we sell and, as a result, on our financial condition and results of operations.

Trade deficits could also adversely affect our business and the price of our common shares. India’s trade relationships with other countries and its trade deficit, driven to a major extent by global crude oil prices, may adversely affect Indian economic conditions. If trade deficits increase or are no longer manageable because of the rise in global crude oil prices or otherwise, the Indian economy, and therefore our business, our financial performance and the price of our common shares could be adversely affected.

20

Table of Contents

India also faces major challenges in sustaining its growth, which include the need for substantial infrastructure development and improving access to healthcare and education. If India’s economic growth cannot be sustained or otherwise slows down significantly our business and prospects could be adversely affected.

The ecommerce business in India is susceptible to extraneous events such as terrorist attacks and other acts of violence, which may result in a reduction in online transaction volumes impacting our business profitability.

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war involving India or other neighboring countries may adversely affect the Indian markets and the worldwide financial markets. In addition, any deterioration in international relations between India and other countries may result in concerns regarding regional stability which could adversely affect the price of our common shares. The occurrence of any of these events may result in a loss of business confidence and have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Natural calamities could have a negative impact on the Indian economy and cause our business to suffer.

India has experienced natural calamities such as earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, and drought in the past few years. The extent and severity of these natural disasters determines their impact on the Indian economy. Substantially all of our operations and employees are located in India and there can be no assurance that we will not be affected by natural disasters in the future. The occurrence of any of these disasters may result in a loss of business confidence and have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Restrictions on foreign investment in India may prevent us from making future acquisitions or investments in India, which may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and financial performance.

India regulates ownership of Indian companies by foreigners, although some restrictions on foreign investment have been relaxed in recent years. These regulations and restrictions may apply to acquisitions by us or our affiliates, including Lytus India and affiliates which are not resident in India, of shares in Indian companies or the provision of funding by us or any other entity to Indian companies within our group. For example, under its consolidated foreign direct investment policy, the Government of India has set out additional requirements for foreign investments in India, including requirements with respect to downstream investments by Indian companies owned or controlled by foreign entities and the transfer of ownership or control of Indian companies in sectors with caps on foreign investment from resident Indian persons or entities to foreigners. These requirements, which currently include restrictions on valuations and sources of funding for such investments and may include prior approval from the Foreign Investment Promotion Board, may adversely affect our ability to make investments in India, including through LYTUS India. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain any required approvals for future acquisitions or investments in India, or that we will be able to obtain such approvals on satisfactory terms.

Our business and activities are regulated by The Competition Act, 2002.

The Competition Act, 2002, as amended, or the Competition Act, several provisions of which have recently come into force, seeks to prevent practices that could have an appreciable adverse effect on competition. Under the Competition Act, any arrangement, understanding or action between enterprises, whether formal or informal, which causes or is likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition, is void and will be subject to substantial penalties. Any agreement that directly or indirectly determines purchase or sale prices, limits or controls production, or creates market sharing by way of geographical area or number of customers in the market is presumed to have an appreciable adverse effect on competition. Provisions relating to the regulations of certain acquisitions, mergers or amalgamations which have an appreciable adverse effect on competition are not yet in force. Such provisions could, if brought into force in the future, be applicable to us.

The effect of the Competition Act on the business environment in India is unclear. If we or any member of our group, including Lytus India, are affected, directly or indirectly, by the application or interpretation of any provision of the Competition Act or any enforcement proceedings initiated by the Competition Commission of India or any adverse publicity that may be generated due to scrutiny or prosecution by the Competition Commission of India, our business and financial performance may be materially and adversely affected.

21

Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Shares

Prior to this offering, we had no public market for our common shares and you may not be able to resell our common shares at or above the price you paid, or at all.

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common shares. We cannot assure you that an active public market for our common shares will develop or that the market price of our common shares will not decline below the public offering price. The public offering price of our common shares may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market following the offering.

If we are unable to comply with certain conditions, our common shares may not trade on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

If we are unable to meet initial listing requirements for listing of our securities on NASDAQ, our shares may not trade on the NASDAQ Capital Market. In addition, we have relied on an exemption to the blue sky registration requirements afforded to “covered securities.” Securities listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market are “covered securities.” If we are unable to meet the final conditions for listing, then we will not be able to rely on the covered securities exemption to blue sky registration requirements and we would need to register the offering in each state in which we planned to sell common shares. Consequently, we will not complete this offering until we have met the final conditions.

If our financial condition deteriorates as a NASDAQ listed company, we may not meet continued listing standards on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

We have applied for listing of our securities on the NASDAQ Capital Market. The NASDAQ Capital Market requires companies to fulfil specific requirements in order for their shares to continue to be listed. If our common shares are listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market but are delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market at some later date, our shareholders could find it difficult to sell our common shares. In addition, if our common shares are delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market at some later date, we may apply to have our common shares quoted on the Bulletin Board or in the “pink sheets” maintained by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. The Bulletin Board and the “pink sheets” are generally considered to be less efficient markets than the NASDAQ Capital Market. In addition, if our common shares are not so listed or are delisted at some later date, our common shares may be subject to the “penny stock” regulations. These rules impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell low-priced securities to persons other than established customers and institutional accredited investors and require the delivery of a disclosure schedule explaining the nature and risks of the penny stock market. As a result, the ability or willingness of broker-dealers to sell or make a market in our common shares might decline. If our common shares are not so listed or are delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market at some later date or become subject to the penny stock regulations, it is likely that the price of our common shares would decline and that our shareholders would find it difficult to sell their common shares. In addition, we have relied on an exemption to the blue sky registration requirements afforded to “covered securities.” Securities listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market are “covered securities.” If we are unable to meet the final conditions for listing, then we will not be able to rely on the “covered securities” exemption to blue sky registration requirements and we would need to register the offering in each state in which we planned to sell common shares. Consequently, we will not complete this offering until we have met the final conditions.

If a limited number of participants in this offering purchase a significant percentage of the offering, the effective public float may be smaller than anticipated and the price of our common shares may be volatile.

As a company conducting a relatively small public offering, we are subject to the risk that a small number of investors will purchase a high percentage of the offering. If this were to happen, investors could find our common shares to be more volatile than they might otherwise anticipate. Companies that experience such volatility in their stock price may be more likely to be the subject of securities litigation. In addition, if a large portion of our public float were to be held by a few investors, smaller investors may find it more difficult to sell their common shares.

We are a “foreign private issuer,” and our disclosure obligations differ from those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. As a result, we may not provide you with the same information as U.S. domestic reporting companies or we may provide information at different times, which may make it more difficult for you to evaluate our performance and prospects.

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we are not subject to the same requirements as U.S. domestic issuers. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we will not be required to issue

22

Table of Contents

quarterly reports or proxy statements. We will not be required to disclose detailed individual executive compensation information. Furthermore, our directors and executive officers will not be required to report equity holdings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and will not be subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery regime. As a foreign private issuer, we will also be exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. However, we will still be subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. Since many of the disclosure obligations imposed on us as a foreign private issuer differ from those imposed on U.S. domestic reporting companies, you should not expect to receive the same information about us and at the same time as the information provided by U.S. domestic reporting companies.

Common shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market price of our common shares, as the future sale of a substantial amount of outstanding common shares in the public marketplace could reduce the price of our common shares.

The market price of our common shares could decline as a result of sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur. In addition, these factors could make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of our common shares. An aggregate of 34,146,369 common shares are outstanding before the consummation of this offering and 36,873,641 common shares will be outstanding immediately after this offering (which does not include 409,090 common shares that the underwriters may purchase form us to cover over-allotments). All of the common shares sold in the offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. The remaining common shares will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. These shares may be sold in the future without registration under the Securities Act to the extent permitted by Rule 144 or other exemptions under the Securities Act.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common shares is expected to be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common shares. Assuming the completion of the offering, if you purchase common shares in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of approximately $11.31 per share in the pro forma net tangible book value per share from the price per share that you pay for the common shares. Accordingly, if you purchase common shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of your investment. See “Dilution.”

We have not finally determined the uses of the proceeds from this offering, and we may use the proceeds in ways with which you may not agree.

While we have identified the priorities to which we expect to put the proceeds of this offering, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds received by us. Specifically, we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for research and development and additional hiring, sales and marketing, working capital, and general corporate purposes. We have reserved the right to re-allocate funds currently allocated to that purpose to our general working capital. If that were to happen, then our management would have discretion over even more of the net proceeds to be received by our company in this offering. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our efforts to achieve profitability or increase our stock price. The net proceeds from this offering may be placed in investments that do not produce profit or increase value. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Our officers, directors and principal shareholders own a significant percentage of our common shares and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to shareholder approval.

Assuming the completion of this offering, our officers, directors, and 5% or greater shareholders will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 87.4% of our outstanding common shares. Specifically, Dharmesh Pandya, our chief executive officer and director, in the aggregate, will beneficially own 78.2% following this offering, which, in turn, will allow such shareholders to exert substantial influence over matters such as electing directors and approving mergers or other business combination transactions. As a result, our officers, directors, and 5% or greater shareholders will possess substantial ability to impact our management and affairs and the outcome of matters submitted to shareholders for approval.  This concentration of ownership and voting power may also discourage, delay

23

Table of Contents

or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common shares as part of a sale of our company and might reduce the price of our common shares. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders, including those who purchase common shares in this offering. See “Principal Shareholders.”

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a newly public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance matters, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a newly public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements and costs of recruiting and retaining non-executive directors. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and NASDAQ. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. Our management will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all of these requirements. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common shares, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

There may not be an active trading market for our common shares, which may cause shares of our common shares to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the common shares you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for our common shares. It is possible that after this offering an active trading market will not develop or continue or, if developed, that any market will be sustained which would make it difficult for you to sell your common shares at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per share will be determined by agreement among us and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price at which common shares will trade in the public market after this offering. The market price of our stock may decline below the initial offering price and you may not be able to sell your common shares at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all.

The market price of common shares may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Even if a trading market develops, the market price of our common shares may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market, or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our common shares in spite of our operating performance. In addition, our results of operations could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly results of operations, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community, announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments, adverse publicity about our industry in or individual scandals, and in response the market price of our common shares could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your common shares of at or above the initial public offering price. In the past few years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, or at all.

24

Table of Contents

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing shareholders in the public market following this offering could cause the market price for our common shares to decline.

The sale of substantial amounts of common shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur could harm the prevailing market price of our common shares. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of 36,873,641 common shares outstanding (which does not include 409,090 common shares that the underwriters may purchase form us to cover over-allotments). Of the outstanding common shares, the 2,727,272 common shares sold or issued in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, except that any common shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in “Common Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” All remaining common shares, which are currently held by our existing shareholders, may be sold in the public market in the future subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions contained in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. If any existing shareholders sell a substantial amount of common shares, the prevailing market price for our common shares could be adversely affected. Our executive officers, directors and certain of our existing shareholders will sign lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will, subject to certain customary exceptions, restrict the sale of our common shares and certain other securities held by them for 90 days following the date of this prospectus. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the common shares subject to any such lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our common shares could drop significantly if the holders of our restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our common shares or other securities.

As the rights of shareholders under BVI law differ from those under U.S. law, you may have fewer protections as a shareholder.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004, as amended (the “BVI Act”), and the common law of the BVI. The rights of shareholders to take legal action against our directors, actions by minority shareholders, and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under BVI law are governed by the BVI Act and the common law of the BVI. The common law of the BVI is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the British Virgin Islands as well as from the common law of England and the wider Commonwealth, which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the BVI. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under BVI law are largely codified in the BVI Act but are potentially not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the BVI has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and some states (such as Delaware) have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. As a result of all of the above, holders of our common shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against our management, directors or major shareholders than they would as shareholders of a U.S. company.

BVI companies may not be able to initiate shareholder derivative actions, thereby depriving shareholders of the ability to protect their interests.

Shareholders of BVI companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States. Shareholders of a BVI company could, however, bring a derivative action in the BVI courts, and there is a clear statutory right to commence such derivative claims under Section 184C of the BVI Act. The circumstances in which any such action may be brought, and the procedures and defenses that may be available in respect to any such action, may result in the rights of shareholders of a BVI company being more limited than those of shareholders of a company organized in the United States. Accordingly, shareholders may have fewer alternatives available to them if they believe that corporate wrongdoing has occurred. The BVI courts are also unlikely to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts in the United States based on certain liability provisions of U.S. securities law; and to impose liabilities against us, in original actions brought in the BVI, based on certain liability provisions of U.S. securities laws that are penal in nature. There is no statutory recognition in the BVI of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the BVI will generally recognize and enforce the non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits. The BVI Act offers some limited protection of minority shareholders. The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders

25

Table of Contents

may apply to the BVI court for an order directing the company or its director(s) to comply with, or restraining the company or a director from engaging in conduct that contravenes, the BVI Act or the company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association. Under the BVI Act, the minority shareholders have a statutory right to bring a derivative action in the name of and on behalf of the company in circumstances where a company has a cause of action against its directors. This remedy is available at the discretion of the BVI court. A shareholder may also bring an action against the company for breach of duty owed to him as a member. A shareholder who considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being or likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any act or acts of the company have been, or are, likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory, or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, may apply to the BVI court for an order to remedy the situation.

There are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English company law. Under the general rule pursuant to English company law known as the rule in Foss v. Harbottle, a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company’s affairs by the majority or the Board of Directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to BVI law and the constituent documents of the company. As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, then the courts may grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following: (1) an act complained of which is outside the scope of the authorized business or is illegal or not capable of ratification by the majority; (2) acts that constitute fraud on the minority where the wrongdoers control the company; (3) acts that infringe or are about to infringe on the personal rights of the shareholders, such as the right to vote; and (4) where the company has not complied with provisions requiring approval of a special or extraordinary majority of shareholders. This means that even if shareholders were to sue us successfully, they may not be able to recover anything to make up for the losses suffered.

The laws of the BVI may provide less protection for minority shareholders than those under U.S. law, so minority shareholders may have less recourse than they would under U.S. law if the shareholders are dissatisfied with the conduct of our affairs.

Under the laws of the BVI, the rights of minority shareholders are protected by provisions of the BVI Act dealing with shareholder remedies and other remedies available under common law (in tort or contractual remedies). The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may bring an action to enforce the constitutional documents of the company (i.e. the Memorandum and Articles of Association) as shareholders are entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted in accordance with the BVI Act and the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the company. A shareholder may also bring an action under statute if he feels that the affairs of the company have been or will be carried out in a manner that is unfairly prejudicial or discriminating or oppressive to him. The BVI Act also provides for certain other protections for minority shareholders, including in respect of investigation of the company and inspection of the company books and records. There are also common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English common law, since the common law of the BVI for business companies is limited.

As a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards; these practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards.

As an exempted British Virgin Islands company to be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are subject to the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards. However, the Nasdaq Stock Market rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the British Virgin Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards. We may elect to rely on home country practice to be exempted from the corporate governance requirements. As a result, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they would otherwise enjoy under the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

26

Table of Contents

We may not be able to pay any dividends on our common shares in the future due to BVI law.

Under BVI law, we may only pay dividends to our shareholders if the value of our assets exceeds our liabilities and we are able to pay our debts as they become due. We cannot give any assurance that we will declare dividends of any amounts, at any rate or at all in the future. Future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, and will depend upon our results of operations, cash flows, financial condition, payment to us of cash dividends by our subsidiaries, capital needs, future prospects and other factors that our directors may deem appropriate.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” will make our common shares less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions and relief from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” In particular, while we are an “emerging growth company” (1) we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (2) we will be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the PCAOB requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor’s report on financial statements, (3) we will be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (4) we will not be required to hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We currently intend to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements regarding executive compensation. If we remain an “emerging growth company” after fiscal 2018, we may take advantage of other exemptions, including the exemptions from the advisory vote requirements and executive compensation disclosures under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Customer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, and the exemption from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards, meaning that the company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We may remain an “emerging growth company” until the fiscal year-end following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this initial public offering, though we may cease to be an “emerging growth company” earlier under certain circumstances, including (1) if we become a large accelerated filer, (2) if our gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion in any fiscal year or (3) if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible notes in any three year period. The exact implications of the JOBS Act are still subject to interpretations and guidance by the SEC and other regulatory agencies, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to take advantage of all of the benefits of the JOBS Act. In addition, investors may find our common shares less attractive if we rely on the exemptions and relief granted by the JOBS Act. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our stock price may decline and/or become more volatile.

27

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We have made statements in this prospectus, including under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Our Business” and elsewhere that constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements about our plans, objectives, expectations, assumptions or future events. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “we believe,” “we intend,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “could” and similar expressions denoting uncertainty or an action that may, will or is expected to occur in the future. These statements involve estimates, assumptions, known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

Examples of forward-looking statements include:

•        the timing of the development of future services,

•        projections of revenue, earnings, capital structure and other financial items,

•        the development of future company-owned call centers,

•        statements regarding the capabilities of our business operations,

•        statements of expected future economic performance,

•        statements regarding competition in our market, and

•        assumptions underlying statements regarding us or our business.

The ultimate correctness of these forward-looking statements depends upon a number of known and unknown risks and events. We discuss our known material risks under the heading “Risk Factors” above. Many factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements. Consequently, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

28

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our 2,727,272 common shares in this offering will be approximately $27.5 million, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us (including the offering expenses that have been committed to be paid).

The principal purposes of this Offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, establish a public market for our common shares and facilitate our future access to the public capital markets. We intend to use the net proceeds received from this Offering for the following:

•        An aggregate of $15 million for the acquisition of customers (ownership of approximately 1.8 million customers) and 51% of the shares in a licensed cable company.

•        $8 million for general corporate purposes, primarily related to our precursor initiatives for the launch of our offerings in the telemedicine space.

•        $4.5 million for future development of assets, mainly the upgrade of our streaming devices, purchase and development of software applications for telemedicine services, purchasing of health monitoring devices and memory capacity for third party marketplace (Android market-place) and software applications.

We shall continue to provide streaming services to the existing approximately 1.8 million subscribers using an upgraded device that provides the additional facilities, such as internet services and availability of our proprietary operating system to augment our Lytus platform, through already installed fiber network and infrastructure to approximately 1.8 million households. This streaming segment generated approximately $15 million for the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020. This will be used for our operating expenses.

We shall also utilize the surplus cash proceeds for commercializing new “Internet of Medical Things” solutions and product extensions and potentially pursue targeted acquisitions. We may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents to in-license, acquire or invest in complementary business, technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current plans, commitments or obligations to do so.

We have not yet determined the amount of net proceeds to be used specifically for any of the foregoing purposes. Accordingly, we will retain broad discretion over the use of these proceeds.

29

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

The holders of our common shares are entitled to dividends out of funds legally available when and as declared by our Board of Directors subject to the BVI Act. Our Board has never declared a dividend and does not anticipate declaring a dividend in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

Should we decide in the future to pay dividends, as a holding company, our ability to do so and meet other obligations depends upon the receipt of dividends or other payments from our operating subsidiary and other holdings and investments. In addition, our operating company may, from time to time, be subject to restrictions on their ability to make distributions to us, including as a result of restrictive covenants in loan agreements, restrictions on the conversion of local currency into U.S. dollars or other hard currency and other regulatory restrictions.

30

Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

Our business is conducted in India, and the financial records of our Indian subsidiaries are maintained in Indian rupees, its functional currency. However, we use the U.S. dollar as our reporting currency; therefore, periodic reports made to shareholders will include current period amounts translated into U.S. dollars using the then-current exchange rates. Our financial statements have been translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 830-10, “Foreign Currency Matters.” We have translated our asset and liability accounts using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. We translated our statements of operations using the average exchange rate for the period. We reported the resulting translation adjustments under other comprehensive income/loss. Unless otherwise noted, we have translated profit and loss items at an average rate of 71.09 for the period ended March 31, 2020 and for the balance sheet items we have translated at closing rate as on March 31, 2020 which is 75.33.

We make no representation that any Rupee or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Rupee, as the case may be, at any particular rate, or at all. On March 31, 2021, the exchange rate was Rs.73.15 to $1.00. We do not currently engage in currency hedging transactions.

31

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and our capitalization as of December 31, 2020:

•        On an actual basis; and

•        On a pro forma basis to give effect to the sale of 2,727,272 common shares by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and to reflect the application of the proceeds after deducting the estimated 7% underwriting discounts and commissions, 1% non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the public offering price of our common shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this capitalization table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

As of December 31, 2020

   

Historical (unaudited)

 

Pro Forma
As Adjusted

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

$

100,254

 

$

27,575,247

Non-Current Liabilities

 

 

   

 

 

Customer Acquisition Payable

 

 

30,271,230

 

 

30,271,230

Deferred Tax Liability

 

 

2,930,748

 

 

2,930,748

Total Non-Current Liabilities

 

$

33,201,978

 

$

33,201,978

Equity

 

 

   

 

 

Equity Share Capital

 

 

341,464

 

 

368,736

Other Equity

 

 

11,097,286

 

 

38,545,006

Total Lytus Equity

 

 

11,438,750

 

 

38,913,743

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

13,826

 

 

13,826

Total Equity

 

 

11,452,576

 

 

38,927,569

Total Capitalization

 

$

44,654,554

 

$

72,129,547

32

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common shares in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per common share and the pro forma net tangible book value per common share immediately after this offering.

As of December 31, 2020 we had a historical net tangible book value (deficit) of $(39,024,383), or $(1.14) per common share based on 34,146,369 common shares outstanding at December 31, 2020. Our historical net tangible book value per share is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities at December 31, 2020, divided by the number of common shares outstanding at December 31, 2020.

Dilution results from the fact that the per common share initial public offering price is substantially in excess of the book value per common share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding common shares. After giving effect to our issuance and sale of 2,727,272 common shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 would have been $(11,549,390), or $(0.31) per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $0.83 per share to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $11.31 per share to new investors purchasing common shares in this offering.

The following table illustrates the estimated net tangible book value per share after this offering and the per share dilution to persons purchasing common shares in this offering based on the foregoing offering assumptions:

     

Post-
Offering(1)

Assumed offering price per common share

 

 

 

 

 

$

11.00

 

Net tangible book value per common share as of December 31, 2020

 

$

(1.14

)

 

 

 

 

Increase in net tangible book value per common share attributable to investors participating in this offering

 

$

0.83

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per common share immediately after this offering

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.31

)

Dilution per common share to investors participating in this offering

 

 

 

 

 

$

11.31

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $11.00 per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value per share by approximately $0.06 and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors participating in this offering by $0.94 per share, assuming that the number of common shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance, and offering expenses payable by us.

33

Table of Contents

POST-OFFERING OWNERSHIP

The following charts illustrate our pro forma proportionate ownership, upon completion of this offering by present shareholders and investors in this offering, compared to the relative amounts paid by each. The charts reflect payment by present shareholders as of the date the consideration was received and by investors in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, without deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance, and our estimated offering expenses. The charts further assume no changes in net tangible book value other than those resulting from the offering.

 

Common Shares
Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

Average
Price
Per Share

   

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Existing shareholders

 

34,146,369

 

92.60

%

 

$

11,438,750

 

27.60

%

 

$

0.33

New investors

 

2,727,272

 

7.40

%

 

 

29,999,992

 

72.40

%

 

 

11.00

Total

 

36,873,641

 

100.00

%

 

$

41,438,742

 

100.00

%

 

$

1.12

34

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities at the financial statement date and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, we review our estimates and assumptions. The estimates were based on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results are likely to differ from those estimates or other forward-looking statements under different assumptions or conditions, but we do not believe such differences will materially affect our financial position or results of operations. Our actual results may differ materially as a result of many factors, including those set forth under the headings entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors”.

Overview

We are a growing platform services company primarily providing content streaming/telecasting services with over 8 million active users located all across India.3 On our Lytus platform, we provide a wide range of streaming services and telemedicine services with local assistance through local Health Centers. Through our platform, our customers are well connected via CPE devices/STBs and have access to multi-dimensional services including telemedicine service we place to offer in the future.

Our strong customer base and expansive market presence position us to widen our portfolio of offerings. We have been focused on adopting and implementing technologies that can change the landscape of being a conventional streaming services provider. Partnering with those who share our passion, we strive to provide India’s semi-urban, urban population with unmatched services across the tele-healthcare.

We intend to benefit from India’s e-commerce boom and the recent tele-medicine regulation through the acquisition of GHSI. The management of GHSI has many years of pioneering experience of the management in telemedicine in USA, which we believe will help us create a profitable and sustainable business model with rapid growth prospects. We believe that our deep understanding and local expertise have enabled us to create solutions that address the needs and preferences of our consumers in the most comprehensive and efficient way. We possess extensive local knowledge of the logistics and payment landscapes in the markets in which we operate, which we consider to be a key component of our success.

Key Factors For Our Performance

The following factors are the principal factors that have affected and will continue to affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

•        Number of Subscribers: our revenue growth and long-term profitability are affected by our ability to increase our subscriber base because we derive a substantial portion of our revenue from streaming services and via client contracts that provide subscribers access to our Lytus platform in exchange for a contractual based monthly fee. Revenue is driven primarily by the number of subscribers, the number of services contracted for by a subscriber and the contractually negotiated prices of our services and online content that is specific to that particular subscriber. We believe that increasing our subscriber base is an integral objective that will provide us with the ability to continually innovate our services and support initiatives that will enhance subscriber experiences and lead to increasing or maintaining our existing annual net dollar retention rate. The number of the subscribers as at the end of March 31, 2020 is approximately 1.8 million (as of March 31, 2020 is 1,812,894).

____________

3          Calculation based upon approximately 1.8 million paid home subscribers which based on industry standards translates to more than 8 million viewers on an average of 4.6 viewers per household in India. Source: United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division (2019) — Database on Household Size and Composition 2019. Available: https://population.un.org/Household/index.html#/countries/356

35

Table of Contents

•        Cluster of customized online content: the Lytus platform provides an opportunity to customize the online content to meet the needs of that particular subscriber. We plan to form partnership with other companies to develop our telemedicine business and entertainment and education online content. Revenues arising from this segment will be driven primarily by the customizable content formats aligned with the customer satisfaction. We believe that increasing our current subscriber utilization rate is a key objective in order for our subscribers to realize tangible healthcare savings with our service.

•        Net Surplus Rate (NSR): net surplus rate arising from streaming service is a supplemental measure of our organic revenue growth. We believe that NSR is an important metric that provides insight into the long-term value and stability of our service platform and our ability to retain and grow revenue from our existing subscribers. Revenues from streaming service has a consistent subscription levels with marginally insubstantial attrition rate. In particular, our contract with Reachnet has factored-in the context of NSR, wherein, for a limited purpose, it is the net cash available with the Company, in respect of provision of streaming services to subscribers, after adjusting the operational costs for streaming services. Per the contract, the Company has engaged the service provider (Reachnet) for streaming services and the NSR relates to the net amount available with the Company, after adjusting the service fee towards the above-mentioned service provider. From the net amount available, the Company shall incur expenditures for enabling multi-dimensional services and providing technology platform to subscribers. The NSR is 39% of net revenue received by the Company.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Revenue

We derive substantially all of our revenue from usage-based fees earned from customers subscribing to our streaming/telecasting, content management services and other products. Generally, customers enter into 12-month contracts and are invoiced monthly in advance based on usage.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of streaming service fees paid to the licensed service provider, through which we have an exclusive access to fiber optic network, bandwidth capacity, network operators, data center colocation, etc. We have a long-term and an exclusive arrangement with licensed service operators. We provide streaming services utilizing the services and accessing the infrastructure and network capacity of licensed service providers.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our projected cash needs and projected sources of liquidity depend upon, among other things, our actual results, and the timing and amount of our expenditures. As we continue to grow our subscriber base, we expect an initial funding period to grow new products as well as negative working capital impacts from the timing of device-related cash flows when we provide the devices to customers pursuant to equipment installment plans.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

Under SEC regulations, we are required to disclose off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, such as changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors. An off-balance sheet arrangement means a transaction, agreement or contractual arrangement to which any entity that is not consolidated with us is a party, under which we have:

•        Any obligation under certain guarantee contracts,

•        Any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to that entity for such assets,

36

Table of Contents

•        Any obligation under a contract that would be accounted for as a derivative instrument, except that it is both indexed to our stock and classified in shareholder equity in our statement of financial position,

•        Any obligation arising out of a material variable interest held by us in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support to us, or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

•        We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that we are required to disclose pursuant to these regulations. In the ordinary course of business, we enter into operating lease commitments, and other contractual obligations. These transactions are recognized in our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

•        We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholder’s equity, or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We continually evaluate our estimates, including those related to the allowance for doubtful accounts, the useful life of property and equipment, assumptions used in assessing impairment of long-term assets, and valuation of deferred tax assets.

We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Any future changes to these estimates and assumptions could cause a material change to our reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions4.

Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive substantially all of our revenue from usage-based fees earned from customers subscribing to our streaming, content management services and other products. Generally, customers enter into 12-month contracts and are invoiced monthly in advance based on usage.

Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”), our wholly-own subsidiary in India, did not have significant operations during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019.

For the 9 months ended December 31, 2020, Lytus Group had an income of approximately $29 million.

____________

4          Under IFRS 1, the Group is required to make estimates and assumptions in presentation and preparation of the financial statements for the period 16 March 2020 (date of inception) throughout 31 March 2020.

Key estimates considered in preparation of the financial statement that were not required under the previous GAAP are listed below:

•        Fair Valuation of financial instruments carried at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”) and/ or Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”). See Note 1 on Financial Instruments on page F-7 – 19 for additional discussion on FVTPL and FVOCI.

•        Impairment of financial assets based on the expected credit loss model.

•        Determination of the discounted value for financial instruments carried at amortized cost.

          Previous GAAP figures of subsidiaries have been reclassified/regrouped to confirm the presentation requirements under IFRS.

          As such there are no material differences or impact due to transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS and hence restated summaries of equity and profit & loss not given for subsidiaries.

37

Table of Contents

Other Income/Application of IFRS 15

We had other income of $15.7 million for the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020.5 We anticipate that the customer base we acquired from Reachnet will translate into approximately $40 million in gross revenue without considering additional product offerings by the Company for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2021. While the contractual subscription fee accrued from April 1, 2019, the timing of the consummation and the delay on account of COVID-19, the contractual subscription fee was effective from March 26, 2020. Accordingly, the contractual subscription fee was recognized as “Other Income” and was further adjusted with the Streaming Service Fee of $24.9 million paid to the vendor for the continuing service in the period ended March 31, 2020.

The Company intends to continue growing its subscriber base through strategic identified acquisitions and partnerships. It also intends to grow its revenue base through increased offerings in the Telemedicine space.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of streaming service fees paid to the licensed service provider, through which we have an exclusive access to fiber optic network, bandwidth capacity, network operators, data center co-location, etc. We have a long-term and an exclusive arrangement with licensed service operators. We provide streaming services utilizing the services and accessing the infrastructure and network capacity of licensed service providers.

Operating Expenses

For the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020, the most significant components of operating expenses are staffing expense, which was $15,777, consisting of salaries, benefits and bonuses. In addition, during the period March 16, 2020 through March 31, 2020, we incurred legal and professional expenses of $272,894, amortization costs of $204,086 and other operating expenses of $8,463.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, costs related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, and increased expenses for insurance, investor relations, and professional services. We expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future. Although these expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period, over the long term, we expect general and administrative expense to gradually decline as a percentage of revenue as we scale our business.

During the 9 months ended December 31, 2020, the Company had incurred an operating expenditure of approximately $28 million and the most significant components of operating expenses are streaming services of $17 million and amortization of intangible assets of $9 million.

Income Taxes

Our income tax consists of the following as of March 31, 2020: $3,894,674 as our income tax expenses, including current tax of $1,987,659 and deferred tax of $1,907,015.

Deferred tax related to the translations of foreign operations of Lytus India from INR to USD has been calculated at the rate of the jurisdiction in which a subsidiary situated, i.e. in India (at the rate of 25.17%).

During the 9 months period ended December 31, 2020, our current tax was $3,055 and deferred tax was $420,171.

____________

5          Other income of approximately $15 million is presented on the basis that all conditions have been satisfied as of March 26, 2020, to consummate closing of the Group’s acquisition agreement with Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd. (“Reachnet”) in which the Group acquired the customers and corresponding revenues.

           The Group has acquired approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections from a licensed streaming company (Reachnet), through the Agreements dated June 21, 2019 and December 6, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of $59 million. On March 26, 2020, the arrangement was consummated when pre-conditions were waived by mutual consent. The net surplus remaining with the Group is approximately $15 million. Considering that the acquired customers were integrated into the Group’s normal course of business on March 26, 2020, the revenue arising therefrom is recognized as “other income”. Effective April 1, 2020 and thereafter, the income arising from the said contracts would be recognized as “Operating Revenue” and the customers would be billed directly by the Group.

           The Group is free to appoint any licensed service provider for provision of streaming services. There is no binding or lock-in arrangement for providing streaming services to subscribers through Reachnet. The agreement contemplates only acquisition of subscriber base and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of Reachnet. The Group has ensured adequate safeguard to secure acquired customer contracts through non-compete clause and non-solicitation of subscribers clause. In respect of streaming services, Lytus India has outsourced the provision of streaming services to Reachnet in the capacity of a service provider. Going forward, with respect of non-streaming services (such as MedTech IOT), these services would be billed directly by the Company and costs and revenue would not be shared with Reachnet.

38

Table of Contents

Going Concern, Liquidity and Capital Resources

Note on Going Concern:

Impact of COVID-19 on operations

The COVID-19 crisis has had a significant impact on the economy of India. While the pandemic, has increased the demand for streaming and telemedicine services globally, there continue to be significant uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, including with respect to the ultimate spread of the virus, the severity of the disease, the duration of the lockdowns and further actions that may be taken by governmental authorities around the world to contain the virus or to treat its impact. The pandemic has particularly impacted the working capital, cash flow and the timing of receipt of significant receivables and payables of the Company. These restrictions have also severely impacted the mobility of the Company’s staff and resources and its access to banks and customer worksites, impairing its normal operations. The lockdown in India is strict with limited domestic travel. Local travel within a city was not allowed, either. Therefore we have had limited access to various cities, such as Hyderabad, where our customers reside. Many offices were closed and banks were severely affected. As a result of the lockdown policy in India, we also have had restricted access to banking services, Subscriber Management System (SMS) report, prior to settlement, and service providers certifying the adequacy of the fiber held by Reachnet. Moreover, in India most of the collections by local cable operators are still in cash and these have been affected/delayed due to lockdown. On September 18, 2020, the restriction under Section 144 of the Code of Criminal Procedure was also passed, prohibiting movement and gathering of people, except for listed emergency and non-emergency services.

The intermittent inability to process accounts receivables and receive cash payments has resulted in liquidity issues and impacted the operations of both the Company and Reachnet. However, the Company, in collaboration with Reachnet’s management, has taken necessary steps, including communicating with all relevant commercial partners, seeking deferral of its payment obligations where possible, to mitigate the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s liquidity. While COVID-19 restrictions were partially relaxed in December 2020, with the spike in the number of case in Maharashtra in March 2021, the imposition of further lockdown restrictions could be expected.

On February 5, 2021, Lytus India and Reachnet entered into the Third Supplemental Agreement to the original subscriber acquisition agreement dated June 20, 2019, pursuant to which the parties have agreed to, on a good faith basis, settle payments before March 31, 2021 upon completion of the third party’s systems and operational review of Reachnet and its subscribers. The commercial terms to the agreement remain intact and are not subject to any contingency. Given the uncertainty with respect to another potential lockdown caused by a recent COVID-19 resurgence in India, the parties have also agreed that setting off the amounts due, can be an option, if required. On March 31, 2021, the third party’s review of Reachnet and its subscribers was further extended for two months due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and re-lockdown measures taken by the government of Maharashtra, India.

There is significant uncertainty around the breadth and duration of business disruptions related to COVID-19, as well as its impact on the economy of India, U.S. and international markets and, as such, the extent of the business disruption and the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Negative working capital and Cash Flow

The Company currently has negative working capital and cash flow aggravated by the COVID-19 lockdown. In particular, it has increased the difficulty in collecting cash from operating offices and customers located in different parts of the country on a timely basis, many of which are currently under total lockdown.

The Company has negative cash used in operating activities to the extent of $700 as of March 31, 2020 and $431,000 for the 9 months period ending December 31, 2020. Upon ending of the COVID-19 lockdown, the Company expects to be able to carry out its operations in the normal course of business and generate a minimum of INR130 ($1.9) from its approximately 1.8 million customer connections per month, as prescribed by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India guidelines. This would enable the Company to improve its cash position significantly.

The Company further believes that in the coming 12 months, upon the ending of COVID-19 lockdown restrictions, cash flow from operating activities should improve for the following reasons:

•        Monthly subscription fees paid by our customers will be billed and collected at the beginning of each month in advance;

39

Table of Contents

•        The contracted operating expense for the streaming business is 61%, ensuring a confirmed net surplus of revenue for the Company.

•        Additional product offerings to customers such as our telemedicine business are expected to generate additional cash flow for the Company.

To further mitigate the impact of the current negative working capital and cash flow, the Company has also taken additional precautionary steps by approaching financial institutions and credit partners in India to create and avail credit lines and bridge financing against the company’s future cash flows;

Large Payment Obligation by the Company

On March 31, 2020, under the terms of its Customer Acquisition Agreement with Reachnet, the Company is obligated to make payments to Reachnet. This amount represents the largest payment obligation of the Company and is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before July 31, 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Per the agreement, the July 31, 2020 payment has not been paid and will be paid at a mutually agreed date after the COVID-19 restrictions have been lifted. Further revision was made to the payment terms and, pending review of subscribers data, the Company has agreed to complete its payment obligations on or before March 31, 2021 and if not, shall have an option to offset the same with the balances receivables with the same entity. Please refer to Note 23 on Business Combination of our consolidated financial statements.

Under the terms of the agreement with Reachnet, the Company was also scheduled to receive ‘Other Receivables’ due of approximately $15 million from Reachnet for the period of April 1, 2019 through March 31, 2020, as reflected in its books of accounts, and $29 million for the 9 months period ended December 31, 2020. The COVID-19 lockdown has delayed the settlement of this accounts receivable under its contract with Reachnet. The Company expects that this settlement will be implemented as soon as possible, upon the relaxation of COVID-19 restrictions in India. Upon such settlement and upon resumption of normal operations, the company expects to have sufficient available cash to be able to meet its current liabilities associated with the business. Please refer to the section below in this note on Other Income/Application of IFRS 15.

Furthermore, the Company is contemplating discussions with Reachnet’s Management to consider modifying its agreement with Reachnet by offering Reachnet stock in lieu of its current payment obligations. This modification, if implemented, should help substantially mitigate cash liquidity requirements for the Company.

Based on the above, we believe that upon lifting of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions in India, the Company’s available potential cash balances should be sufficient to meet its requirements to carry out its operations effectively. After this offering, the Company may decide to enhance its liquidity position or increase its cash reserve for future investments through additional capital and finance funding.

Note on Liquidity and Capital Resources:

The principal amount of our debt as of March 31, 2020 was $1,587,216 and for the period ended December 31, 2020 was $1,597,777. Our business does not require significant cash to fund principal and interest payments on our debt.

Our projected cash needs and projected sources of liquidity depend upon, among other things, our actual results, and the timing and amount of our expenditures. As we continue to grow our subscriber base, we expect an initial funding period to grow new products as well as negative working capital impacts from the timing of device-related cash flows when we provide the devices to customers pursuant to equipment installment plans.

In order to establish our customer base, the Group has acquired customers from Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited (“Reachnet”), through an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before July 31, 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Further revision was made to the payment terms and, pending review of subscribers data, the Company has agreed to complete its payment obligations on or before March 31, 2021 and if not, shall have an option to offset the same with the balances receivables with the same entity.

40

Table of Contents

Our net cash position as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2020 was impacted by the lockdown imposed on account of the COVID-19 pandemic.

We expect to utilize free cash flow, cash on hand, and availability under our credit facilities, as well as future refinancing transactions to further extend the maturities of our obligations. The timing and terms of any refinancing transactions will be subject to market conditions among other considerations. Additionally, we may, from time to time, and depending on market conditions and other factors, use cash on hand and the proceeds from securities offerings or other borrowings to retire our debt through open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases, tender offers or redemption provisions. We believe we have sufficient liquidity from cash on hand, free cash flow and Lytus’ access to the capital markets to fund our projected cash needs.

We continue to evaluate the deployment of our cash on hand and anticipated future free cash flow including to invest in our business growth and other strategic opportunities, including mergers and acquisitions as well as stock repurchases and dividends.

As possible acquisitions, swaps or dispositions arise, we actively review them against our objectives including, among other considerations, improving the operational efficiency, geographic clustering of assets, product development or technology capabilities of our business and achieving appropriate return targets, and we may participate to the extent we believe these possibilities present attractive opportunities. However, there can be no assurance that we will actually complete any acquisitions, dispositions or system swaps, or that any such transactions will be material to our operations or results.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

During the period ended March 31, 2020, Lytus has acquired a subscriber base of more than 8 million (i.e. 1.84 million household connections) for a consideration of $59,216,654, consisting the consideration of acquiring each customer at a price of approximately $27 and indirect tax (GST) additionally charged at a rate of 18%. Having regard with the timing of the consummation (also discussed in the Revenue note above), the legal enforceable right for subscriber acquisition was effective from March 26, 2020. Accordingly, the amortization expense on the customer acquisition costs is $204,086 for the period ended March 31, 2020 and is $8,927,343 for the 9 months period ended December 31, 2020.

The acquisition of customers was valued on an arms-length basis by valuation expert and the valuations were conducted as per the discounted free cash flow method (see Schedule 1 of the Valuation Report attached hereto as Exhibit 99.5). We have also carried out valuation using the Subscriber’s Multiple method (see Schedule 2 of the Valuation Report). The result was further validated using the independent comparable method.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Contractual Obligations

As discussed above, the Company has acquired customers from Reachnet pursuant to an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019 and the income entitlement rights for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before July 31, 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Further revision was made to the payment terms and, pending review of subscribers data, the Company has agreed to complete its payment obligations on or before March 31, 2021 and if not, shall have an option to offset the same with the balances receivables with the same entity.

The Company has also acquired 100% equity interest of Lytus India and 51% equity interest of DDC. For the acquisition of DDC, the Company currently has an outstanding obligation of $265,410.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

Under SEC regulations, we are required to disclose off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, such as changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors. An off-balance sheet arrangement means a transaction, agreement or contractual arrangement to which any entity that is not consolidated with us is a party, under which we have:

•        Any obligation under certain guarantee contracts,

41

Table of Contents

•        Any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to that entity for such assets,

•        Any obligation under a contract that would be accounted for as a derivative instrument, except that it is both indexed to our stock and classified in shareholder equity in our statement of financial position, and

•        Any obligation arising out of a material variable interest held by us in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support to us, or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that we are required to disclose pursuant to these regulations. In the ordinary course of business, we enter into operating lease commitments, and other contractual obligations. These transactions are recognized in our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholder’s equity, or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Substantially all of our operations are within India and the United States, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business, including the effects of foreign currency fluctuations, interest rate changes and inflation. Information relating to quantitative and qualitative disclosures about these market risks is set forth below.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

As a result of our international operations, primarily in India and the United States, we are exposed to currency translation impacts. Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar and the functional currency of Lytus India and DDC, which generate the majority of our revenue, is the Indian Rupees (“INR”). The financial statements of our subsidiaries whose functional currency is the INR are translated to U.S. dollars using period end rates of exchange for assets and liabilities, average rate of exchange for revenue and expenses and cash flows, and at historical exchange rates for equity. As a result, as the Rupee depreciates or appreciates against the U.S. dollar, our revenue presented in U.S. dollars, as well as our Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate, will be negatively or positively affected. Constant Currency Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate is calculated using fixed exchange rates to remove the impact of foreign currency translations.

As a result of foreign currency translations, which are a non-cash adjustment, we reported foreign currency translation reserves of subsidiaries of $306,910, net of tax.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Cash and short-term investments were held primarily in bank and time deposits. The fair value of our cash and short-term investments would not be significantly affected by either an increase or decrease in interest rates due mainly to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We continue to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies, productivity improvements and cost reductions. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The consolidated financial statements begin on page F-1.

Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

The interim consolidated financial statements begins on Page F-37.

42

Table of Contents

OUR BUSINESS

Overview

We are a growing platform services company and currently have 8 million active users located all across India.6 Our business model comprises of primarily (a) distribution of linear content streaming/telecasting services and (b) development of technology products, namely, telemedicine. On the basis of approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections, we have subscriber strength of more than 8 million active customers. As per the Michael Bauer Research7, updated as on December 31, 2019, the average households’ size in India is 4.6 people per household.

Our strength is in our capability to leverage our technology platform for a competitive advantage and to be engaged in developing customer-inspired products and on-demand content, which significantly alters the way that consumers and businesses operate in the MedTech and Wellness industry. Our objective is to reinvent the customer experience and be engaged in disruptive innovation in online content management.

Lytus platform provides our customers with a one-stop site with the access to all of the services provided by us. We believe our strong customer service, access to an extensive fiber optic network infrastructure, and significant market presence position us as a service provider of choice and provide us with momentum in offering our online products. Our business model is based on shared core competencies and capabilities, with our subscriber base as our biggest asset. We intend to benefit from India’s e-commerce boom and the recent tele-medicine regulation through the acquisition of Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”). The management of GHSI has many years of pioneering experience of the management in tele-medicine in USA, which we believe will help us create a profitable and sustainable business model with rapid growth prospects. We believe our deep outstanding and local expertise have enabled us to create solutions that address the needs and preferences of our consumers in the most comprehensive and efficient way. We possess extensive local knowledge of the markets in which we operate, which we consider to be a key component of our success.

Corporate History

Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd. (“we”, “Lytus”, “Lytus Group”, the “Group”, or the “Company”) is a holding company incorporated under the laws of British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) on March 16, 2020.

On March 19, 2020, the Company, Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”), Mr. Nimish Pandya, our CEO’s brother, and Mr. Girish Podar, the shareholders of Lytus India, entered into a share purchase agreement, pursuant to which the Company acquired 15,000 shares, representing all of the equity share capital of Lytus India for a purchase price of Rs.150,000 (approximately $2,000).

On February 21, 2020, Lituus Technologies Limited (“LTL”), a BVI company, DDC CATV Network Private Limited (“DDC”), and all of the shareholders of DDC (the “DDC Shareholders”) entered into a share purchase agreement, pursuant to which LTL acquired 4,900 shares, representing 49% of the outstanding equity share capital of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs.19,208,000 (approximately $255,000).

On February 21, 2020, LTL, DDC and DDC Shareholders entered into a share subscription agreement, pursuant to which LTL has option to subscribe 900,000 shares fully convertible preference shares, representing 100% of the fully convertible preference shares of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs. 90,000,000 (approximately $1,200,000). On February 26, 2020, DDC and DDC Shareholders entered into another share purchase agreement with Mr. Jagjit Singh Kohli, a director of the Company, pursuant to which Mr. Kohli acquired 200 shares, representing 2% of the equity share capital of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs.784,000 (approximately $10,400).

On March 20, 2020, LTL and Mr. Kohli respectively entered into an assignment of contract with the Company and transferred all of their respective equity interest in DDC to the Company for no consideration. Such transfer was completed on March 31, 2020, resulting in the Company’s owning of 51% of the equity interest in DDC. The Company has the option to purchase 900,000 fully convertible preference shares of DDC for Rs. 90,000,000, subject to the increase of the authorized share capital of DDC, the approval of the Reserve Bank of India and other Indian company law requirements.

____________

6          Calculation based upon approximately 1.8 million paid home subscribers which based on industry standards translates to more than 8 million viewers on an average of 4.6 viewers per household in India. Source: United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division (2019) — Database on Household Size and Composition 2019. Available: https://population.un.org/Household/index.html#/countries/356

7          https://www.arcgis.com/home/item.html?id=6cf22970ea8c4b338a196879397a76e4

43

Table of Contents

The acquisition of Lytus India was from a related party, Nimish Pandya, the brother of our CEO, Dharmesh Pandya. In addition, the acquisition of the majority of DDC’s equity involved our CEO, Dharmesh Pandya, who was then also the CEO of LTL, and Jagjit Singh Kohli, who was later appointed as our director on April 1, 2020.

On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”) and the shareholder of GHSI, pursuant to which the Company acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI. GHSI was formed in 2020 and had no business operations prior to our acquisition. The Company will conduct its telemedicine business in the U.S. through GHSI.

The following diagram illustrates our current corporate structure:

While Lytus Group was restructured in 2020, DDC has been operation for five years. We have established a strong customer base and obtained significant market share through our acquisition of the customers of Reachnet, a long-standing cable services company in India. Reachnet is a licensed Multi System Operator (MSO) in the business of telecasting/streaming of broadcast channels (both owned as well as redistributed) to subscribers for a subscription charge depending upon the services and content chosen by the subscriber. Reachnet also owns and operates fiber optic cable networks with offices across the country in various major cities. These networks are used by Reachnet to offer its services to Lytus India’s subscribers. Reachnet also offers its cable network along with management personnel and subscriber management services to third party service providers for a fee. It has an extensive infrastructure and logistic set-up in various cities for provision of telecasting/streaming services to their erstwhile subscribers. We have acquired all of the customers of Reachnet, who are primarily located in the following metros in India: Mumbai, Hyderabad, Calcutta, New Delhi and Allahabad. We are not bound to have service agreement with Reachnet for exclusive provision of streaming service and can always enter with an independent service provider for the provision for streaming services to our subscribers.

We have scaled and intend to continue to scale our platform through the pursuit of selective acquisitions. We believe our acquisitions of Lytus India and DDC have expanded our distribution capabilities and broadened our service offerings. We have aggregated customers from several service providers and other businesses by bring them on to the Lytus platform. We provide services to our customers through access to a network of 25,000 kilometers of deployed fiber and broadband infrastructure in accordance with our service agreement with our partner. Since our inception we have consistently expanded our network capabilities and offerings while growing our customer base.

Lytus India provides technology enabled customer services, which includes streaming and content services. The present device is being further upgraded to support the unified and integrated platform through which it shall provide multi-dimensional services such as MedTech IOT (IOT refers to the Internet of Things), etc.

DDC is a licensed Multi System Operator (MSO) in the business of telecasting/streaming of broadcast channels (both owned channels as well as redistribution) to subscribers for a subscription charge depending upon the services and content chosen by the subscriber. In India the regulation does not differentiate between telecasting and streaming as long as the streaming is done in IPTV format. Lytus has the expertise and has plans to offer additional value added services such as MedTech IOT, by upgrading the existing cable networks. The upgrade primarily consists of deploying FTTH GPON and changing the existing STB/CPE.

44

Table of Contents

Lytus India provides streaming services to the customers we acquired from Reachnet. DDC has been providing streaming services to its customers in New Delhi region for over three years and will continue to do so independently of Lytus India and Reachnet

Along with a strong India focus, we expect to grow our international presence in regions such as Africa, Indonesia, UK, and the USA.

GHSI was formed in 2020 and had no business operations prior to our acquisition. On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement and acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI. After the completion of acquisition, GHSI brought into the key management team and acquired important contracts. GHSI’s telemedicine service aims to provide management and technology solutions to hospital networks, university medical schools, physician networks and individual practices in the U.S. Its proprietary delivery platform uses digital communication technologies using medical monitoring devices, video capabilities and data capture methodologies. The platform also uses AI Ecosystem Assets including Conversational Computing, Intelligent Robotic Process Automation (iRPA), and Machine Learning (ML). This platform is currently rolled out in New Jersey, Illinois, Florida and Texas with approximately 125 medical physicians using our system for approximately 3000 users via hospital and clinic networks.

In India, Lytus’ telemedicine business, through Lytus India, has commenced repurposing its existing Local Cable Operator Network infrastructure to set up Local Health Centers/diagnostic centers (LHC). There is scheduled to be one dedicated LHC for every 5000 customers and this LHC will be staffed with trained healthcare professionals. LHCs will support customers with additional patient services that cannot be remotely provided through device strategy. Typical services provided at the LHCs will include ECGs, blood and urine testing, ultrasound scans etc. The LHC network will act as an important link between patients, doctors and supporting hospital partners for better integration. The Company also intends to leverage the LHC network for pharmaceutical delivery.

Our Integrated Service Matrix

Our objective is to expand the business by offering additional online services to our captive users so that we can become a one-stop shop for all of our customers’ online requirements. We believe that the current poor internet penetration in the Indian market presents a tremendous opportunity for the Company to provide online services to the many underserved geographic areas in India.

Strategic Roadmap

Technology continues to be a strong driver of change for our industry. We realized that our future growth strategy was pivoted around how we leverage technology to enhance consumer experience, with limited infrastructure. We invested in deep-rooted technologies to develop greater scale and speed in our approaches to content production and distribution, centralization, automation, and portfolio rationalization.

In addition, we believe that through additional customer acquisitions, our business will expand rapidly over the next three years. Our objective is to grow profitably by building on our current strategic position to become a dominant global platform services company.

The key elements of our strategy include:

•        expanding the service and product portfolio to enhance cross-selling opportunities;

•        enhancing the service platform by investing in technology;

•        expanding into new geographic markets; and

•        pursuing selective strategic partnerships and acquisitions.

We have six principles for our growth:

Operating model:    simplify and align with our customers’ needs and end markets.

Enhance customer experience:    introduce customer-centric programs and services leveraging the latest technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) to improve our customers’ experiences and continue to earn their business.

45

Table of Contents

Service portfolio management:    adopt a more proactive approach, be agile in introducing new offerings while continuously scrutinizing the potential for returns.

Build scale:    to grow and build scale in a broad range of international markets and industry verticals within the online service platform and e-healthcare segment.

Strategic relationships:    focus on building and maintaining long-term strategic business relationships with other established players in the market to better utilize the network capabilities, reduce cost burden and generate supplementary revenue streams.

Acquisition strategy:    develop a more targeted and disciplined approach; focus on acquisitions that augment our existing online streaming portfolio.

Current and Potential Markets

Television Industry

We currently have operations in Maharashtra, including Mumbai, New Delhi, parts of West Bengal including Kolkata, parts of Madhya Pradesh including Indore & Bhopal, parts of Uttar Pradesh, and Bangalore. Of all media and entertainment options open to Indians, television remains the most penetrated medium in the country, catering to over 200 million households and counting.

Cable Television subscription revenues have significantly increased in last few years due to introduction of streaming services in the Indian market. Streaming media is currently sharing the market space with cable and satellite television but it starts receiving more and more attention. There are currently about 40 providers of Over–The–Top media services (OTT) in India, which distribute streaming media over the Internet. In 2018, the OTT market in India was worth Rs2,150 crore ($290 million), and its value grew to Rs3,500 crores ($473 million) in 2019. According to a KPMG report, the average time spent by Indian subscribers on various OTT platforms is 20–50 minutes9 per day. Internet has now become mainstream media for entertainment for most people. With growing Internet penetration, internet users in India are expected to increase from 445.96 million in 2017 to 829 million by 2021. Based on the data from www.statista.com, as of May 2020, there were 1.2 billion mobile subscriptions and 565 million internet subscriptions in India, making it the second-largest mobile consumer base and internet subscriber base in the world, behind only China according to a report on Digital India by McKinsey Global Institute released in March 2019.

The Indian media and entertainment industry is expected to reach around Rs307,000 core ($ 43.93 billion) by 2024. Media and entertainment industry is set to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 13.5 percent from 2019 to 2024. In FY 2019, major segments were television, print and films with a market size of Rs713 billion ($10.22 billion), Rs333 billion ($4.76 billion) and Rs185 billion ($2.62 billion), respectively. They are projected to reach Rs1025 billion ($14.67 billion), Rs375 billion ($4.76 billion) and Rs228 billion ($3.26 billion), respectively in FY 2022. Indian television market has an opportunity of catering to over 50 million homes as 197 million homes out of the total 240 million households have TV sets as of 201810.

The Indian advertising industry is projected to be the second fastest growing advertising market in Asia after China. At present, advertising revenue accounts for around 0.38 percent of India’s gross domestic product.11

Digital media & entertainment platforms in India grew 13.3 percent in FY2019 and reached Rs163,100 crore ($23.34 billion), contributing the most to the growth of media & entertainment sector in the country. India’s advertising revenue is projected to reach Rs1,367 billion ($19.56 billion) in FY2024 from Rs693 billion ($10 billion) in FY2019. India’s advertisement spending increased to Rs67,603 crore ($9.67 billion), growing at 11 percent year over year in 2019.

____________

8          https://www.statista.com/topics/4852/television-market-in-india/

9          Video OTT revenue in India expected to reach Rs13,800 crore by FY 2023, Exchange4media. Indian Advertising Media & Marketing News — exchange4media

10         https://www.ibef.org/industry/media-entertainment-india.aspx

11         https://www.ibef.org/industry/media-entertainment-india.aspx

46

Table of Contents

Telemedicine Industry

The COVID-19 crisis has resulted in a profound shift of healthcare delivery from the traditional healthcare model with its abundant resources to the healthcare model where patients are mandated to remain at home and cope with a profound lack of resources. The Covid-19 pandemic has caused severe shortages and threatens to overwhelm health care infrastructure. Thus, we believe telehealth services and mobile care (such as advanced physician house calls, VNS, home PT, nutritional optimization), with an efficiently managed and cost-effective delivery model, will support patients’ medical needs and alleviate the shortages of the available healthcare resources. Healthcare systems have scrambled to adopt applications marketed as ‘telemedicine’ solutions but are very little more than 2-way video conferencing with text messaging. Despite the availability of ultra-high-speed wireless connectivity, computationally intense smartphones, commoditized high resolutions cameras, and other existing solutions have not improved significantly over the past decade in design, user interface, integration, data visualization, nor utilization of AI Ecosystem Assets.

Moreover, the increased demand on mobile healthcare delivery to the home has not been met with a corresponding increase in platform sophistication required to perform anything other than a base level physical exam and rudimentary delivery of services. This demand will require omni-channel, multi-modal, multi-lingual communication across highly secure and private high-speed wireless networks. Multipoint video conferencing will be required as well as deep integrations into enterprise PBX, CRM, EMR platforms and other systems of record.

The Internet of Things (IoT) revolution has resulted in a plethora of intelligent devices capable of capturing and transmitting a diverse set of data domains including healthcare, environment, logistics, education, energy, and many others relevant to the efficient and effective delivery of care. Remote patient monitoring via patient worn active and passive sensors as well as next generation room-based sensors utilizing ultra-wideband impulse radar, hyperspectral imaging, will revolutionize home based care via remote patient monitoring.

The traditional health monitoring data concerning heart rate, respiratory rate, blood pressure, temperature, will be expanded to include body composition, sleeping patterns, nutrient ingestion, cognitive and behavioral status, wound assessment, range of motion monitoring, and many others.

As we have seen an increasing need to adopt any form of Telemedicine programs to combat the COVID-19 pandemic, we believe that the business technologies that Lytus is advancing are very unique.

Our Streaming Services

We offer our customers subscription-based video services and Internet services to residential customers, with prices and related charges based on the types of service selected, whether the services are sold as a “bundle” or on an individual basis, and based on the equipment necessary to receive our services. Our video customers receive a package of programming which generally includes a device that provides an interactive electronic programming guide with parental controls, access to pay-per-view services, including video on demand (“VOD”). Customers have the option to purchase additional tiers of services including premium channels which provide original programming, commercial-free movies, sports, and other special event entertainment programming. Substantially all of our video programming is available in high definition.

In order to establish our customer base, the Company has acquired all of the customers of Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited, through an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019. Reachnet is also a licensed service provider and have, accordingly, agreed to provide streaming services to these customers. These customers are primarily located in the following metros in India: Mumbai, Hyderabad, Calcutta, New Delhi and Allahabad.

Our revenues are principally derived from the monthly fees customers pay for the services we provide. We typically charge a one-time installation fee which is sometimes waived or discounted in certain sales channels during certain promotional periods. We believe that offering a wide variety of video programming choices influences a customer’s decision to subscribe and retain our streaming services. We obtain basic and premium programming, usually pursuant to written contracts from a number of suppliers. Media corporation consolidation has, however, resulted in fewer suppliers and additional selling power on the part of programming suppliers. We have recently entered into an agreement with a Hollywood studio to co-produce or exclusively license original content which give us the right to provide our customers with certain exclusive content for a period of time.

47

Table of Contents

Programming is usually made available to us for a license fee, which is generally paid based on the number of customers to whom we make that programming available. Programming license fees may include “volume” discounts and financial incentives to support the launch of a channel and/or ongoing marketing support, as well as discounts for channel placement or service penetration. We also offer VOD and pay-per-view channels of movies and events that are subject to a revenue split with the content provider.

Our programming contracts are generally for a fixed period of time, usually for multiple years, and are subject to negotiated renewal. The contracts set to expire in any particular year vary. We will seek to renew these agreements on terms that we believe are favorable. There can be no assurance, however, that these agreements will be renewed on favorable or comparable terms. To the extent that we are unable to reach agreements with certain programmers on terms that we believe are reasonable, we have been, and may in the future be, forced to remove such programming channels from our line-up, which may result in a loss of customers.

Our advertising sales division offers local, regional and national businesses the opportunity to advertise in individual and multiple service areas on streaming networks and digital outlets. We receive revenues from the sale of local advertising across various platforms and networks. Our large national footprint provides opportunities for advertising customers to address broader regional audiences from a single provider and thus reach more customers with a single transaction. Our size also provides scale to invest in new technology to create more targeted and addressable advertising capabilities.

The Company through its partners has access to the content of more than 450 linear channels, allowing us to provide these channels to all our subscribers’ predominantly through RF medium using DVB-C technology as well as through IPTV / Online Streaming.

Lytus Group through its constituents delivers over 450 linear channels from various content providers such as Star TV (Disney), Zee TV, Sony, IndiaCast, Times Broadcasting, Discovery, Sun, Jaya TV, Eenadu Television, Turner International, Travel XP, BBC etc. The Company has also executed agreements with various content providers having national and regional movie and music libraries viz., such as ADB Shemaroo, Super Cassettes (T-Series), Surya Media Vision (Eros & Sonata) and Cine Prime.

Lytus has also started telecasting a few educational channels tailor-made for local educational boards catering to various school grades and has plans to focus on this segment going forward.

Our streaming solution is from a U.S. based vendor called “Secure TV”. Our mobile application (JPR Channel) is available on the Playstore and can be currently used by our home subscribers only. We are currently streaming all Free to Air (including home channels) and some select Pay Channels from various broadcasters through our OTT platform.

Lytus is working closely with various vendors globally for furthering the reach of their streaming network / platform and also building state of the art FTTH (Fiber to the home)/ G-PON network for connecting its existing and future subscribers. For this purpose, Lytus Group sources devices and other equipment such as RF/Hybrid/ IPTV/OTT Set Top Boxes, ONUs, OLTs, Headend and NoC equipment and finally passive components from vendors including Cisco, Harmonics, Arris (Now CommScope — USA), Gospell, ZTE, & Antik.

Our Telemedicine Services

On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement and acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI to add varieties to the manners in which healthcare services are provided to customers in the U.S. and in India. We believe GHSI’s strong management team, which has several decades of telemedicine experience in the U.S. and in India, will develop customized solutions and platforms to help Lytus grow its telemedicine offerings globally.

Our telehealth segment of business will focus on providing telemedicine solutions for the unmet medical needs of a large part of population in India. Our vision is to provide cost-efficient telemedicine services, as well as serve as an extension of the traditional healthcare system.

____________

12        World Health Day Amid Covid Crisis by Pramod N Sulikeri, Available: https://myarogya.in/general/world-health-day-amid-covid-crisis/ & Telemedicine Force Multiplier for Healthcare Delivery by Major General Ashok Kumar Singh (retd), Available: https://innohealthmagazine.com/2020/guest-column/telemedicine-healthcare-delivery/

48

Table of Contents

We believe this extension of traditional healthcare services is vital because:

•        68% of Indians live in rural villages.

•        India has one doctor for every 1,445 people.

•        More than 75% of Indian doctors are based in cities or urban areas.

•        Approximately 89% of rural Indian patients have to travel about 8 kilometers to access basic medical treatment.12

With rising internet penetration in India, increasing proliferation of fiber optic cables, expanding bandwidth, and owing to advancements in technology, doctors from urban India will have the ability to treat patients in rural areas remotely through video-call consultations.

Building on the Company’s strong fiber-optic network and customer base, we will strive to use technology-based innovation to address the most significant unmet needs of patients and societies across rural India.

In the first phase of our journey, we intend to develop and deliver telehealth services in the nature of preventive healthcare using technologies such as Internet of Medical Things (IoMT) and Artificial Intelligence (AI). Our initial focus is aimed at offering basic health monitoring and digital stethoscope services with the help of our own smart devices and software systems and also last mile medicine delivery services. Further, we intend to utilize clinical informatics for the collation of information for effective data analysis and for sharing the information with doctors/relatives/other stakeholders to help in better decision making.

With our streaming services and our devices, we intend to make it possible for the people to undertake self-health monitoring and combine the same with remote diagnosis with secure patient-doctor consultation. Thereby not only reducing the number of trips to the hospital but also build an ecosystem that may turn out to be an affordable, as well as a fast, way to bridge the rural-urban health divide.

Our healthcare service aims to provide telemedicine solutions for the unmet medical needs of a larger part of the population. Our vision is to provide cost-efficient telemedicine services and to serve as an extension of the traditional healthcare system prevalent in the country.

With the rising internet penetration in India, increasing proliferation of fiber-optic cables, expanding bandwidths and advancements in technology, doctors from urban India will have the ability to treat patients in rural areas remotely through video-call consultations. In an industry where the cost of error is high, operational consistency and network dependability are critical. Information has to be accurate, and readily available. We believe that our operations will benefit from centralized decision-making and a uniform technology platform, coupled with a coordinated local presence. Our unified, scalable technology platform is being further developed and/or enhanced by our technology team, which is located in India. This technology platform covers all relevant aspects of our operations, from data management, business intelligence, traffic optimization and consumer engagement to infrastructure, logistics and payments. Data is constantly collected and analyzed to help optimize operations, make the consumer experience more personal and relevant, and enable us, selected sellers and logistics partners to make informed, real-time decisions.

In addition, our approach is to collaborate with global chain of health insurance companies, pharmaceutical companies, hospitals and diagnostic clinics, and medical research universities. We intend to develop an ecosystem of medical expertise and healthcare at home. India is regulating medical devices13 and has opened up many opportunities from the perspective of preventive healthcare and at-home on-demand online content.

Self-monitoring for diagnosis would require an infrastructure for an effective and efficient communication equipment and distribution network. We believe that our streaming and telecast services customer base and access to a significant fiber infrastructure, ideally positions us to telemedicine services to over approximately 1.8 million households. The aggregated customer base of over 8 million individuals will be offered telemedicine services as well as telemedicine devices and products to enhance the quality of healthcare services offered.

____________

13              The Medical Devices Rules, 2017 read with Medical Devices (Amendment) Rules, 2020

49

Table of Contents

Competition

As a unified platform services company, individual segments of our business face competition from other services providers that operate in India.

Our streaming business typically faces competition from the following service providers:

Hotstar

Hotstar, (now Disney+ Hotstar), is the most subscribed–to OTT platform in India, owned by Star India as of 2018, with around 150 million active users and over 350 million downloads. According to Hotstar’s India Watch Report 2018, 96% of watch time on Hotstar comes from videos longer than 20 minutes, while one–third of Hotstar subscribers watch television shows.13

Netflix in India

American streaming service Netflix entered India in January 2016. In April 2017, it was registered as a limited liability partnership (LLP) and started commissioning content. It earned a net profit of Rs.2.02 million for fiscal year 2017. In fiscal year 2018, Netflix earned revenues of Rs.580 million. According to Morgan Stanley Research, Netflix had the highest average watch time of more than 120 minutes but viewer counts of around 20 million in July 2018. As of 2018, Netflix has six million subscribers, of which 5–6% are paid members.14

Olly Plus

Olly Plus was launched in 2020 by Sk Line Production. Olly Plus is Odisha’s new online Odia OTT platform where you can enjoy unlimited Odia Videos, Albums, Movies, Comedy Videos, Short Films, Audio Stories and other videos on the go.

Since Telemedicine is a relatively new offering in India, Lytus does not face significant competition in this segment locally in India. Start-ups that have commenced with telemedicine business in India are — DocOnline, Clinikk Healthcare, Practo and MedLife. However, all of these companies run online health clinics that provide online doctor consultations, online pharmacies, and health insurance. Our telemedicine business is designed to not be in direct competition with these companies. We have significant competitive advantage in telemedicine service through remote health monitoring device and unified Lytus platform for content management.

Competitive Advantage

We believe that the following competitive strengths distinguish us from our competitors:

Innovation

World-class networks:    enhancing our access to fiber-optic network, we intend to elevate the customer experience, enhance reliability and sustain future growth. Building on this capability and leveraging modern technology, we are diversifying into new growth areas to expand our business horizon.

Strengthen innovation:    we have long been a technological innovation leader within our industry space. We are taking steps designed to ensure we maintain and consolidate our market share. We continue to maintain our investments in different technological upgrades at a level that is consistent with changing industry dynamics. Today, we are amongst the few players in India who have transformed the traditional set-top box into an android box, thereby giving access to a host of new facilities under one platform.

____________

14        “Video OTT revenue in India expected to reach Rs 13,800 crore by FY 2023 — Exchange4media”. Indian Advertising Media & Marketing News — exchange4media. Available: https://www.exchange4media.com/digital-news/video-ott-revenue-in-india-expected-to-reach-rs-13-800-crore-by-fy-2023-92262.html

50

Table of Contents

Value

Profitable growth:    driving continued profitable revenue and customer growth in our core consumer and business markets, while continuously looking for opportunities to widen the business horizon. From a traditional contact management service provider, we have evolved into a significant online content management service provider, with sustained profits.

Disciplined capital allocation: we continue to invest in long-term growth opportunities, while simultaneously building on our core capabilities and engaging in strategic partnerships to widen our geographical presence and offerings.

Growth

Putting customers first:    focusing on customer service excellence and technological leadership to further strengthen our differentiated competitive position and enhance the customer experience with an integrated digital platform covering areas such as education, entertainment, financial technology, and healthcare. We strive to continue exceeding our customers’ expectations by enhancing our network capacity and coverage while broadening service offerings.

Proven growth strategy:    delivering industry-leading performance by continuing to execute on our long-term growth strategy focused on data and our fiber-optic network capabilities.

Employees

As of March 31, 2021, we employed 38 people on a full-time basis and 5 people on a part-time basis, comprised of 15 employees in management, 8 employees in sales and marketing, 10 employees in research and development, and 10 employees in administration.

Intellectual Property Rights

We are in the process of registering our intellectual property rights to protect our business interests and ensure our competitive position in our industry. We intend to vigorously protect our technology and proprietary rights, but there can be no assurance that our efforts will be successful. Even if our efforts are successful, we may incur significant costs in defending our rights.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have applied for 3 trademarks, and 2 domain names in India and overseas.

Properties

Our headquarters is located at 601 Everest Grande, A Wing Mahakali Caves Road, Andheri (East), Mumbai, India, 400 093. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

We are currently not involved in any legal proceedings; nor are we aware of any claims that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Government Regulation

The industry in which we operate is subject to extensive governmental laws and regulations in the United States and India. More particularly, in India, our business is subject to the governance under the foreign exchange laws governing the foreign investments, directions issued by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India, regulations and directions issued by the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare. There are numerous laws and regulations governing the operation of streaming and telemedicine business, and purchase, sale, and sharing of personal information about consumers, many of which are new and continue to evolve; accordingly, it is difficult to determine whether and how existing and proposed privacy laws may apply to our businesses in the future. Furthermore, government regulations can change with little to no notice and may result in increased regulation of our product(s), resulting in a greater regulatory burden for us.

51

Table of Contents

Regulation in connection with our streaming service

India

The following is an overview of the important laws and regulations which are relevant to our streaming in India. The description of laws and regulations sets out below is not exhaustive and is based on the current provisions of Indian laws, which are subject to change or modification by subsequent legislative, regulatory, administrative or judicial decisions.

Before the introduction of cable television in India, broadcasting was solely under the control of the State. The Government of India was caught unprepared with the emergence of cable networks and broadcasting through satellites in the early 1990s. The government was not able to put a check on transmission and broadcast of television through foreign satellites. Due to the lack of licensing mechanism for cable operators; this resulted in large number of cable operators, broadcasting programs without any regulation.

The necessity of procuring license for operating cable networks was first mentioned by the Rajasthan High Court in the case of Shiv Cable TV System v. State of Rajasthan television through foreign satellites. The high court held that there was no violation of the right to freedom of trade because cable networks fall within the definition of “wireless telegraph apparatus” under the Indian Wireless Telegraphy Act and therefore it necessary to have license to operate such network. This highlighted the need for having a framework for the regulation of cable networks in India which led to the enactment of the Cable Television Networks (Regulation) Act, 1995 becoming effective from September 29, 1994.

The Cable Television Networks (Regulation) Act, 1995 (“Cable Television Act”)

The Cable Television Act regulates the operation of cable television networks in India. The Cable Television Act requires any cable operator who is desirous of operating a cable television network to be registered with the head post master of the area concerned. Where the Central Government is satisfied that it is necessary in public interest to do so may make it obligatory for every cable operator to transmit or re-transmit programs of any channel in an encrypted form through a DAS.

The Ministry of Information and Broadcasting issued a notification dated November 11, 2011 (“DAS Notification”) under the Cable Television Act, making it mandatory for every cable operator to transmit or retransmit programs of any channel in an encrypted form through a digital addressable system in four phases in such cities and with effect from such dates as specified in the DAS Notification. Phase I included the cities of Mumbai, Delhi, Kolkata and Chennai where digitization had to be completed by June 30, 2012. The said deadline of June 30, 2012 was extended until October 31, 2012. Phase II which included 38 cities, was required to be completed by March 31, 2013. Further, phases III and IV are required to be completed by December 2015 and December 2016 respectively.

The Cable Television Network Rules, 1994 (“Cable Television Rules”)

The Cable Television Rules stipulate that registration as a cable operator needs to be renewed every 12 months. The Cable Television Rules further stipulate that a MSO shall apply for registration in order to provide DAS services.

The Indian Telegraph Act, 1885 (“Telegraph Act”)

The Telegraph Act governs all forms of the usage of ‘telegraph’ which expression has been defined to mean any appliance, instrument, material or apparatus used or capable of use for transmission or reception of signs, signals, writing, images, and sounds or intelligence of any nature, by wire, visual or other electro-magnetic emissions, radio waves or hertzian waves, galvanic, electric or magnetic means. Using appliance or apparatus for the purposes of dissemination of television signals and video transmissions therefore comes within the definition of a ‘telegraph’.

The Indian Wireless Telegraphy Act, 1933 (“Wireless Telegraphy Act”)

In addition to a telegraph license under section 4 of the Telegraph Act, land-based wireless providers and users also require an additional license under the Wireless Telegraphy Act. Section 3 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act forbids any person from possessing a wireless telegraphy apparatus without a license. Under section 5 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act, the license to possess the wireless and radio equipment and to use it for wireless services is issued by the telegraph authority designated under the Telegraph Act, that is, the Director-General of Posts and Telegraphs.

52

Table of Contents

The Sports Broadcasting Signals (Mandatory Sharing with Prasar Bharati) Act, 2007 (“Mandatory Signal Sharing Act”)

The Mandatory Signal Sharing Act provides for access to the largest number of listeners and viewers, on a free to air basis, of sporting events of national importance through mandatory sharing of sports broadcasting signals with Prasar Bharati. Under this enactment, no content rights owner or holder and no television or radio broadcasting service provider can carry a live television broadcast on any cable or DTH network or radio commentary broadcast in India of “sporting events of national importance”, unless it simultaneously shares the live broadcasting signal, without advertisements, with Prasar Bharati, to enable Prasar Bharati to re-transmit the signal on its terrestrial networks and DTH networks.

The Telecom Regulatory Authority of India Act, 1997 (“TRAI Act”)

The Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (“TRAI”) was established in 1997 by the TRAI Act, as amended, to regulate telecommunication services in India, including broadcasting and cable services. The TRAI is vested with major recommendatory, regulatory and tariff setting functions, including (a) making recommendations on the need and timing for introduction of new service providers, (b) on the terms and conditions of license to a service provider, (c) ensuring compliance of terms and conditions of license, (d) effective management of telecom, (e) laying down the standards for quality of service, (f) conducting a periodical survey of such service provided by the service providers so as to protect interest of consumers, and (g) notifying the rates at which telecommunication services within India and outside India shall be provided under the TRAI Act. In addition, the TRAI Act contains penalty provisions for offences committed by a company under the TRAI Act.

The following regulations have been notified by TRAI: A. Regulations applicable to DAS Notified areas:

The Standards of Quality of Service (Digital Addressable Cable TV Systems) Regulations, 2012 (“DAS Regulations”)

The DAS Regulations require every MSO or its linked Local Cable Operator (“LCO”), offering digital addressable cable TV services in entire DAS Notified areas to devise formats of application for seeking connection, disconnection, reconnection and for obtaining and returning of set top boxes. Any person seeking connection, disconnection or reconnection or shifting of cable service connection or intending to obtain or return set top box at a place located within the area of operation of a MSO or its linked LCO is required to make an application to such MSO/ LCO, as the case may be. Every MSO/ LCO shall provide the cable services to every person making request for the same. No MSO/ LCO shall disconnect the cable services to the subscriber or take any channel off the air without giving prior notice of at least 15 days to such subscriber indicating the reasons for such disconnection and no charge for the services other than the rent for set top box shall be levied on the subscriber for the period during which the services were discontinued. In the event of a complaint received from a subscriber, the MSO/ LCO shall respond to the complaint within eight hours and at least 90% of all ‘no signal’ complaints received shall be redressed and signal restored within twenty four hours of receipt of such complaint. Further, the quality of the set top box should conform to the Indian standard set by the Bureau of Indian Standards.

The Telecommunication (Broadcasting and Cable Services) Interconnection (Digital Addressable Cable Television Systems) Regulations, 2012 (“Interconnection DAS Regulations”)

The Interconnection DAS Regulations provide that no broadcaster of television channels shall engage in any practice or activity or enter into any understanding or arrangement, including exclusive contract with any MSO for distribution of its channel which may prevent any other MSO from obtaining such TV channels for distribution. Further, every broadcaster shall provide signals of its television channels on non-discriminatory basis to every MSO having the prescribed channel capacity and registered. Every broadcaster shall provide the signals of television channels to a MSO, in accordance with its Reference Interconnect Offer (RIO) or as may be mutually agreed, within 60 days from the date of receipt of the request. Every MSO while seeking interconnection with the broadcaster, shall ensure that its DAS installed for the distribution of television channels meets the DAS requirements specified in these regulations. A MSO operating in the Municipal boundary of Greater Mumbai, National Capital Territory of Delhi, Kolkata and Chennai shall have a capacity to carry a minimum of 500 channels as on January 1, 2013 and provided that all MSOs operating in the above areas and having subscriber base of less than 25,000 shall have the capacity to carry a minimum of 500 channels by April 1, 2013. In the event of a complaint received from a subscriber, the MSO/ LCO shall respond to the complaint within eight hours and at least 90% of all ‘no signal’ complaints received shall be redressed and signal restored within twenty four hours of receipt of such complaint.

53

Table of Contents

The Telecommunication (Broadcasting and Cable) Services (Fourth) (Addressable Systems) Tariff Order, 2010 (“Tariff Order”)

TRAI has imposed a ceiling on tariffs of channels and bouquets of channels payable by (i) broadcasters to distributors, (ii) LCOs to MSOs, and (iii) subscribers to MSOs/LCOs. The Tariff Order provides that every MSO shall offer all channels to its subscribers on an a-la-carte basis and shall specify the maximum retail price for each channel, as payable by the subscribers. The a-la-carte rates for free to air channels shall be uniform. Further, in the event a MSO is offering channels as part of a bouquet, the sum of the a-la-carte rates of the channels forming part of such a bouquet shall in no case exceed one and half times of the rate of that bouquet of which such channels are a part. Additionally, the a-la-carte rate of each channel forming part of such a bouquet shall in no case exceed three times the average rate of channel of that bouquet of which such channel is a part. Every MSO shall report to TRAI, the a-la-carte rates for its pay channels and the bouquet rates.

The Telecommunication (Broadcasting and Cable Services) Interconnection Regulation, 2004, as amended (“Interconnection Regulations”)

The Interconnection Regulations apply to all arrangements among service providers, including MSOs, for interconnection and revenue sharing for all telecommunication services, including cable services in India. The Interconnection Regulations provides that broadcasters are required to provide signals on non-discriminatory terms to all distributors of television channels. Similarly, Head End In The Sky (“HITS”) operators and MSOs are required to re-transmit signals received from a broadcaster on a non-discriminatory basis to LCOs. MSOs are not allowed to engage in any practice or activity or enter into any understanding or arrangement, including exclusive contracts with any distributor of TV channels that prevents any other distributor from obtaining such TV channels. Further, No Broadcaster/ MSO/ HITS operator shall disconnect the TV channel signals to a distributor of TV channels without giving three weeks prior written notice indicating the brief reasons for the proposed action.

Telecommunication (Broadcasting and Cable) Services (Second) Tariff Order, 2004, as amended

TRAI has imposed a ceiling on tariffs on channels and bouquets of channels, payable by (i) MSOs to broadcasters, (ii) LCOs to MSOs, and (iii) subscribers to MSOs/LCOs. The charges, excluding taxes shall not exceed 4% of the charges prevailing as on December 1, 2007 with respect to free to air, pay channels, bouquet of channels and standalone channels not part of a bouquet, offered by MSOs to LCOs and by MSOs/ LCOs to subscribers. Further, every MSO/LCO is required to give to every subscriber a bill for the charges payables by that subscriber.

The Standards of Quality of Service (Broadcasting and Cable Services) (Cable Television — Non CAS Areas) Regulation, 2009

The regulations provide for provisions relating to connection/disconnection or shifting of cable services as well as provisions for the billing procedure and billing related complaints. Further, the regulations details the mechanism for the handling of complaints and the provisions regarding additional standards of quality of service relating to digital decoders and set top boxes for digital cable service in non-CAS areas.

The Policy Guidelines for Uplinking of Television Channels from India, 2011 (“Uplinking Guidelines”)

The Uplinking Guidelines came into effect in December 5, 2011 and regulate the gathering, uplinking and broadcasting of television-based content in India. The Uplinking Guidelines provide for, inter alia, permission for: (i) setting up of uplinking hub/teleports; (ii) uplinking of non-news and current affairs television channels (that is, channels which do not include elements of news and current affairs in their program content); (iii) uplinking of news and current affairs television channels; and (iv) uplinking by Indian news agency; (v) use of SNG/DSNG equipment in C Band and Ku Band; and (vi) temporary uplinking. Setting up uplinking hub/teleports, uplinking of a non-news and current affairs television channels, or uplinking news and current affairs television channels requires a specific permission from the MIB, and the permission granted by the MIB is valid for a period of ten years.

54

Table of Contents

Guidelines and General Information for Grant of License for Operating Internet Services, 2007 (“ISP License Guidelines”)

The DoT issued ISP License Guidelines or grant of license of internet services on non-exclusive basis. The licensee company is required to provide service within 24 months from the date of signing the license agreement. The license is valid for a period of 15 years and access to internet through an authorized cable operator is permitted to ISPs without additional licensing subject to the provisions of Cable Television Act. In addition, the license is governed by the provisions of the Telegraph Act and the TRAI Act.

A service provider is required to obtain a license and enter into a standard agreement (“ISP License Agreement”) with the DoT before starting operations as an ISP. In addition to the conditions required to be followed by a licensee company under the ISP License Guidelines, the ISP License Agreement provides for further requirements to be adhered to by the licensee company.

The Telecommunication Tariff Order, 1999 (“Tariff Order 1999”)

The Tariff Order issued by TRAI, provides the terms and conditions at which telecommunication services within India and outside India may be provided, including rates and related conditions at which messages shall be transmitted to any country outside India, deposits, installation fees, rentals, free calls, usage charges and any other related fees or service charge.

The United States

We plan to expand our streaming business to the United States. Like many OTT companies, our operations are subject to routine regulation by governmental agencies. Companies conducting business on the internet are subject to a number of U.S. domestic laws and regulations. In addition, laws and regulations relating to user privacy, freedom of expression, content, advertising, information security and intellectual property rights are being debated and considered for adoption by many countries throughout the world. Online businesses face risks from some of the proposed legislation that could be passed in the future.

In the United States, laws relating to the liability of providers of online services for activities of their users and other third parties sometimes get tested by a number of claims, which include actions for libel, slander, invasion of privacy and other tort claims, unlawful activity, copyright and trademark infringement, and other theories based on the nature and content of the materials searched, the ads posted, or the content generated by users. Any court ruling that imposes liability on providers of online services for activities of their users and other third parties could harm our businesses.

A range of other laws and new interpretations of existing laws could have an impact on our businesses as well. For example, the Digital Millennium Copyright Act of 1998 has provisions that limit, but do not necessarily eliminate, liability for listing, linking or hosting third-party content that includes materials that infringe copyrights. Various United States and international laws restrict the distribution of materials considered harmful to children and impose additional restrictions on the ability of online services to collect information from minors. In the area of data protection, many states have passed laws requiring notification to users when there is a security breach for personal data, such as California’s Information Practices Act. The costs of compliance with these laws may increase in the future as a result of changes in interpretation. Further, any failure to comply with these laws may subject us to significant liabilities.

We also face risks due to government failure to preserve the internet’s basic neutrality as to the services and sites that users can access through their broadband service providers. Such a failure to enforce network neutrality could limit the internet’s pace of innovation and the ability of large competitors, small businesses and entrepreneurs to develop and deliver new products, features and services, which could harm our business.

Companies conducting online businesses are also subject to federal, state and foreign laws regarding privacy and protection of user data. Any failure by us to comply with our privacy policies or privacy related laws and regulations could result in proceedings against us by governmental authorities or others, which could potentially harm our business. Further, any failure to protect our users’ privacy and data could result in a loss of user confidence in our services and ultimately in a loss of users, which could adversely affect our business.

55

Table of Contents

Regulations in connection with our proposed tele-medicine service

India

The Indian Government has published Telemedicine Practice Guidelines (“Telemedicine Guidelines”) on March 25, 2020. These guidelines finally clarify India’s position on the legality of teleconsultation. It is now legal to provide teleconsultation by registered medical practitioners (M.B.B.S and above) in line with the requirements of the Telemedicine Guidelines. Telehealth is defined as “The delivery and facilitation of health and health-related services including medical care, provider and patient education, health information services, and self-care via telecommunications and digital communication technologies”. It is aimed to achieve timely access to appropriate interventions including faster access, real-time access and access to services that may not otherwise be available, and includes all channels of communication with the patient that leverages Information Technology platforms, including Voice, Audio, Text & Digital Data exchange.

Under the Telemedicine Guidelines, doctor can choose the medium of teleconsultation: A doctor may use any medium for patient consultation, e.g. telephone, mobile or landline phones, chat platforms like WhatsApp, Facebook Messenger etc., other mobile apps or internet-based digital platforms for telemedicine or data transmission systems like Skype/ email/ fax etc. However, before proceeding with the teleconsultation, the doctor should exercise professional judgement to decide whether the teleconsultation is, in fact, appropriate and in the interest of the patient. If the answer is yes, then the doctor should evaluate which medium would be preferred for the teleconsultation. For example, a complaint of appendicitis may require a physical examination and teleconsultation may not be preferred. On the other hand, some common complaints may not require physical examination or even consultation in real-time. For example, a complaint of headache or fever may not always require the doctor to examine the patient physically or audio-visually through a mobile or computer application. However, in certain cases, for example, on presentation of allergy or inflammation (e.g. Conjunctivitis), the doctor may choose to examine the patient in-person or through an audio-visual teleconsultation. Thus, the decision to examine the patient physically or remotely i.e. through teleconsultation, and the medium of teleconsultation, is to be taken by the doctor himself or herself on case to case basis. However, the Doctor on teleconsultation is required to maintain confidentiality of patient data, unless prior written consent has been obtained.

Doctor has to maintain the same standard of care during teleconsultation as during in-person consultation: The Telemedicine Guidelines require doctors to maintain the same standard of care towards a patient during a teleconsultation as they would during an in-person consultation. In other words, the fact that the teleconsultation took place over a mobile app or email or telephone cannot be taken as a defense by a doctor against an allegation of medical negligence. Every doctor is expected to know the limitation of teleconsultation and advise or prescribe accordingly.

Patient is responsible for the accuracy of information: During the course of teleconsultation, if the doctor inquires for relevant information from the patient, then the patient is supposed to disclose the right information. The Telemedicine Guidelines have clarified that is the patient who will be responsible for accuracy for the information shared with the doctor, and not the doctor. However, since the standard of care is as high in the case of teleconsultation as in-person consultation, the doctor must make all efforts to gather sufficient medical information about the patient’s condition before deciding on a diagnosis or a treatment. If a patient provides any contradictory information, or if the doctor is not convinced with the information at hand to make a professional decision, he may ask patient to provide such documents or undertake such tests as he/she may feel proper in his/her professional judgement without fear of liability. Patient identification is mandatory during the first consultation.

Caregiver is deemed to be authorized on behalf of minor or incapacitated patients: If the age of the patient is 16 years or less, or if the patient is incapacitated (due to mental conditions like dementia or physical disability due to an accident), then the caregiver is deemed to be authorized to consult on behalf of the patient. The Telemedicine Guidelines clarify that in such cases, the teleconsultation can take place with the caregiver without the presence of the patient.

There is no fixed format for issuing a prescription in a teleconsultation. The Telemedicine Guidelines has recommended a format, but following it is not mandatory. However, the doctor must provide photo/scan /digital copy of a signed prescription or e-Prescription to the patient via email or any messaging platform. The limitation on prescribing medicines (such as habit-forming drugs or narcotic or psychotropic drug, etc.) to patients should be adhered to. Please note that a doctor can transfer the prescription to a pharmacy only if he/ she has the explicit consent of the patient.

56

Table of Contents

The United States

The healthcare industry and the practice of medicine are extensively regulated at both the state and federal levels. Our ability to operate profitably in the future will depend in part upon our ability, and that of our affiliated providers, to maintain all necessary licenses and to operate in compliance with applicable laws and rules. Those laws and rules continue to evolve, and we therefore devote significant resources to monitoring developments in healthcare and medical practice regulation. As the applicable laws and rules change, we are likely to make conforming modifications in our business processes from time to time. We cannot assure you that a review of our business by courts or regulatory authorities in the future will not result in determinations that could adversely affect our operations or that the healthcare regulatory environment will not change in a way that restricts our operations.

Provider Licensing, Medical Practice, Certification and Related Laws and Guidelines

The practice of medicine, including the provision of behavioral health services, is subject to various federal, state and local certification and licensing laws, regulations and approvals, relating to, among other things, the adequacy of medical care, the practice of medicine (including the provision of remote care and cross-coverage practice), equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures and the prerequisites for the prescription of medication. The application of some of these laws to telehealth is unclear and subject to differing interpretation.

Physicians and behavioral health professionals who provide professional medical or behavioral health services to a patient via telehealth must, in most instances, hold a valid license to practice medicine or to provide behavioral health treatment in the state in which the patient is located. In addition, certain states require a physician providing telehealth to be physically located in the same state as the patient. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in our services being found to be non-reimbursable or prior payments being subject to recoupments and can give rise to civil or criminal penalties.

Corporate Practice of Medicine; Fee-Splitting

We may contract with physicians or physician-owned professional associations and professional corporations to deliver our services to their patients. We may also enter into management services contracts with these physicians and physician-owned professional associations and professional corporations pursuant to which we may provide them with billing, scheduling and a wide range of other services, and they pay us for those services out of the fees they collect from patients and third-party payors. These contractual relationships will be subject to various state laws, including those of New York, Texas and California, that prohibit fee-splitting or the practice of medicine by lay entities or persons and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing the physician’s professional judgment. In addition, various state laws also generally prohibit the sharing of professional services income with nonprofessional or business interests. Activities other than those directly related to the delivery of healthcare may be considered an element of the practice of medicine in many states. Under the corporate practice of medicine restrictions of certain states, decisions and activities such as scheduling, contracting, setting rates and the hiring and management of non-clinical personnel may implicate the restrictions on the corporate practice of medicine.

State corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting laws vary from state to state and are not always consistent among states. In addition, these requirements are subject to broad powers of interpretation and enforcement by state regulators. Some of these requirements may apply to us even if we do not have a physical presence in the state, based solely on our engagement of a provider licensed in the state or the provision of telehealth to a resident of the state. Failure to comply could lead to adverse judicial or administrative action against us and/or our providers, civil or criminal penalties, receipt of cease-and-desist orders from state regulators, loss of provider licenses, the need to make changes to the terms of engagement of our providers that interfere with our business and other materially adverse consequences.

57

Table of Contents

Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws

Federal Stark Law

After we establish our telemedicine service, we will be subject to the federal self-referral prohibitions, commonly known as the Stark Law. Where applicable, this law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare patients to an entity providing “designated health services” if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a “financial relationship” with the entity, unless an exception applies. The penalties for violating the Stark Law include the denial of payment for services ordered in violation of the statute, mandatory refunds of any sums paid for such services, civil penalties of up to $15,000 for each violation and twice the dollar value of each such service and possible exclusion from future participation in the federally-funded healthcare programs. A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s prohibitions may be fined up to $100,000 for each applicable arrangement or scheme. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute, which means proof of specific intent to violate the law is not required. In addition, the government and some courts have taken the position that claims presented in violation of the various statutes, including the Stark Law can be considered a violation of the federal False Claims Act (described below) based on the contention that a provider impliedly certifies compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and other rules when submitting claims for reimbursement. A determination of liability under the Stark Law could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Federal Anti-Kickback Statute

We will be also subject to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broadly worded and prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or to induce, (i) the referral of a person covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, (ii) the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs or (iii) the purchasing, leasing or ordering or arranging or recommending purchasing, leasing or ordering of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Certain federal courts have held that the Anti-Kickback Statute can be violated if “one purpose” of a payment is to induce referrals. In addition, a person or entity no longer does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation, making it easier for the government to prove that a defendant had the requisite state of mind or “scienter” required for a violation. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act, as discussed below. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs as well as civil and criminal penalties, including fines of $50,000 per violation and three times the amount of the unlawful remuneration. Imposition of any of these remedies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition to a few statutory exceptions, OIG has published safe harbor regulations that outline categories of activities that are deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti-Kickback Statute provided all applicable criteria are met. The failure of a financial relationship to meet all of the applicable safe harbor criteria does not necessarily mean that the particular arrangement violates the Anti-Kickback Statute. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, such as the OIG.

False Claims Act

Both federal and state government agencies have continued civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies and their executives and managers. Although there are a number of civil and criminal statutes that can be applied to healthcare providers, a significant number of these investigations involve the federal False Claims Act. These investigations can be initiated not only by the government but also by a private party asserting direct knowledge of fraud. These “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits may be initiated against any person or entity alleging such person or entity has knowingly or recklessly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, the improper retention of an overpayment for 60 days or more is also a basis for a False Claim Act action, even if the claim was originally submitted appropriately. Penalties for False Claims Act violations include fines ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government. A False Claims Act violation may provide the basis for exclusion from the federally-funded healthcare programs. In addition, some states have adopted similar fraud, whistleblower and false claims provisions.

58

Table of Contents

State Fraud and Abuse Laws

Several states also adopted similar fraud and abuse laws as described above. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally-funded healthcare program. A determination of liability under such state fraud and abuse laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

Other Healthcare Laws

HIPAA established several separate criminal penalties for making false or fraudulent claims to insurance companies and other non-governmental payors of healthcare services. Under HIPAA, these two additional federal crimes are: “Healthcare Fraud” and “False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters.” The Healthcare Fraud statute prohibits knowingly and recklessly executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government-sponsored programs. The False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme or device or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. This statute could be used by the government to assert criminal liability if a healthcare provider knowingly fails to refund an overpayment. These provisions are intended to punish some of the same conduct in the submission of claims to private payors as the federal False Claims Act covers in connection with governmental health programs.

In addition, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law imposes civil administrative sanctions for, among other violations, inappropriate billing of services to federally funded healthcare programs and employing or contracting with individuals or entities who are excluded from participation in federally funded healthcare programs. Moreover, a person who offers or transfers to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary any remuneration, including waivers of co-payments and deductible amounts (or any part thereof), that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner or supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services may be liable for civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act. Moreover, in certain cases, providers who routinely waive copayments and deductibles for Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries can also be held liable under the Anti-Kickback Statute and civil False Claims Act, which can impose additional penalties associated with the wrongful act. One of the statutory exceptions to the prohibition is non-routine, unadvertised waivers of copayments or deductible amounts based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts. The OIG emphasizes, however, that this exception should only be used occasionally to address special financial needs of a particular patient. Although this prohibition applies only to federal healthcare program beneficiaries, the routine waivers of copayments and deductibles offered to patients covered by commercial payers may implicate applicable state laws related to, among other things, unlawful schemes to defraud, excessive fees for services, tortious interference with patient contracts and statutory or common law fraud.

State and Federal Health Information Privacy and Security Laws

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of PII, including health information. In particular, the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which we collectively refer to as HIPAA, establish privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of PHI and require the implementation of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form. Teladoc, our Providers and our health plan Clients are all regulated as covered entities under HIPAA. Since the effective date of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule on September 23, 2013, HIPAA’s requirements are also directly applicable to the independent contractors, agents and other “business associates” of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit PHI in connection with providing services to covered entities. Although we are a covered entity under HIPAA, we are also a business associate of other covered entities when we are working on behalf of our affiliated medical groups.

59

Table of Contents

Violations of HIPAA may result in civil and criminal penalties. The civil penalties range from $100 to $50,000 per violation, with a cap of $1.5 million per year for violations of the same standard during the same calendar year. However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards. We must also comply with HIPAA’s breach notification rule. Under the breach notification rule, covered entities must notify affected individuals without unreasonable delay in the case of a breach of unsecured PHI, which may compromise the privacy, security or integrity of the PHI. In addition, notification must be provided to the HHS and the local media in cases where a breach affects more than 500 individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to HHS on an annual basis. The regulations also require business associates of covered entities to notify the covered entity of breaches by the business associate.

State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their states. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action that would allow individuals to sue in civil court for a HIPAA violation, its standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for negligence or recklessness in misusing personal information. In addition, HIPAA mandates that HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator. In light of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule, recent enforcement activity, and statements from HHS, we expect increased federal and state HIPAA privacy and security enforcement efforts.

HIPAA also required HHS to adopt national standards establishing electronic transaction standards that all healthcare providers must use when submitting or receiving certain healthcare transactions electronically. On January 16, 2009, HHS released the final rule mandating that everyone covered by HIPAA must implement ICD-10 for medical coding on October 2, 2013, which has since been subsequently extended to October 2, 2015.

Many states also have laws that protect the privacy and security of sensitive and personal information, including health information. These laws may be similar to or even more protective than HIPAA and other federal privacy laws. For example, the laws of the State of California are more restrictive than HIPAA. Where state laws are more protective than HIPAA, we must comply with the state laws we are subject to, in addition to HIPAA. In certain cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. Not only may some of these state laws impose fines and penalties upon violators, but also some, unlike HIPAA, may afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. In addition, state laws are changing rapidly, and there is discussion of a new federal privacy law or federal breach notification law, to which we may be subject.

In addition to HIPAA, state health information privacy and state health information privacy laws, we may be subject to other state and federal privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security practices and deceptive statements about privacy and security and laws that place specific requirements on certain types of activities, such as data security and texting.

In recent years, there have been a number of well-publicized data breaches involving the improper use and disclosure of PII. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals and state officials. In addition, under HIPAA and pursuant to the related contracts that we enter into with our business associates, we must report breaches of unsecured PHI to our contractual partners following discovery of the breach. Notification must also be made in certain circumstances to affected individuals, federal authorities and others.

60

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth our executive officers and directors, their ages and the positions held by them:

Name(1)

 

Age

 

Position

 

Appointed

Dharmesh Pandya

 

52

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

March 16, 2020

Jagjit Singh Kohli

 

60

 

Director

 

April 1, 2020

Shreyas Shah

 

38

 

Chief Financial Officer – Global and Director

 

April 1, 2020

Robert M. Damante

 

69

 

Independent Director

 

*

Gurdial Singh Khandpur

 

51

 

Independent Director

 

*

Dr. Sanjeiiv Geeta Chaudhry

 

61

 

Independent Director

 

*

____________

(1)      The individual’s business address is c/o Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd., 601 Everest Grande, A Wing Mahakali Caves Road, Andheri (East), Mumbai, India 400 093.

*        Director appointment effective upon the closing of this offering.

Dharmesh Pandya is the founder and CEO of Lytus. He is a Technology, Tax and Corporate lawyer with over 25 years’ experience. Mr. Pandya served as our director since the inception of the Company and was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer on April 1, 2020. He started his career with Big Four accounting firms in New York and helped build their International and Emerging Market Practices. From December 2012 to April 2015, he served as a partner at DLA Piper in Silicon Valley where he set up and advised several technology companies globally. From April 2015 to March 2020, Mr. Pandya served as CEO of Lituus Technologies Limited. He is a graduate of Harvard Law School.

Shreyas Shah joined us as our Chief Financial Officer on April 1. 2020. He has more than 15 years of hands-on experience in Legal, Financial, Management, and Tax Consultancy, including Business Restructuring, Transaction Structuring, Business Valuation, Private Equity investment structuring, International Taxation and Transfer Pricing, etc. In the past, he has worked as Assistant Manager at KPMG India from October 2007 to March 2012, a research associate at IBFD Netherlands from April 2012 to January 2013, a partner at Ambalal Thakkar and Associates from May 2006 to December 31, 2018 and a proprietor at Shreyas N. Shah & Associates from April 1, 2013 to April 1, 2020. His expertise includes, inter-alia, to develop and implement an innovative, growth focused commercial strategy, focusing primarily on new product areas and emerging markets, while analyzing, managing and mitigating potential legal, tax and financial risks. Mr. Shah received his Advance LLM in International Tax Law from Leiden University in 2012.

Jagjit Singh Kohli joined us as a director on April 1, 2020. He is a pioneer in Cable TV and broadcasting industry with several path breaking achievements to his credit. He was among the first to start Cable TV services in the country and is acknowledged as the most experienced and respected man in the Cable TV industry. He is an Engineer from SASMIRA Mumbai. From 2015 to March 31,2020, Mr. Kohli served as CEO at Digicable Network India Pvt Ltd, a cable television company based in Mumbai, India. Mr. Kohli served as a director of Lytus India from May 2008 to June 2019. He was then reappointed as a director of Lytus India on April 1, 2020.

Robert M. Damante will serve as our independent director immediately upon the closing of this offering. Mr. Damante is an experienced financial professional. He has been the Chief Financial Officer of two different Life Insurance Companies, and a senior executive in four others over the past 30 years. Recently retired, his most recent position was as EVP and CFO of Prosperity Life Group in New York. In that position he managed all financial activities of this multi-billion life insurance company. Prosperity was the acquirer of SBLI USA (previously Savings Bank Life Insurance Company of New York) where he had been the EVP and CFO for five years. Prior to that he was Senior Vice President of Finance for SBLI USA, where he oversaw the Planning, Financial, Treasury, Tax and Employee Benefit functions of this growing insurance company. Before joining SBLI USA he was SVP of Finance at GE Financial Assurance Company (Genworth) where he managed financial planning and reporting for the New York Life Insurance operations of GE’s New York companies. He had previously held positions of increasing responsibility at American Mayflower Life and Home Life Insurance Companies. He spent his early professional years as a staff accountant with Grant Thornton and its predecessors, where he received his CPA Certification in 1977. Mr. Damante received his Bachelor of Science in Accounting from Saint Francis College and MBA from Long Island University.

61

Table of Contents

Gurdial Singh Khandpur will serve as our independent director immediately upon the closing of this offering. Mr. Khandpur has over 29 years of experience in managing and leading business operations, strategy development and deployment, business acquisition, business development, sales and marketing. Since January 2016, Mr. Khandpur has been serving as President and CEO of HFCL Limited, a leading telecommunications equipment & solutions provider in India. From April 2012 to December 2015, Mr. Khandpur served as CEO and a director at DigiVive Services Pvt Ltd., a leading OTT PaaS company in India, powering OTT for leading names in telecom, ISP & MSO and content owners. Mr. Khandpur has been also playing a leading role in various positions at other telecommunication companies. Mr. Khandpur received his Bachelor’s Degree from Thapar Institute of Engineering & Technology in 1991 and Executive MBA in Telecom from Telecom informa UK in 2006.

Dr. Sanjeiiv Geeta Chaudhry will serve as our independent director immediately upon the closing of this offering. Dr. Chaudhry is an accomplished healthcare consultant and strategic advisor with over four decades of global multi-industry experience. He was CEO and Managing Director of leading diagnostics and drug delivery innovations companies in Asia. Since June 2016, Dr. Chaudhry has been serving as a strategy consultant, providing advisory and consulting services to investors, bankers and corporates on M&A Opportunities, project strategy and new markets entry. From December 2006 to May 2016, he served as Managing Director of SRL Limited, one of the India’s largest healthcare diagnostic companies. Dr. Chaudhry received his PhD in International Business from Columbia University in 1988.

None of the events listed in Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K has occurred during the past ten years that is material to the evaluation of the ability or integrity of any of our directors, director nominees or executive officers.

Board of Directors and Board Committees

Composition of Board; Risk Oversight

Our Board of Directors presently consists of six directors and we are in the process of seeking one more independent director. Pursuant to our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our officers will be elected by and serve at the discretion of the board. Our Board of Directors shall hold meetings on at least a quarterly basis.

Each of our directors holds office until a successor has been duly elected and qualified unless the director was appointed by the board of directors, in which case such director holds office until the next following annual meeting of shareholders at which time such director is eligible for re-election.

Our Board of Directors plays a significant role in our risk oversight. The board makes all relevant Company decisions. As such, it is important for us to have our Chief Executive Officer serve on the board as he plays key roles in the risk oversight of our company. As a smaller reporting company with a small Board of Directors, we believe it is appropriate to have the involvement and input of all of our directors in risk oversight matters.

Director Independence

Our board has reviewed the independence of our directors, applying the NASDAQ independence standards. Based on this review, the board determined that each of Mr. Damante, Mr. Khandpur and Dr. Chaudhry are “independent” within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules. In making this determination, our board considered the relationships that each of these non-employee directors has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board deemed relevant in determining their independence. As required under applicable NASDAQ rules, we anticipate that our independent directors will meet on a regular basis as often as necessary to fulfil their responsibilities, including at least annually in executive session without the presence of non-independent directors and management.

Duties of Directors

Under BVI law, our directors have a duty to act honestly, in good faith and with a view to our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the care, diligence and skills that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. See “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law” for additional information on our directors’ fiduciary duties under BVI law. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our Memorandum and Articles of Association. We have the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached.

62

Table of Contents

The functions and powers of our Board of Directors include, among others:

•        appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers,

•        authorizing the payment of donations to religious, charitable, public or other bodies, clubs, funds or associations as deemed advisable,

•        exercising the borrowing powers of the company and mortgaging the property of the company,

•        executing checks, promissory notes and other negotiable instruments on behalf of the company, and

•        maintaining or registering a register of mortgages, charges or other encumbrances of the company.

Board Committees

Currently, the Company is evaluating the composition of the committees of under the board and we plan to establish three committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating Committee.

The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes of our company and audits of the financial statements of our company, including the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of our independent auditors. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors reviews and makes recommendations to the board regarding our compensation policies for our officers and all forms of compensation, and also administers our incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans (but our board retains the authority to interpret those plans). The Nominating Committee of the board is responsible for the assessment of the performance of the Board, considering and making recommendations to the board with respect to the nominations or elections of directors and other governance issues. The nominating committee considers diversity of opinion and experience when nominating directors.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

•        appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating, and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm,

•        discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm the independence of its members from its management,

•        reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit,

•        approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm,

•        overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC,

•        reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls, and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements,

•        coordinating the oversight by our Board of Directors of our code of business conduct and our disclosure controls and procedures,

•        establishing procedures for the confidential and or anonymous submission of concerns regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, and

•        reviewing and approving related-party transactions.

Our Audit Committee consists of Mr. Damante, Mr. Khandpur and Dr. Chaudhry. Our board has affirmatively determined that each of the members of the Audit Committee meets the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on an Audit Committee under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and NASDAQ rules. In addition, our Board of Directors has determined that Mr.              qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is currently defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the NASDAQ rules.

63

Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

•        reviewing and approving, or recommending to the Board of Directors to approve the compensation of our CEO and other executive officers and directors,

•        reviewing key employee compensation goals, policies, plans and programs,

•        administering incentive and equity-based compensation,

•        reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers, and

•        appointing and overseeing any compensation consultants or advisors.

Our Compensation Committee consists of Mr. Damante, Mr. Khandpur and Dr. Chaudhry. Our board has affirmatively determined that each of the members of the Compensation Committee meets the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on Compensation Committee under NASDAQ rules.

Nominating Committee

The Nominating Committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

•        selecting or recommending for selection candidates for directorships,

•        evaluating the independence of directors and director nominees,

•        reviewing and making recommendations regarding the structure and composition of our Board of Directors and the Board of Directors committees,

•        developing and recommending to the Board of Directors corporate governance principles and practices;

•        reviewing and monitoring our company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and

•        overseeing the evaluation of our company’s management.

Our Nominating Committee consists of consists of Mr. Damante, Mr. Khandpur and Dr. Chaudhry. Our board has affirmatively determined that each of the members of the Nominating Committee meets the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on a Nominating Committee under NASDAQ rules.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our Board of Directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees. A copy of this code is available on our website. We intend to disclose on our website any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any waivers of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that apply to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, or persons performing similar functions.

Interested Transactions

A director may vote, attend a Board of Directors meeting, or sign a document on our behalf with respect to any contract or transaction in which he or she is interested. A director must promptly disclose the interest to all other directors after becoming aware of the fact that he or she is interested in a transaction we have entered into or are to enter into. A general notice or disclosure to the Board of Directors or otherwise contained in the minutes of a meeting or a written resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors that a director is a shareholder, director, officer or trustee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company will be sufficient disclosure, and, after such general notice, it will not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

64

Table of Contents

Remuneration and Borrowing

The directors may receive such remuneration as our Board of Directors may determine from time to time. Each director is entitled to be repaid or prepaid for all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred in attending meetings of our Board of Directors or committees of our Board of Directors or shareholder meetings or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his or her duties as a director. The compensation committee will assist the directors in reviewing and approving the compensation structure for the directors. Our Board of Directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge our undertakings and property or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or of any third party.

Qualification

A director is not required to hold shares as a qualification to office.

Limitation on Liability and Other Indemnification Matters

BVI law does not limit the extent to which a company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the BVI courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may indemnify our directors, officers and liquidators against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings to which they are party or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their acting as our director, officer or liquidator. To be entitled to indemnification, these persons must have acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interest of the company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, they must have had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for our directors or officers under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable as a matter of United States law.

Controlled Company

Upon completion of this offering, our Chief Executive Officer, Dharmesh Pandya, may beneficially own approximately 78.2% of the aggregate voting power of our outstanding common shares. As a result, we may be deemed a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq listing standards. If we are deemed a controlled company, we are permitted to elect to rely on certain exemptions from the obligations to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•        the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

•        the requirement that our director nominees be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee that are composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the purposes and responsibilities of the committees.

Although we do not intend to rely on the controlled company exemptions under the Nasdaq listing standards even if we are deemed a controlled company, we could elect to rely on these exemptions in the future, and if so, you would not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market.”

Executive Compensation

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer did not receive any compensation from the Company for the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020.

65

Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

Dharmesh Pandya Employment Agreement

On April 1, 2020, we entered into an employment agreement with Dharmesh Pandya pursuant to which he agreed to serve as our Chief Executive Officer. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of USD$450,000 payable in accordance with our company’s ordinary payroll practices. Under the terms of this “at-will” employment agreement, the executive is entitled to receive a semi-annual discretionary bonus.

Shreyas Shah Employment Agreement

On April 1, 2020, we entered into an employment agreement with Shreyas Shah pursuant to which he agreed to serve as our Chief Financial Officer. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of USD$280,000 payable in accordance with our company’s ordinary payroll practices. Under the terms of this “at-will” employment agreement, the executive is entitled to receive a semi-annual discretionary bonus.

Director Compensation

All directors hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders at which their respective class of directors is re-elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. There are no family relationships among our directors or executive officers. Officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Employee directors do not receive any compensation for their services.

66

Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any transactions since the beginning of our last fiscal year, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets as of the year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and to which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

67

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following tables set forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common shares and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common shares offered by us in our initial public offering, for:

•        each shareholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common shares,

•        each of our directors,

•        each of our named executive officers, and

•        all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any common shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any common shares that the individual has the right to subscribe for within 60 days of March 31, 2021, through the exercise of any warrants or other rights. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power or the power to receive the economic benefit with respect to all common shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. None of the shareholders listed in the table are a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker dealer.

Applicable percentage ownership prior to the offering is based on 34,146,369 common shares outstanding at March 31, 2021. The table also lists the percentage ownership after this offering based on 36,873,641 common shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares from us in this offering. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is C/O Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD., 601 Everest Grande, A Wing Mahakali Caves Road, Andheri (East), Mumbai, India, 400 093.

 

Beneficial Ownership
Prior to Offering

 

Beneficial
Ownership
After Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Common Shares

 

Percentage

 

Percentage

Dharmesh Pandya(1)

 

28,834,883

 

84.4

%

 

78.2

%

Shreyas Shah

 

307,691

 

*

 

 

*

 

Jagjit Singh Kohli

 

3,076,923

 

9.0

%

 

8.3

%

Robert M. Damante

 

 

%

 

%

 

Gurdial Singh Khandpur

 

 

%

 

%

 

Dr. Sanjeiiv Geeta Chaudhry

 

 

%

 

%

 

All officers and directors as a group

 

32,219,497

 

94.4

%

 

87.4

%

         

 

   

 

5% or greater beneficial owners

       

 

   

 

Lytus Trust(2)

 

2,613,676

 

7.7

%

 

7.1

%

____________

*        Less than 1%

†        Expected to become a director immediately upon closing of this offering.

(1)      Includes 2,523,078 shares held by Lytus Trust. As reflected in footnote 2, Mr. Dharmesh Pandya may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of these shares.

(2)      Dharmesh Pandya, Manager of Lytus Trust, has discretionary authority to vote and dispose of the shares held by Lytus Trust and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of these shares. The address of Lytus Trust is 5011 Gate Parkway, Building 100, Suite 100, Jacksonville FL 32256.

As of March 31, 2021, there were 77 holders of record entered in our share register. The number of individual holders of record is based exclusively upon our share register and does not address whether a common share or common shares may be held by the holder of record on behalf of more than one person or institution who may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of a common share or common shares in our company.

To our knowledge, no other shareholder beneficially owns more than 5% of our common shares. Our company is not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any government or by any corporation or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly. Our major shareholders do not have any special voting rights.

68

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

We were incorporated as a BVI business company under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 as amended, in the BVI on March 16, 2020 under the name “Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.” We were originally authorized to issue up to 50,000 common shares, of $1.00 par value each and on March 17, 2020, the Board of Directors passed the resolution to change the originally authorized shares from 50,000 common shares to 30,000 common shares, of $0.10 par value each. Effective May 15, 2020, we amended our Memorandum of Association to increase the number of our authorized shares to 230,000,000, with a par value of $0.01 per share. The following are summaries of the material provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association; a copy of these documents are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part of.

Common Shares

General

All of our issued common shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates evidencing the common shares are issued in registered form. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the BVI may freely hold and vote their common shares.

At the completion of this offering, there will be 36,873,641 common shares issued and outstanding. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common shares from us, at the completion of this offering, there would be 37,282,731 common shares issued and outstanding, respectively.

Distributions

The holders of our common shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors subject to the BVI Act.

Voting rights

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders must be effected at a duly called meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote on such action or may be effected by a resolution in writing. At each meeting of shareholders, each shareholder who is present in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) will have one vote for each common share that such shareholder holds.

Election of directors

Delaware law permits cumulative voting for the election of directors only if expressly authorized in the certificate of incorporation. The laws of the BVI, however, do not specifically prohibit or restrict the creation of cumulative voting rights for the election of our directors. Cumulative voting is not a concept that is accepted as a common practice in the BVI, and we have made no provisions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association to allow cumulative voting for elections of directors.

Meetings

We must provide written notice of all meetings of shareholders, stating the time and place at least 7 days before the date of the proposed meeting to those persons whose names appear as shareholders in the register of members on the date of the notice and are entitled to vote at the meeting. Our Board of Directors shall call a meeting of shareholders upon the written request of shareholders holding at least 30% of our outstanding voting common shares. In addition, our Board of Directors may call a meeting of shareholders on its own motion. A meeting of shareholders may be called on short notice if at least 90% of the common shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting, and presence at the meeting shall be deemed to constitute waiver for this purpose.

At any meeting of shareholders, a quorum will be present if there are shareholders present in person or by proxy representing not less than 50% of the issued common shares entitled to vote on the resolutions to be considered at the meeting. Such quorum may be represented by only a single shareholder or proxy. If no quorum is present within two hours of the start time of the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved if it was requested by shareholders. In any other

69

Table of Contents

case, the meeting shall be adjourned to the next business day, and if shareholders representing not less than one-third of the votes of the common shares or each class of securities entitled to vote on the matters to be considered at the meeting are present within one hour of the start time of the adjourned meeting, a quorum will be present. If not, the meeting will be dissolved. No business may be transacted at any meeting of shareholders unless a quorum is present at the commencement of business. If present, the chair of our Board of Directors shall be the chair presiding at any meeting of the shareholders. If the chair of our board is not present then the shareholders present shall choose to chair the meeting of the shareholders.

A corporation that is a shareholder shall be deemed for the purpose of our Memorandum and Association to be present in person if represented by its duly authorized representative. This duly authorized representative shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were our individual shareholder.

Protection of minority shareholders

The BVI Act offers some limited protection of minority shareholders. The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may apply to the BVI court for an order directing the company or its director(s) to comply with, or restraining the company or a director from engaging in conduct that contravenes, the BVI Act or the company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association. Under the BVI Act, the minority shareholders have a statutory right to bring a derivative action in the name of and on behalf of the company in circumstances where a company has a cause of action against its directors. This remedy is available at the discretion of the BVI court. A shareholder may also bring an action against the company for breach of duty owed to him as a member. A shareholder who considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being or likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any act or acts of the company have been, or are, likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory, or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, may apply to the BVI court for an order to remedy the situation.

There are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English company law. Under the general rule pursuant to English company law known as the rule in Foss v. Harbottle, a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company’s affairs by the majority or the Board of Directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to BVI law and the constituent documents of the company. As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, then the courts may grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following: (1) an act complained of which is outside the scope of the authorized business or is illegal or not capable of ratification by the majority; (2) acts that constitute fraud on the minority where the wrongdoers control the company; (3) acts that infringe or are about to infringe on the personal rights of the shareholders, such as the right to vote; and (4) where the company has not complied with provisions requiring approval of a special or extraordinary majority of shareholders.

Pre-emptive rights

There are no pre-emptive rights applicable to the issue by us of new common shares under either BVI law or our Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Transfer of common shares

Subject to the restrictions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the lock-up agreements with our underwriters described in “Common Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Lock-Up Agreements” and applicable securities laws, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her common shares by written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee. Our Board of Directors may resolve by resolution to refuse or delay the registration of the transfer of any common share. If our Board of Directors resolves to refuse or delay any transfer, it shall specify the reasons for such refusal in the resolution. Our directors may not resolve or refuse or delay the transfer of a common share unless: (a) the person transferring the common shares has failed to pay any amount due in respect of any of those common shares; or (b) such refusal or delay is deemed necessary or advisable in our view or that of our legal counsel in order to avoid violation of, or in order to ensure compliance with, any applicable, corporate, securities and other laws and regulations.

70

Table of Contents

Liquidation

As permitted by BVI law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the company may be voluntarily liquidated by a resolution of members or, if permitted under section 199(2) of the BVI Act, by a resolution of directors if we have no liabilities or we are able to pay our debts as they fall due and the value of our assets equals or exceeds our liabilities by resolution of directors and resolution of shareholders.

Calls on common shares and forfeiture of common shares

Our Board of Directors may, on the terms established at the time of the issuance of such common shares or as otherwise agreed, make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their common shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time of payment. The common shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture. For the avoidance of doubt, if the issued common shares have been fully paid in accordance with the terms of its issuance and subscription, the Board of Directors shall not have the right to make calls on such fully paid common shares and such fully paid common shares shall not be subject to forfeiture.

Redemption of common shares

Subject to the provisions of the BVI Act, we may issue common shares on terms that are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders, on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by our Memorandum and Articles of Association and subject to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by, the BVI Act, the SEC, the NASDAQ Capital Market, or by any recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed.

Modifications of rights

If at any time, the company is authorized to issue more than one class of common shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class of shares may be amended only with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting of not less than 50 percent of the shares of the class to be affected.

Changes in the number of common shares we are authorized to issue and those in issue

We may from time to time by a resolution of shareholders or resolution of our Board of Directors:

•        amend our Memorandum of Association to increase or decrease the maximum number of common shares we are authorized to issue,

•        subject to our Memorandum of Association, subdivide our authorized and issued common shares into a larger number of common shares then our existing number of common shares, and

•        subject to our Memorandum of Association, consolidate our authorized and issued shares into a smaller number of common shares.

Inspection of books and records

Under BVI Law, holders of our common shares are entitled, upon giving written notice to us, to inspect (i) our Memorandum and Articles of Association, (ii) the register of members, (iii) the register of directors and (iv)minutes of meetings and resolutions of members, and to make copies and take extracts from the documents and records. However, our directors can refuse access if they are satisfied that to allow such access would be contrary to our interests. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by our Memorandum and Articles of Association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our common shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

71

Table of Contents

Issuance of additional common shares

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association authorizes our Board of Directors to issue additional common shares from authorized but unissued common shares, to the extent available, from time to time as our Board of Directors shall determine.

Differences in Corporate Law

The BVI Act and the laws of the BVI affecting BVI companies like us and our shareholders differ from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the laws of the BVI applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and similar arrangements

Under the laws of the BVI, two or more companies may merge or consolidate in accordance with Part IX 170 of the BVI Act. A merger means the merging of two or more constituent companies into one of the constituent companies and a consolidation means the uniting of two or more constituent companies into a new company. In order to merge or consolidate, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must be authorized by a resolution of shareholders. While a director may vote on the plan of merger or consolidation even if he has a financial interest in the plan, the interested director must disclose the interest to all other directors of the company promptly upon becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the company. A transaction entered into by our company in respect of which a director is interested (including a merger or consolidation) is voidable by us unless the director’s interest was (a) disclosed to the board prior to the transaction or (b) the transaction is (i) between the director and the company and (ii) the transaction is in the ordinary course of the company’s business and on usual terms and conditions. Notwithstanding the above, a transaction entered into by the company is not voidable if the material facts of the interest are known to the shareholders and they approve or ratify it or the company received fair value for the transaction. In any event, all shareholders must be given a copy of the plan of merger or consolidation irrespective of whether they are entitled to vote at the meeting to approve the plan of merger or consolidation. The shareholders of the constituent companies are not required to receive shares of the surviving or consolidated company but may receive debt obligations or other securities of the surviving or consolidated company, other assets, or a combination thereof. Further, some or all of the shares of a class or series may be converted into a kind of asset while the other shares of the same class or series may receive a different kind of asset. As such, not all the shares of a class or series must receive the same kind of consideration. After the plan of merger or consolidation has been approved by the directors and authorized by a resolution of the shareholders, articles of merger or consolidation are executed by each company and filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the BVI. A shareholder may dissent from a mandatory redemption of his shares, pursuant to an arrangement (if permitted by the court), a merger (unless the shareholder was a shareholder of the surviving company prior to the merger and continues to hold the same or similar shares after the merger) or a consolidation. A shareholder properly exercising his dissent rights is entitled to a cash payment equal to the fair value of his shares.

A shareholder dissenting from a merger or consolidation must object in writing to the merger or consolidation before the vote by the shareholders on the merger or consolidation, unless notice of the meeting was not given to the shareholder. If the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the company must give notice of this fact to each shareholder who gave written objection within 20 days following the date of shareholders’ approval. These shareholders then have 20 days from the date of the notice to give to the company their written election in the form specified by the BVI Act to dissent from the merger or consolidation, provided that in the case of a merger, the 20 days starts when the plan of merger is delivered to the shareholder. Upon giving notice of his election to dissent, a shareholder ceases to have any shareholder rights except the right to be paid the fair value of his shares. As such, the merger or consolidation may proceed in the ordinary course notwithstanding his dissent. Within seven days of the later of the delivery of the notice of election to dissent and the effective date of the merger or consolidation, the company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a specified price per share that the company determines to be the fair value of the shares. The company and the shareholder then have 30 days to agree upon the price. If the company and a shareholder fail to agree on the price within the 30 days, then the company and the shareholder shall, within 20 days immediately following the expiration of the 30-day period, each designate an appraiser and these two appraisers shall designate a third appraiser. These three appraisers shall fix the fair value of the shares as of the close of business on the day prior to the shareholders’ approval of the transaction without considering any change in value as a result of the transaction.

72

Table of Contents

Shareholders’ suits

There are both statutory and common law remedies available to our shareholders as a matter of BVI law. These are summarized below.

Prejudiced members

A shareholder who considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being, or are likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any act or acts of the company have been, or are, likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, can apply to the court under Section 184I of the BVI Act, inter alia, for an order that his common shares be acquired, that he be provided compensation, that the Court regulate the future conduct of the company, or that any decision of the company which contravenes the BVI Act or our Memorandum and Articles of Association be set aside.

Derivative actions

Section 184C of the BVI Act provides that a shareholder of a company may, with the leave of the Court, bring an action in the name of the company to redress any wrong done to it.

Just and equitable winding up

In addition to the statutory remedies outlined above, shareholders can also petition for the winding up of a company on the grounds that it is just and equitable for the court to so order. Save in exceptional circumstances, this remedy is only available where the company has been operated as a quasi-partnership and trust and confidence between the partners has broken down.

Indemnification of directors and executive officers and limitation of liability

BVI law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any provision providing indemnification may be held by the BVI courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings for any person who:

•        is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was our director; or

•        is or was, at our request, serving as a director or officer of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

These indemnities only apply if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Anti-takeover provisions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association

Some provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable. However, under BVI law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended and restated from time to time, as they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

73

Table of Contents

Directors’ fiduciary duties

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction.

The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

Under BVI law, our directors owe the company certain statutory and fiduciary duties including, among others, a duty to act honestly, in good faith, for a proper purpose and with a view to what the directors believe to be in the best interests of the company. Our directors are also required, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonable director would exercise in comparable circumstances, considering without limitation, the nature of the company, the nature of the decision and the position of the director and the nature of the responsibilities undertaken. In the exercise of their powers, our directors must ensure neither they nor the company acts in a manner which contravenes the BVI Act or our Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended and restated from time to time. A shareholder has the right to seek damages for breaches of duties owed to us by our directors.

Shareholder action by written consent

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. BVI law provides that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a written resolution without a meeting signed by or on behalf of shareholders sufficient to constitute the requisite majority of shareholders who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting; provided that if the consent is less than unanimous, notice must be given to all non-consenting shareholders.

Shareholder proposals

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the Board of Directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings. BVI law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association allow our shareholders holding not less than 30% of the votes of the outstanding voting common shares to requisition a shareholders’ meeting. We are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings, but our Memorandum and Articles of Association do permit the directors to call such a meeting. The location of any shareholders’ meeting can be determined by the Board of Directors and can be held anywhere in the world.

Cumulative voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a Board of Directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. The BVI law does not expressly permit cumulative voting for directors, our Memorandum and Articles of Association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

74

Table of Contents

Removal of directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, directors can be removed from office, with or without cause, by a resolution of shareholders called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by written resolution passed by at least 50 % of the votes of the shareholders of the company. Directors can also be removed by a resolution of directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director.

Transactions with interested shareholders

The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting shares within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the Board of Directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware public corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s Board of Directors. BVI law has no comparable statute and our Memorandum and Articles of Association do not expressly provide for the same protection afforded by the Delaware business combination statute.

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the Board of Directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the Board of Directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under the BVI Act and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may appoint a voluntary liquidator by a resolution of the shareholders.

Variation of rights of shares

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, if at any time our shares are divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may only be varied, whether or not our company is in liquidation, with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by a majority of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting of the holders of the issued shares in that class.

Amendment of governing documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by BVI law, our Memorandum and Articles of Association may be amended by a resolution of shareholders and, subject to certain exceptions, by a resolution of directors. An amendment is effective from the date it is registered at the Registry of Corporate Affairs in the BVI.

Stock Transfer Agent

VStock Transfer, LLC is our company’s stock transfer agent. Its address is 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, New York 11598 and phone number is (212) 828-8436.

75

Table of Contents

COMMON SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before our initial public offering, there has not been a public market for our common shares. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market after our initial public offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common shares to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. We are unable to estimate the number of common shares that may be sold in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 36,873,641 common shares. The amount of shares outstanding upon completion of this offering assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares. All of the common shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by one of our affiliates as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which generally includes directors, officers or 10% stockholders.

Lock-Up

Our executive officers, directors and certain shareholders of 5% and more of our outstanding common shares have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, sell, dispose of or hedge our common shares, subject to specified limited exceptions and extensions described elsewhere in this prospectus, during the period continuing through the date that is 90 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Aegis on behalf of the underwriters.

Rule 144

Common shares held by any of our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, as well as common shares held by our current shareholders, may be resold only pursuant to further registration under the Securities Act or in transactions that are exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 180 days after our Form F-1 Registration Statement becomes effective, any of our affiliates would be entitled to sell, without further registration, within any three-month period a number of common shares that does not exceed the greater of:

•        1% of the number of common shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately common shares immediately after this offering, or

•        the average weekly trading volume of the common shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates will also be subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

76

Table of Contents

TAX MATTERS APPLICABLE TO U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON SHARES

The following sets forth the material BVI, Indian and U.S. federal income tax matters related to an investment in our common shares. It is directed to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of our common shares and is based on laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This description does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our common shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws. Pandya Juris LLP, our counsel as to the Indian laws and regulations, advised us with respect to the Indian taxation matters and the below referenced discussion constitutes their opinion as to such matters. McW Todman & Co., our counsel as to the BVI law, advised us on the BVI taxation matters and their opinion is set forth in the discussion below. Pryor Cashman LLP, our counsel as to the U.S. laws, rules and regulations, advised us on, among other things, on the U.S. taxation matters and their opinion is also set forth below. The following brief description applies only to U.S. Holders (defined below) that hold common shares as capital assets and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This brief description is based on the tax laws of the United States in effect as of the date of this prospectus and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this prospectus, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below. The brief description below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of common shares and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States,

•        a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia,

•        an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or

•        a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

WE URGE POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON SHARES TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON SHARES.

Indian Taxation

The discussion of Indian income tax is below is based on the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the “Tax Act”). The profits are taxable at the corporate level and dividend distribution is taxable at the shareholders level. Further, the arrangement or transactions entered into is subject to the provisions of General Anti-Avoidance Regulation and Specific Anti-Avoidance Regulations, wherever applicable.

There is no specific participation exemption.

Taxable income

Resident companies are subject to income tax on their worldwide income, including capital gains. Non-resident entity can be regarded as a foreign resident company when the place of effective management is situated in India. The Finance Minister has issued guidelines on the POEM and the tax implication if POEM is situated in India.

77

Table of Contents

The corporate tax rate is determined under the Tax Act as under:

Corporate Tax Information

Tax rate

 

30% general corporate tax rate

25% if turnover is less than INR 4 billion in FY2018/19

22% for domestic company, without special deductions and 0% MAT

15% for domestic manufacture/research company, without special deductions

10% if patent is developed and registered in India

15% Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT) for domestic companies

Surtaxes

 

0% surcharge (SC) where total income does not exceed INR 10 million

7% SC where total income exceeds INR 10 million but is less than INR 100 million

12% SC where total income exceeds INR 100 million

4% health and education cess (HEC) in all cases

Corporate income is divided into the following heads:

•        income from house property;

•        income from a business or profession;

•        capital gains; and

•        income from other sources, e.g. dividends and other passive income.

The heads of income are mutually exclusive; income that is specifically chargeable under one head may not be charged under another head. For filing the income tax return, a taxpayer must quote the Aadhar number (unique identification number) and permanent account number (tax registration number), unless specifically excluded (such as non-residents and other taxpayers not required to file tax return).

Different deductibility rules apply to each head of income. The net results of each category are aggregated to obtain total income. Certain allowances (such as for losses and donations) are deducted from total income to derive the taxable total income, to which the tax rates in force are applied.

Dividend is now taxable in the hands of the shareholder. The company distributing dividend will have to deduct withholding tax on dividend at 20%, plus applicable surcharge and health cess. The Tax Act incentivizes business transactions undertaken through normal banking channels (other than cash) and prohibits cash receipts (income or not) exceeding INR 200,000 in aggregate (i) from a person in a day, (ii) in respect of a single transaction, or (iii) in respect of transactions relating to one event or occasion from a person.

Under section 115-O of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, distribution of dividends, paid by Indian company until March 31, 2020 is subject to dividend distribution tax (DDT) at an effective rate of 20.56% (inclusive of the applicable surcharge of 12% and health and education cess of 4%). Repatriation of dividend will not require Reserve Bank of India approval, subject to compliance and certain other conditions met per the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961.

Deductible expenses

In general, expenditure must satisfy the following criteria in order to be deductible:

•        it must be of a revenue nature rather than of a capital nature;

•        it must be laid out or spent “wholly and exclusively” for purposes of the taxpayer’s business;

•        it must be laid out and spent during the relevant previous year;

•        it must not be incurred in respect of private expenses of the taxpayer;

•        it must not be specifically disallowed or restricted by the tax legislation, or covered by provisions relating to specifically permitted deductions; and

•        it must not be incurred for a purpose that is an offence or is prohibited by law.

78

Table of Contents

The tax legislation also provides for specific deductions in respect of specified types of businesses.

Interest and royalties are generally deductible unless specifically disallowed. Dividends are not deductible expenses. The Tax Act restricts deductibility of interest to 30% of EBITDA payable by payer to non-resident associated enterprise of more than INR 10 million (approximately $132,000). The payer includes an Indian company and a permanent establishment of a non-resident company. Unabsorbed interest (as restricted in above provision) would be eligible for carry-forward to the subsequent 8 years for set-off subject to an overall limit of 30% EBITDA. This provision is not applicable to banking and insurance businesses.

Capital gains

Broadly, gains from the disposal of capital assets are subject to tax. The tax treatment depends on the type of asset and the period for which the asset was held. A gain is classified as a long-term capital gain if the underlying asset was held for more than 3 years (more than 1 year, for listed shares as well as for certain units and bonds). The cost of assets resulting in long-term capital gains is indexed (increased) in accordance with the official inflation index. However, the Tax Act reduces the period of holding of unlisted shares and land/building from 36 months to 24 months for the purpose of determining a long-term capital asset.

The Tax Act clarifies that, for conversion of preference shares to equity shares, the period of holding of the said equity shares would include the period of holding as preference shares and the cost of acquisition of the said equity shares would be the cost of preference shares.

Some long-term capital gains are exempt if reinvested in specified assets. A special regime may apply to assets acquired before specific dates.

The tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains derived by domestic companies from the disposal of assets (except for listed securities) is 20% with cost indexation benefit and for listed shares (above INR 100,000) is 10% without cost indexation benefit.

Short-term capital gains derived by domestic companies from the disposal of assets (other than securities) are taxed at the normal income tax rate of 30% and 15% in case of listed shares.

ITA provides for taxation of gifts in the hands of the recipient if any asset is transferred for inadequate or nil consideration, subject to specified exceptions.

Withholding taxes

Some withholding tax rates are set by the annual Finance Acts, while other rates which apply to specific types of income are set out in the tax legislation.

The surcharge and education cess apply to the withheld taxes described below.

Dividends

On distribution, dividend is subject to withholding tax at 10% if the payment is to a Resident and 20%, if the payment is to a non-resident, unless the benefit of tax treaty is available to that non-resident.

Buy back distribution tax

Where a shareholder or holder of specified securities in a company receives consideration from the company in respect of a purchase by the company of its own shares or other specified securities held by that person, the difference between the acquisition cost and the consideration received is deemed to be a capital gain of that person in the income year in which the shares are purchased by the company and taxable at 20% tax rate. The shareholders are not exempt from tax.

BVI Taxation

The company and all distributions, interest and other amounts paid by the company in respect of the common shares of the company to persons who are not resident in the BVI are exempt from all provisions of the Income Tax Ordinance in the BVI.

79

Table of Contents

No estate, inheritance, succession or gift tax, rate, duty, levy or other charge is payable by persons who are not resident in the BVI with respect to any common shares, debt obligations or other securities of the company.

All instruments relating to transactions in respect of the common shares, debt obligations or other securities of the company and all instruments relating to other transactions relating to the business of the company are exempt from payment of stamp duty in the BVI provided that they do not relate to real estate in the BVI.

There are currently no withholding taxes or exchange control regulations in the BVI applicable to the company or its shareholders.

United States Federal Income Taxation

The following does not address the tax consequences to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations such as:

•        banks,

•        financial institutions,

•        insurance companies,

•        regulated investment companies,

•        real estate investment trusts,

•        broker-dealers,

•        traders that elect to mark to market,

•        U.S. expatriates,

•        tax-exempt entities,

•        persons liable for alternative minimum tax,

•        persons holding our common shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction,

•        persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our common shares,

•        persons who acquired our common shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee common share option or otherwise as consideration, or

•        persons holding our common shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities.

Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their tax advisors about the application of the U.S. Federal tax rules to their particular circumstances as well as the state, local, foreign and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common shares.

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Common Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by us to you with respect to the common shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt by you, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). With respect to corporate U.S. Holders, to the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your common shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. The dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

80

Table of Contents

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will be taxed at the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or we are eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program, (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, our common shares will be considered for purpose of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our common shares, including the effects of any change in law after the date of this prospectus.

Dividends on our common shares will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend considered for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to our common shares will constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute “general category income.”

Taxation of Dispositions of Common Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of common shares equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the share and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the common shares. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the common shares for more than one year, you will be eligible for the capital gains tax rate of 20% (or lower for individuals in lower tax brackets). The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as United States source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

Based on our current and anticipated operations and the composition of our assets, we do not expect to be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year ending 31 December 2020. Our actual PFIC status for the current taxable years ending 31 December 2020 will not be determinable until after the close of such year and, accordingly, there is no guarantee that we will not be a PFIC for the current year. PFIC status is a factual determination for each taxable year which cannot be made until the close of the taxable year. A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either:

•        at least 75% of its gross income is passive income, or

•        at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”).

We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock. We must make a separate determination each year as to whether we are a PFIC. As a result, our PFIC status may change. In particular, because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined based on the market price of our common shares, our PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of our common shares. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the common shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects and the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering. If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold common shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold common shares. However, if we cease to be a PFIC, you may avoid some of the adverse effects of the PFIC regime by making a “deemed sale” election with respect to the common shares.

81

Table of Contents

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold common shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” that you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the common shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the common shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

•        the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the common shares,

•        the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and

•        the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year. The tax liability for amounts allocated to such years cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains realized on the sale of the common shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the common shares as capital assets.

A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election for such stock to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for the common shares, you will include in income each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares as of the close of your taxable year over your adjusted basis in such common shares. You are allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the common shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions are allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the common shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the common shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the common shares, as well as to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the common shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such common shares. Your basis in the common shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations that are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except that the lower applicable capital gains rate for qualified dividend income discussed above under “Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Common Shares” generally would not apply.

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock”, which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market (as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations), including the NASDAQ Capital Market. If the common shares are regularly traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market and if you are a holder of common shares, the mark-to-market election would be available to you were we to be or become a PFIC.

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to such PFIC to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. A U.S. Holder who makes a valid qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in gross income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s earnings and profits for the taxable year. However, the qualified electing fund election is available only if such PFIC provides such U.S. Holder with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election. If you hold common shares in any year in which we are a PFIC, you will be required to file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 regarding distributions received on the common shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the common shares.

You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our common shares and the elections discussed above.

82

Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to our common shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our common shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding at a current rate of 28%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information.

83

Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of the BVI with limited liability. We are incorporated in the BVI because of certain benefits associated with being a BVI company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, the BVI has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides protections for investors to a significantly lesser extent. In addition, BVI companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, a majority of our directors and officers are nationals and/or residents of countries other than the United States, and all or a substantial portion of such persons’ assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons or to enforce against them or against us, judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof.

We have appointed [  ] as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any State of the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.

We have been advised by Pandya Juris LLP, our counsel as to India law, that the United States and the India do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any general or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be automatically be enforceable in India, but will have to follow the procedure under the Civil Procedure Code of India.

We have been advised by McW Todman & Co., our counsel as to BVI law, that the United States and the BVI do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any general or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be automatically be enforceable in the BVI.

84

Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our securities in the United States. The public offering price for our common shares will be determined through negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant. We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our securities will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for our securities will develop and continue after this offering.

85

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Aegis Capital Corp is acting as the representative of the underwriters in this offering. We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated , 2021 with the representative. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below and the underwriters named below have agreed severally to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the following respective number of shares of our common stock.

Underwriter

 

Shares

Aegis Capital Corp.

 

 

Total

 

 

If the underwriters sell more Common Shares than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the closing of this offering, to purchase up to 409,090 additional Common Shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. Any Common Shares issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other Common Shares that are the subject of this offering.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the over-allotment option, and stabilizing purchases.

•        Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering.

•        “Covered” short sales are sales of shares in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the Underwriter’s over-allotment option.

•        “Naked” short sales are sales of shares in an amount in excess of the number of shares represented by the Underwriter’s over-allotment option.

•        Covering transactions involve purchases of shares either pursuant to the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions.

•        To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

•        To close a covered short position, the underwriters must purchase shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed or must exercise the over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

•        Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase shares so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for its own account, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Shares. They may also cause the price of the Common Shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

86

Table of Contents

Discounts and Expenses

The following table shows the underwriting discounts payable to the underwriters by us in connection with this offering (assuming both the exercise and non-exercise of the over-allotment option that we have granted to the underwriters):

 

Per Share

 

Total Without
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Total With
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option

Public offering price

 

$

  

 

$

  

 

$

  

Underwriting discounts(1)

 

$

  

 

$

  

 

$

  

____________

(1)      Does not include (i) the warrant to purchase Common Shares equal to 5% of the number of shares sold in the offering, or (ii) certain out-of-pocket expenses, each as described below.

We have agreed to issue warrants to the representative to purchase a number of Common Shares equal to 5% of the total number of shares sold in this offering at an exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price of the shares sold in this offering. These warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time within four (4) years commencing from one (1) year from the closing of the offering, in whole or in part, but may not be transferred nor may the shares underlying the warrants be sold until 180 days from the effective date of the offering. The warrants also provide for customary anti-dilution provisions, one-time demand registration rights and “piggyback” registration rights with respect to the registration of the Common Shares underlying the warrants for a period of five years from the effective date of this Registration Statement.

The representative warrants and the underlying shares may be deemed to be compensation by FINRA, and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), neither the representative warrants nor any of our shares issued upon exercise of the representative warrants may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person, for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of this Registration Statement pursuant to which the representative warrants are being issued, subject to certain exceptions. The warrants to be received by the representative and related persons in connection with this offering: (i) fully comply with lock-up restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1); and (ii) fully comply with transfer restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(2)(A)(ii).

We will pay to the representative a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1% of the gross proceeds from the offering. We have also agreed to pay the representative a maximum of $125,000 for fees and expenses including “road show,” diligence, and reasonable legal fees and disbursements for the representative’s counsel, of which $50,000 shall be paid in advance of the closing of this offering. Such advance payment will be returned to us to the extent such out-of-pocket expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

In addition, the Company agrees that it shall provide the representative the right of first refusal for one (1) year from the closing of this offering to act as lead managing underwriter and sole book runner and/or lead placement agent for any and all future public or private equity, equity-linked or debt (excluding commercial bank debt) offerings during such twelve (12) month period of the Company or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that the representative shall not be entitled to have such right of first refusal if this offering is not consummated.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Shares. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the underwriters consider a number of factors, including:

•        the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;

•        our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

•        an assessment of our management;

•        our prospects for future earnings;

87

Table of Contents

•        the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

•        the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded securities of generally comparable companies; and

•        other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

The estimated initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our Common Shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. The initial public offering price of the common shares has been negotiated between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the common shares, in addition to the prevailing market conditions, are our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We have agreed not to offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the representative, for a period of 90 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

In addition, our directors, executive officers and certain holders of more than 5% of our common shares will enter into lock-up agreements with the representative prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, for a period of 90 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, agree not to: (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common shares or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive common shares (including common shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such person in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) whether now owned or hereafter acquired; (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the foregoing securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any common shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

The lock-up restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply with respect to any transfer:

(i)     as a bona fide gift or gifts,

(ii)    to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or the immediate family of the holder,

88

Table of Contents

(iii)   if the holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity (1) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate of the holder or (2) distributions of our common shares or any security convertible into or exercisable for our common shares to limited partners, limited liability company members or stockholders of the holder,

(iv)   if the holder is a trust, transfers to the beneficiary of such trust,

(v)    by testate succession or intestate succession; or

(vi)   pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

provided, in the case of clauses (i)-(v), that (x) such transfer will not involve a disposition for value, (y) the transferee agrees in writing with the representative to be bound by the terms of a lock-up agreement, and (z) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will be required or will be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, the holder may transfer common shares in a transaction not involving a public offering or public resale; provided that (x) the transferee agrees in writing with the representative to be bound by the terms of a lock-up agreement, and (y) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is required or is made voluntarily in connection with such transfer.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and the underwriters may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of common shares to selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The common shares to be sold pursuant to Internet distributions will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or the underwriters, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common shares. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more common shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of common shares available for purchase by the underwriters under option to purchase additional common shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional common shares or purchasing common shares in the open market. In determining the source of common shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of common shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell common shares in excess of the option to purchase additional common shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing common shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing our common shares in this offering because the underwriter repurchases those common shares in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Finally, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, our common shares in market making transactions, including “passive” market making transactions as described below.

These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our common shares at a price that is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the absence of these activities. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

89

Table of Contents

Passive Market Making

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the common shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

The underwriters and their affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our Company. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

The underwriters are expected to make offers and sales both in and outside the United States through their respective selling agents. Any offers and sales in the United States will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the SEC.

BVI

No invitation has been made or will be made, directly or indirectly, to any person in the BVI or to the public in the BVI to purchase the common shares of the company and the common shares are not being offered or sold and may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the BVI, except as otherwise permitted by the BVI laws. This prospectus does not constitute, and there will not be, an offering of the common shares to any person in the BVI.

India

This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in India, and common shares may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of India except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of India.

90

Table of Contents

Item 13.     Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the placement discounts and commissions) will be as follows. With the exception of the filing fees for the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission, FINRA and NASDAQ, all amounts are estimates.

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

 

$

3,969

FINRA filing fee

 

 

5,000

NASDAQ listing fee

 

 

5,000

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

250,000

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

250,000

Transfer agent fees and expenses

 

 

25,000

Printing fees and expenses

 

 

33,000

Miscellaneous

 

 

40,000

Total

 

$

611,969

91

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common shares and certain legal matters relating to the offering as to BVI law will be passed upon for us by McW Todman & Co.. Certain matters as to U.S. federal law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Pryor Cashman LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters relating to the offering as to Indian law will be passed upon for us by Pandya Juris LLP. Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP, New York, New York, has acted as counsel for the underwriters with respect to this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2020 and for the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020, as set forth in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum”), an independent registered public accounting firm, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. The current address of Withum is 1411 Broadway 9th floor, New York, NY 10018.

The special purpose financial statements (two years) of Lytus Technologies Pvt. Ltd. for the period from April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and for the period from April 1, 2019 through March 18, 20201 and DDC CATV Network Private Limited as of March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, have been included as exhibits 99.1 and 99.3 to this registration statement in reliance on the report of Kirtane & Pandit LLP, an independent public accounting firm, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. The current address of Kirtane & Pandit LLP is 5th Floor, Gopal House, A Wing, S. No.127/1B/1, Plot A1, Opp. Harshall Hall, Kothrud,, Pune, Maharashtra 411029, India.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common shares offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the common shares offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon closing of our initial public offering, we will be required to file periodic reports (including an annual report on Form 20-F, which we will be required to file within 120 days from the end of each fiscal year), and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

____________

1    The Company was inactive from March 16, 2020 to March 18, 2020.

92

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Period from 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020

 

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors

of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD. (the “Company”) as of 31 March 2020, the related consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows, for the period from 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of 31 March 2020, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has negative working capital, significant balances due within 12 months, and has been impacted by the COVID-19 crisis. As such there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Emphasis of a Matter

As more fully described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has been impacted by the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (COVID-19), which was declared a global pandemic by the World Health organization in March 2020.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, New York

8 July 2020, except for the effects on the financial disclosures of the subsequent events in Note 24, as to which the date is 31 March 2021.

F-2

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
As of 31 March 2020

 

Note No.

 

2020
(US$)

ASSETS

     

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Current assets

     

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     

$

41,760

 

Other financial assets

     

 

42,038

 

Trade receivables

 

6

 

 

390,151

 

Other receivables

 

7

 

 

18,015,483

 

Other current assets

 

8

 

 

4,351,189

 

Total current assets

     

 

22,840,621

 

       

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

9

 

 

1,130,534

 

Intangible assets and Goodwill

 

10

 

 

59,326,290

 

Other non-current assets

     

 

16,472

 

Deferred tax assets

 

5

 

 

156,020

 

Total non-current assets

     

 

60,629,316

 

       

 

 

 

Total assets

     

$

83,469,937

 

       

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

     

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

     

 

 

 

Borrowings from related party

 

11

 

$

1,587,216

 

Trade payables

 

12

 

 

425,667

 

Other financial liabilities

 

13

 

 

345,924

 

Security deposits payable

     

 

59,807

 

Other current liabilities

 

14

 

 

7,375,226

 

Customers acquisition payable

 

15

 

 

29,372,718

 

Current tax liability

 

5

 

 

2,005,748

 

Total current liabilities

     

 

41,172,306

 

       

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     

 

 

 

Customer acquisition payable, net of current portion

 

15

 

 

29,372,718

 

Deferred tax liability

 

5

 

 

1,907,015

 

Total non-current liabilities

     

 

31,279,733

 

Total liabilities

     

 

72,452,039

 

       

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

16

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

EQUITY

     

 

 

 

Equity share capital

 

17

 

 

3,000

 

Other equity

 

17

 

 

11,056,589

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the company

     

 

11,059,589

 

Non-controlling interest

 

17 & 23

 

 

(41,691

)

Total equity

     

 

11,017,898

 

       

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

     

$

83,469,937

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED
statement of PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the period from 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020

 

Note No.

 

For the period
16 March 2020
(date of
inception)
through
31 March 2020
(US$)

Revenues:

     

 

 

 

Operating revenue

     

$

 

Other operating income

     

 

 

Total revenues

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Other income

     

 

 

 

Other income

 

3

 

 

15,759,393

 

Total income

     

 

15,759,393

 

       

 

 

 

Expenses:

     

 

 

 

Amortization

 

10

 

 

204,086

 

Legal and professional expense

 

4

 

 

272,894

 

Staffing expense

 

4

 

 

15,777

 

Other operating expenses

 

4

 

 

8,463

 

Total expenses

     

 

501,220

 

       

 

 

 

Income before income tax

     

 

15,258,173

 

       

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

5

 

 

3,894,674

 

       

 

 

 

Net income after tax available to common shareholders

     

$

11,363,499

 

       

 

 

 

Attributable to:

     

 

 

 

Controlling interest

     

$

11,363,499

 

Non-controlling interest

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

     

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income

     

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserves of subsidiaries, net of tax

     

 

(306,910

)

       

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

     

$

11,056,589

 

       

 

 

 

Attributable to:

     

 

 

 

Controlling interest

     

$

11,056,589

 

Non-controlling interest

     

$

 

Basic income per share of common share

 

18

 

$

379

 

Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding

     

 

30,000

 

Diluted income per share of common share

 

18

 

$

379

 

Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding

     

 

30,000

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
For the period from 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020

     

Equity attributable to equity holders
of the company

           
   

Shares (Nos.)

 

Share
capital

 

Accumulated
foreign
translation
adjustment

 

Retained
earnings

 

Total

 

Non-
controlling
interest

 

Total
equity

Balance at 16 March 2020 (inception)

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,363,499

 

 

11,363,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,363,499

 

Translation adjustment,
net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(306,910

)

 

 

 

 

(306,910

)

 

 

 

 

 

(306,910

)

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

(306,910

)

 

 

11,363,499

 

 

11,056,589

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,056,589

 

Issuance of shares
(Refer Note 17)

 

30,000

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business combination
(Refer Note 23)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(41,691

)

 

 

(41,691

)

       

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 March 2020

 

30,000

 

$

3,000

 

$

(306,910

)

 

$

11,363,499

 

$

11,059,589

 

 

$

(41,691

)

 

$

11,017,898

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED
statement of CASH FLOWS
For the Period from 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020

 

For the
Period from
16 March 2020
(date of
inception)
through
31 March 2020

(US$)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

Net income after tax available to common shareholders

 

$

11,363,499

 

Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense

 

 

1,907,015

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

204,086

 

Write off of unstructured Capital Work in Progress

 

 

8,463

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 

(19,089,070

)

Other financial assets

 

 

(3,682

)

Other assets

 

 

(4,450,896

)

Trade payable

 

 

214,672

 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

79,875

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

7,777,661

 

Current tax liability

 

 

1,987,659

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(718

)

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

Cash acquired in business combination

 

 

40,760

 

Purchase of shares of Lytus India

 

 

(2,000

)

Proceeds from sale of capital work in progress

 

 

3,583

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

 

42,343

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

Repayment of short term borrowings

 

 

(3,583

)

Proceeds from issuance of shares

 

 

3,000

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(583

)

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

41,042

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – beginning of period

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

718

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – end of period

 

$

41,760

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING/FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition of customers with customer acquisition payable. Refer to Note 22

 

 

US$  58,745,436

 

Acquisition of shares with other financial liabilities. Refer to Note 23

 

 

US$      265,410

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL statementS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES

Going Concern:

Impact of COVID-19 on operations

The COVID-19 crisis has had a significant impact on the economy of India. While the pandemic, has increased the demand for streaming and telemedicine services globally, there continue to be significant uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, including with respect to the ultimate spread of the virus, the severity of the disease, the duration of the lockdowns and further actions that may be taken by governmental authorities around the world to contain the virus or to treat its impact. The pandemic has particularly impacted the working capital, cash flow and the timing of receipt of significant receivables and payment of payables of the Company. These restrictions have also severely impacted the mobility of the Company’s staff and resources and its access to banks and customer worksites, impairing its normal operations. The lockdown in India is strict with limited domestic travel. Local travel within a city is not allowed, either. Therefore we have limited access to various cities, such as Hyderabad, where our customers reside. Many offices are closed and banks are severely affected. As a result of the lockdown policy in India, we have restricted access to banking services, Subscriber Management System (SMS) report, prior to settlement, and service providers certifying the adequacy of the fiber held by Reachnet. Moreover, in India most of the collections by local cable operators are still in cash and these have been affected/delayed due to lockdown. The lockdown is extended to October 31, 20201 and could be potentially further extended. In addition, on September 18, 2020, the restriction under Section 144 of the Code of Criminal Procedure was passed, prohibiting movement and gathering of people, except for listed emergency and non-emergency services.

There is significant uncertainty around the breadth and duration of business disruptions related to COVID-19, as well as its impact on the economy of India, U.S. and international markets and, as such, the extent of the business disruption and the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Negative working capital and Cash Flow

The Company currently has negative working capital and cash flow aggravated by the COVID-19 lockdown and negative cash flow used in operating activities to the extent of $700. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Upon ending of the COVID-19 lockdown, the Company expects to be able to carry out its operations in the normal course of business and generate a minimum of INR130 ($1.9) as streaming subscription fee from its approximately 1.8 million customer connections per month, as prescribed by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India guidelines15. This would enable the Company to improve its cash position significantly.

The Company further believes that in the coming 12 months, upon the ending of COVID-19 lockdown restrictions, cash flow from operating activities should improve for the following reasons:

•        Monthly subscription fees paid by our customers will be billed and collected at the beginning of each month in advance;

•        The contracted operating expense for the streaming business is 61%, ensuring a confirmed net surplus of revenue for the Company.

•        Additional product offerings to customers such as our telemedicine business are expected to generate additional cash flow for the Company.

____________

1        Available on http://bombaychamber.com/admin/uploaded/NEWS%20Block/MHA%20Lock%20Down%20Orders.pdf

15        https://trai.gov.in/sites/default/files/Consumer_Booklet_30042019.pdf

F-7

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

To further mitigate the impact of the current negative working capital and cash flow, the Company has also taken additional precautionary steps by approaching financial institutions and credit partners in India to create and avail credit lines and bridge financing against the company’s future cash flows;

Large Payment Obligation by the Company

On 31 March 2020, under the terms of its Customer Acquisition Agreement with Reachnet, the Company is obligated to make payments to Reachnet. This amount represents the largest payment obligation of the Company and is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), 31 March 2021, 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023, respectively. Please refer to Note 23 on Business Combination.

Under the terms of the agreement with Reachnet, the Company was also scheduled to receive ‘Other Receivables’ due of approximately $15 million from Reachnet for the period of 1 April 2019 through 31 March 2020, as reflected in its books of accounts. The COVID-19 lockdown has delayed the settlement of this accounts receivable under its contract with Reachnet. The Company expects that this settlement will be implemented as soon as possible, upon the relaxation of COVID-19 restrictions in India. Upon such settlement and upon resumption of normal operations, the company expects to have sufficient available cash to be able to meet its current liabilities associated with the business. Please refer to the section below in this note on Other Income/Application of IFRS 15.

Furthermore, the Company is contemplating discussions with Reachnet’s Management to consider modifying its agreement with Reachnet by offering Reachnet stock in lieu of its current payment obligations. This modification, if implemented, should help substantially mitigate cash liquidity requirements for the Company.

Based on the above, we believe that upon lifting of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions in India, the Company’s available potential cash balances should be sufficient to meet its requirements to carry out its operations effectively. After this offering, the Company may decide to enhance its liquidity position or increase its cash reserve for future investments through additional capital and finance funding.

Nature of Operations

Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv. Ltd. (Reg. No. 2033207) (Lytus Tech or the Company) was incorporated on 16 March 2020 (date of inception) under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (BVI). On 19 March 2020, Lytus Tech acquired a wholly owned subsidiary, Lytus Technologies Private Limited (CIN U22100MH2008PTC182085) (Lytus India) and, on 31 March 2020, it acquired a majority shareholding (51%) in DDC CATV Network Private Limited (CIN: U64100DL2013PTC260426) (DDC India or DDC CATV). Lytus India was incorporated in India on 10 May 2008 for the purpose of providing telemedicine and online streaming content services to its subscribers and DDC CATV was incorporated in India on 20 November 2013 for the purpose of providing streaming services to its subscribers.

The Company’s registered office is at116 Main Street, P.O. Box 3342, Road Town, Tortola British Virgin Islands. The consolidated financial statements comprise financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as “the Group”).

The Company has applied to list our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the trading symbol “LYT”. It is offering 2,727,272 common shares in our proposed Initial Public Offering (IPO) and we anticipate the price will be between $10 to $12 per share.

The Group applies judgement to determine whether each product or services promised to a customer are capable of being distinct, and are distinct in the context of the contract, if not, the promised product or services are combined and accounted as a single performance obligation. The Group allocates the arrangement consideration to separately identifiable performance obligation deliverables based on their relative stand-alone selling price.

F-8

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Basis of preparation

These consolidated financial statements for the period from 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020, are the Group’s first financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

The accounting policies used for the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are based upon the application of IFRS 1.D17, which results in assets liabilities being measured at the same carrying amount as in the standalone financial statements of subsidiaries for the period ended 31 March 2020 after adjusting for consolidation and equity accounting adjustments and for the effects of the business combination in which the entity acquired the subsidiary.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The functional and reporting currency of the Company and Group is “INR” and “USD”, respectively and all amounts, are rounded with two decimals, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.

Basis of Consolidation

The subsidiaries considered in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are:

     

% Shareholding and Voting Power

Name of Subsidiary

 

Country of
Incorporation

 

As of
31 March 2020

 

As of
16 March 2020
(date of inception)

Lytus Technologies Pvt. Ltd

 

India

 

100%

 

DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd.

 

India

 

51%

 

These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements”.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control is achieved where the Company has existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities that affect the Company’s returns and exposure or rights to variable returns from the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are combined on a line-by-line basis by adding together the book values of like items of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Intra-group balances and transactions and any unrealized profits or losses arising from intra group transaction, are eliminated. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

Non-controlling interests (NCI) in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity. Non-controlling interests consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the acquisition and the non-controlling shareholders’ share of changes in equity since the date of the acquisition.

Critical accounting estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.

F-9

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations adopted for fiscal period ended 31 March 2020

In January 2016, International Accounting Standards Board issued the final version of IFRS 16, Leases, which is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. IFRS 16 has replaced IAS 17 Leases, and its related interpretations. IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. It introduces a single, on-balance sheet lease accounting model for lessees.

The Group has adopted IFRS 16, effective for the annual reporting period beginning 1 April 2019, however there are no lease transactions which required application of IFRS 16 and accordingly there is no impact on retained earnings or any other assets or liabilities.

The Group has also adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (2014), which became mandatorily effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

The nature and effect of the changes arising from these standards are summarized below.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 replaces IAS 18 and covers contracts for goods and services. IFRS 15 is based on the principle that revenue is recognized when control of a good or service transfers to a customer; so the notion of control replaces the existing notion of risks and rewards.

The Group has adopted IFRS 15 from 1 April 2019, using a modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, transitional adjustments are recognized in retained earnings as of 1 April 2019 (the date of initial application), without restating the comparative period.

Under IFRS 15, the Group must evaluate the separability of the promised goods or services based on whether they are ‘distinct’. A promised good or service is ‘distinct’ if both:

•        the customer benefits from the item either on its own or together with other readily available resources: and

•        it is ‘separately identifiable’ form other promise in the contracts (i.e. the Group does not provide significant service integrating, modifying or customizing it).

While this represents significant new guidance, the implementation of this new guidance did not have a significant impact on the timing or amount of revenue recognized during the period. No adjustments were required to account for the impact of IFRS 15 on initial adoption.

IFRIC 23 — Uncertainty over Income Tax treatments

The International Accounting Standard Board clarifies the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes. The interpretation is to be applied to the determination of taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates, when there is uncertainty over income tax treatment under IAS 12. The adoption of IFRIC 23 did not any impact on consolidated financial statement of the Group.

India taxes are based on the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the Act) and the rules under the Income Tax Rules, 1962. The Act also provides for anti-avoidance rules at various places. The taxpayer is required to self-assess his tax position and file his tax return. The filed tax return is then subject to review and examination by the Indian tax authorities.

This requires recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” approach. The management evaluated the Company’s tax positions and concluded that no provision for uncertainty in income taxes was necessary as of 31 March 2020. We evaluate our uncertain tax positions on a regular basis. Our evaluations are based on a number of factors, including changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audit and effective settlement of audit issues.

F-10

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Changes in significant accounting policies

The Group’s accounting policies, which have changed as a result of the changes to accounting standards noted above, are summarized below:

Revenue

Revenue is recognized based on the transfer of services to a customer for an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable taking into account the amount of discounts, rebates, outgoing taxes on sales.

To determine whether to recognize revenue, the Group follows a 5-step process:

1.      Identifying the contract with a customer

2.      Identifying the performance obligations

3.      Determining the transaction price

4.      Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations

5.      Recognizing revenue when/as performance obligation(s) are satisfied

Further information about each source of revenue from contracts with customers and the criteria for recognition follows.

Subscription revenues

Subscription income includes subscription from subscribers. Revenue is recognized upon completion of services based on underlying subscription plan or agreements with the subscribers.

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive revenues

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive fees are recognized upon completion of services based on agreements with the broadcasters.

Advertising revenues

Advertisement income is recognized when relevant advertisements are telecasted.

GST on all income

The Company collects Goods and Service Tax (GST) on behalf of the government and, therefore, it is not an economic benefit flowing to the Company. Hence, it is excluded from revenue.

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations not yet Adopted

In May 2020, the IASB issued Reference to the Conceptual Framework, which made amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations. Entities which rely on the Conceptual Framework will need to consider whether their accounting policies are still appropriate under the revised Framework, with effect for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F-11

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

The IASB has issued ‘Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3)’ aimed at resolving the difficulties that arise when an entity determines whether it has acquired a business or a group of assets. The amendments are effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of whether activities and assets acquired are a business or a group of assets.

The IASB issued Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8) in October 2018 to clarify and align the definition of material. The amendments are intended to improve the understanding of the existing requirements rather than to significantly impact an entity’s materiality judgements. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of ‘material’ in relation to its consolidated financial statements.

The IASB has issued amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 that provide certain reliefs in connection with interest rate benchmark reform. The reliefs relate to hedge accounting and have the effect that inter-bank offered rates (“IBOR”) reform should not generally cause hedge accounting to terminate. However, any hedge ineffectiveness should continue to be recorded in the income statement. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendment to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

The IASB has issued ‘Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1)’ providing a more general approach to the classification of liabilities under IAS 1 based on the contractual agreements in place at the reporting date. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022 and are to be applied retrospectively with application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendments to have any significant impact on its presentation of liabilities in its statement of financial position.

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity in future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Current and non-current classification

Assets and liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position based on current and non-current classification.

An asset is classified as current when: it is either expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is expected to be realized within 12 months after the reporting period; or the asset is cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is classified as current when: it is either expected to be settled in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period; or there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realization in cash and cash equivalents. The Company has identified twelve months as its operating cycle.

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of the Company are measured using the currency of India (INR) which is the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in United States dollars.

F-12

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the presentation currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are generally recognized in profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in the statement of profit or loss, within finance costs. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statement of profit or loss on a net basis within other gains/(losses).

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as of fair value through other comprehensive income are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Financial Instruments

Financial Assets

Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

•        those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss), and

•        those to be measured at amortized cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

Recognition and derecognition

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Measurement

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

F-13

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Debt instruments

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Company classifies its debt instruments:

Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognized directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises.

Equity instruments

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognized in profit or loss as other income when the Group right to receive payments is established.

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognized in other gains/(losses) in the statement of profit or loss as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

Impairment

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables only, the Company measures the expected credit loss associated with its trade receivables based on historical trend, industry practices and the business environment in which the entity operates or any other appropriate basis. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

F-14

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Financial Liabilities

Initial Recognition and Measurement

All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value and in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs. The Group financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans, and borrowings including bank overdrafts and derivative financial instruments.

Subsequent measurement

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

After initial measurement, such financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortization is included in finance costs in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss over the period of the borrowings using the EIR method.

Trade and Other Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the period which are unpaid. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognized initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Financial Guarantee Obligations

The fair value of financial guarantees is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligations. Where guarantees in relation to loans or other payables of subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates are provided for no compensation, the fair values as on the date of transition are accounted for as contributions and recognized as part of the cost of the equity investment.

Derecognition

Financial assets

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

The Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognized in its statement of financial position but retains either all or substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. In these cases, the transferred assets are not derecognized.

F-15

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Financial Liability

The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire. The Group also derecognizes a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognized at fair value.

On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognized in profit or loss.

Income tax

The income tax expense or benefit for the period is the tax payable on that period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction, adjusted by the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences, unused tax losses and the adjustment recognized for prior periods, where applicable.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to be applied when the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted, except for:

•        When the deferred income tax asset or liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting nor taxable profits; or

•        When the taxable temporary difference is associated with interests in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, and the timing of the reversal can be controlled, and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilize those temporary differences and losses.

The carrying amount of recognized and unrecognized deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date. Deferred tax assets recognized are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that future taxable profits will be available for the carrying amount to be recovered. Previously unrecognized deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that there are future taxable profits available to recover the asset.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities; and they relate to the same taxable authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend to settle simultaneously.

As of 31 March 2020, the Group had no significant uncertain tax positions that qualify for either recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. The Group recognizes interest and penalties related to significant uncertain income tax positions in other expense. There were no such interest and penalties incurred for the period ended 31 March 2020.

Under section 115-O of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, distribution of dividends, paid by Indian company until March 31, 2020 is subject to dividend distribution tax (DDT) at an effective rate of 20.56% (inclusive of the applicable surcharge of 12% and health and education cess of 4%). Repatriation of dividend will not require Reserve Bank of India approval, subject to compliance and certain other conditions met per the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

F-16

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

Capital work in progress (CWIP) includes cost of property and equipment under installation / under development, as of balance sheet date. All project related expenditures related to civil works, machinery under erection, construction and erection materials, preoperative expenditure incidental / attributable to the construction of projects, borrowing cost incurred prior to the date of commercial operations and trial run expenditure are shown under CWIP. Property and Equipment are derecognized from the financial statements, either on disposal or when retired from active use. Gains and losses on disposal or retirement of Property and Equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Depreciation methods, estimated useful lives and residual value

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property and equipment less their estimated residual values using the written down method over their estimated useful lives and is generally recognized in profit or loss. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Land is not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives of property and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows:

Buildings

 

40 years

Property and equipment

 

3 – 15 years

Fixtures and fittings

 

5 – 10 years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

Fair value measurement

When an asset or liability, financial or non-financial, is measured at fair value for recognition or disclosure purposes, the fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date; and assumes that the transaction will take place either: in the principal market; or in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market.

Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming they act in their economic best interests. For non-financial assets, the fair value measurement is based on its highest and best use. Valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, are used, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

F-17

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Intangible Assets

Separately purchased intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequently, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite. Finite-life intangible assets are amortized on a written down basis over the period of their expected useful lives. Estimated useful lives by major class of finite-life intangible assets are as follow:

Customers acquisition

 

5 Years

Trademark/Copy rights

 

5 Years

Computer Software

 

5 Years

The amortization period and the amortization method for definite life intangible assets is reviewed annually.

For indefinite life intangible assets, the assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether it continues, if not, it is impaired or changed prospectively basis revised estimates.

Goodwill is initially recognized based on the accounting policy for business combinations. These assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually.

IAS 38 requires an entity to recognize an intangible asset, whether purchased or self-created (at cost) if, and only if: [IAS 38.21]

a.      it is probable that the future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the entity; and

b.      the cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

The probability of future economic benefits must be based on reasonable and supportable assumptions about conditions that will exist over the life of the asset. [IAS 38.22] The probability recognition criterion is always considered to be satisfied for intangible assets that are acquired separately or in a business combination. [IAS 38.33]

Para 25 of IAS 38 provides that the price an entity pays to acquire separately an intangible asset will reflect expectations about the probability that the expected future economic benefits embodied in the asset will flow to the entity. In other words, the entity expects there to be an inflow of economic benefits, even if there is uncertainty about the timing or the amount of the inflow. Therefore, the probability recognition criteria in Para 21(a) is always considered to be satisfied for separately acquired intangible assets. Para 26 of IAS 38 provides that the costs of a separately acquired intangible asset can usually be measured reliably. This is particularly so when the purchase consideration is in the form of cash or other monetary assets.

Borrowing Costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalized as part of the cost of the asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.

F-18

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as finance cost.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred Offering Costs consists of legal, accounting, underwriter’s fees, and other costs incurred through the balance date that are directly related to the proposed Initial Public Offering (IPO) and that would be charged to stockholder equity upon completion of the proposed IPO. Should the proposed IPO prove unsuccessful, deferred costs and additional expenses to be incurred would be charged to operations.

Issued Capital

Common shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Costs related to an initial offering are expensed in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Dividends

Dividend distributions to the Group’s shareholders are recognized as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of Lytus Technologies Limited, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than common shares, by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in common shares issued during the financial year.

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential common shares and the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential common shares.

F-19

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 2 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ASSESSMENTS, AND ASSUMPTIONS

Under IFRS 1, the Group is required to make estimates and assumptions in presentation and preparation of the financial statements for the period 16 March 2020 (date of inception) throughout 31 March 2020.

Key estimates considered in preparation of the financial statement that were not required under the previous GAAP are listed below:

•        Fair Valuation of financial instruments carried at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”) and/ or Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”). See Note 1 on Financial Instruments on page F-7 – 19 for additional discussion on FVTPL and FVOCI.

•        Impairment of financial assets based on the expected credit loss model.

•        Determination of the discounted value for financial instruments carried at amortized cost.

Previous GAAP figures of subsidiaries have been reclassified/regrouped to confirm the presentation requirements under IFRS.

As such there are no material differences or impact due to transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS and hence restated summaries of equity and profit & loss not given for subsidiaries.

NOTE 3 — OTHER INCOME

Other Income — Income on Acquisition of Customer-Contracts

Other Income of approximately $15 million is presented on the basis that all conditions have been satisfied as of 26 March 2020, to consummate closing of the Group’s acquisition agreement with Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd. (“Reachnet”) in which the Group acquired the customers and corresponding revenues (refer to Note 22 regarding agreement with Reachnet).

The Group has acquired approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections from a licensed streaming company (Reachnet), through the Agreements dated 21 June 2019 and 6 December 2019, and the income entitlement rights from 1 April 2019, for a consideration of $59 million. On 26 March 2020, the arrangement was consummated when pre-conditions were waived by mutual consent. The net surplus remaining with the Company is approximately $15 million. Considering that the acquired customers were integrated into the Group’s normal course of business on 26 March 2020, the revenue arising therefrom is recognized as “other income”. Effective 1 April 2020 and thereafter, the income arising from the said contracts would be recognized as “Operating Revenue” and the customers would be billed directly by the Group.

The Group is free to appoint any licensed service provider for provision of streaming services. There is no binding or lock-in arrangement for providing streaming services to subscribers through Reachnet. The agreement contemplates only acquisition of subscriber base and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of Reachnet. The Group has ensured adequate safeguard to secure acquired customer contracts through non-compete clause and non-solicitation of subscribers clause. In respect of streaming services, Lytus India has outsourced the provision of streaming services to Reachnet in the capacity of a service provider. Going forward, with respect of non-streaming services (such as MedTech IOT) these services would be billed directly by the Company and costs and revenue would not be shared with Reachnet.

F-20

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 4 — EXPENSES

Expenses consist of the following for the period 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020:

 

($US)

Amortization

 

$

204,086

Legal and professional expenses

 

 

272,894

Staffing expense

 

 

15,777

Other operating expenses

 

 

8,463

Total expenses

 

$

501,220

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX

Income tax consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

Consolidated income statement

 

2020
($US)

Current tax expense

 

$

1,987,659

Deferred tax expense

 

 

1,907,015

Income tax expense

 

$

3,894,674

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

 

2020
($US)

Deferred tax related to item charged directly to equity:

 

 

 

Net loss on translations of foreign subsidiaries

 

$

103,233

Deferred tax related to the translations of foreign operations of Lytus Technologies Private Limited a Wholly owned subsidiary of the Group from INR to USD have been calculated at the rate of the jurisdiction in which a subsidiary situated i.e. in India (at the rate 25.17%)

Accounting for Income Taxes

British Virgin Islands

Under the current laws of BVI, Lytus Technology Holdings Private Limited is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. In addition, payments of dividends by the Company to their shareholders are not subject to withholding tax in the BVI.

India (subsidiaries in India)

Income tax expense represents the sum of the current tax and deferred tax.

The charge for current tax is based on the result for the period adjusted for items which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Current and deferred tax is recognized in the income statement unless the item to which the tax relates was recognized outside the income statement being other comprehensive income or equity. The tax associated with such an item is also recognized in other comprehensive income or equity respectively.

F-21

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX (cont.)

A reconciliation between tax expense and the product of accounting profit multiplied by Indian domestic tax rate for the period 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020 is as follows:

 

2020
($US)

Accounting profit before tax

 

$

15,258,173

Add: Net loss of the Lytus BVI

 

 

208,889

Accounting profit of Lytus Technologies Pvt. Ltd (an Indian Subsidiary)

 

 

15,467,062

At Indian statutory income tax rate of 25.17%

 

 

3,893,059

Non-deductible expenses for tax purpose – capital expenditure w/off

 

 

1,615

Income tax reported on consolidated profit and loss

 

$

3,894,674

Deferred tax

Deferred tax relates to the following temporary differences:

 

2020
($US)

   

Consolidated
Statement
of financial
Position

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

Acquired in business combination

 

$

52,787

Foreign currency translations of foreign subsidiary

 

 

103,233

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

156,020

   

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

Accelerated depreciation on Property and Equipment

 

$

1,907,015

Reflected in the financial statement of financial position as follows:

 

2020
($US)

Current income tax accrual

 

$

1,987,659

Current income tax on business combination

 

 

18,089

Total accrued income taxes

 

$

2,005,748

NOTE 6 — TRADE RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

2020
($US)

Acquired in business combination of DDC CATV Network Private Limited

 

$

390,151

F-22

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 7 — OTHER RECEIVABLES

Other receivables consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

2020
($US)

Net Receivable from Reachnet Cable Service Pvt. Ltd.

 

$

15,759,393

GST and other taxes on the above

 

 

2,256,090

   

$

18,015,483

NOTE 8 — OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Other current assets consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

2020
($US)

GST receivables and other tax deposits

 

$

4,219,550

Advance to suppliers

 

 

60,007

Income tax receivables

 

 

38,122

Withholding tax receivables

 

 

22,386

Prepaid expenses

 

 

11,124

   

$

4,351,189

NOTE 9 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

2020
($US)

Equipment (customer devices and other equipment) – at cost

 

$

1,124,326

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

   

 

1,124,326

Office equipment, furniture, and vehicles – at cost

 

 

6,208

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

   

 

6,208

Total Property and Equipment

 

$

1,130,534

Depreciation expense for the period 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020 was $0, as all the above assets were acquired as on 31 March 2020 in the acquisition with DDC CATV (Refer to Note 23 on Business Combination).

Description

 

Equipment
(customer devices
and other
equipment)

 

Office
equipment,
furniture, and
vehicles

 

Total

16 March 2020 (the date of inception)

 

$

 

$

 

$

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

1,124,326

 

 

6,208

 

 

1,130,534

As of 31 March 2020

 

 

1,124,326

 

 

6,208

 

 

1,130,534

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment loss

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

16 March 2020 (the date of inception)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of 31 March 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net Property and Equipment As of 31 March 2020

 

$

1,124,326

 

$

6,208

 

$

1,130,534

F-23

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 10 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Intangible assets and Goodwill consist of the following as of 31 March 2020: 

 

2020
($US)

Customer Acquisition (purchased during the period)

 

$

59,216,654

 

Less: Accumulated amortization for the period

 

 

(204,086

)

   

 

59,012,568

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill (Refer Note 23)

 

 

313,345

 

Software (acquired in business combination with DDC CATV)

 

 

377

 

Total Intangible Assets and Goodwill

 

$

59,326,290

 

Amortization expense for the period 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020 was $204,086.

On acquiring Lytus India, the group has acquired unstructured capital work in progress (trademark of $US 7,443) as referred in Note 22 — Acquisition of Customers. The same has been written off as not usable and was disclosed in ‘other operating expenses’.

Description

 

Customer Acquisition

 

Goodwill

 

Software

 

Total

16 March 2020 (the date of inception)

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Additions (Refer Notes below)

 

 

59,216,654

 

 

313,345

 

 

   

 

59,529,999

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

   

 

   

 

377

 

 

377

As of 31 March 2020

 

 

59,216,654

 

 

313,345

 

 

377

 

 

59,530,376

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

16 March 2020 (the date of inception)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge for the year

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

204,086

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of 31 March 2020

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

204,086

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net Intangible Assets and Goodwill As of 31 March 2020

 

$

59,012,568

 

$

313,345

 

$

377

 

$

59,326,290

Note: The above intangible assets are other than internally generated

Refer Note 23 for goodwill on consolidation

NOTE 11 — BORROWINGS

Borrowings consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

2020
($US)

Loan from directors

 

$

1,587,216

Loan from directors is interest free and is repayable on demand. There is a pre-existing loan of approximately $1.5 million from a director of DDC CATV Network Private Limited that was given prior to the business combination.

F-24

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 12 — TRADE PAYABLES

Trade payables consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

2020
($US)

Trade payables

 

$

401,139

Employee related payables

 

 

24,528

   

$

425,667

Changes in trade payables as of and for the period ended 31 March 2020 consist of the following:

16 March 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

Current period expense

 

 

425,667

Payments

 

 

31 March 2020

 

$

425,667

NOTE 13 — OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Other financial liabilities consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

2020
($US)

Payable in connection with the Acquisition of DDC CATV Network Private Limited
(Refer Note 23)

 

$

265,410

Professional fees payable

 

 

80,514

   

$

345,924

Changes in other financial liabilities as of and for the period ended 31 March 2020 consist of the following:

16 March 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

Current period expense

 

 

345,924

Payments

 

 

31 March 2020

 

$

345,924

F-25

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 14 — OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Other current liabilities consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

2020
($US)

GST and other tax liabilities

 

$

7,374,094

Advances from customers

 

 

1,132

   

$

7,375,226

Changes in other current liabilities as of and for the period ended 31 March 2020 consist of the following:

16 March 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

Current period expense

 

 

7,375,226

Payments

 

 

31 March 2020

 

$

7,375,226

NOTE 15 — CUSTOMER ACQUISITION PAYABLE

Customer Acquisition Payable consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

2020
($US)

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet*

 

$

58,745,436

 

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet, current portion

 

 

(29,372,718

)

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet, non-current portion

 

$

29,372,718

 

____________

*        The Group has acquired customers from Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited (“Reachnet”), through an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), 31 March 2021, 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023, respectively. Refer to Note 22 on Acquisition of Customers

NOTE 16 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments and contingencies consist of the following as of 31 March 2020

 

2020
($US)

Agreement for investment in Preference shares of DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd

 

$

1,194,822

The Company has entered into the Share Subscription Agreement with DDC CATV Network Private Limited and its Promoters under the terms of which it has an option to acquire an additional 49% of the DDC CATV through an issue of 900,000 fully convertible preference shares at INR 100 per share, aggregating to an amount of $1,194,822. The above option is subject to obtaining a necessary regulatory approvals. Refer to Note 23 for further discussion on the business combination.

F-26

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 17 — EQUITY

Common shares:

The total number of shares of common shares issued as of 31 March 2020:

 

2020

Common shares – par value $ 0.10 each

 

30,000

Movements in Common Shares: 

 

Shares

 

Amount
($US)

Balance as on 16 March 2020

 

 

$

Shares issued

 

30,000

 

 

3,000

Balance as on 31 March 2020

 

30,000

 

$

3,000

Weighted average number of shares on issue during the period ended 31 March 2020, was:

 

30,000

 

 

 

Common shares

Common shares entitles the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on the winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. As of 31 March 2020, the Company had an authorized share capital of 50,000 shares of $0.10 par value per share and on March 17, 2020, the Board of Directors passed the resolution to change the originally authorized shares from 50,000 common shares to 30,000 common shares, of $0.10 par value each. On 15 May 2020, the Company passed a resolution to increase the authorized share capital to 230,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value per share.

Equity consists of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

2020
($US)

Common shares – par value $0.10, 30,000 shares issued and outstanding

 

$

3,000

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

 

11,363,499

 

Foreign currency translation reserves, net of tax

 

 

(306,910

)

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(41,691

)

   

$

11,017,898

 

Capital risk management

The Group’s capital management objectives are to ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern as well as to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.

The Group monitors capital based on the carrying amount of equity plus its subordinated loan, less cash and cash equivalents as presented on the face of the statement of financial position recognized in other comprehensive income.

The Group manages its capital structure and adjusts it in the light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares. The amounts managed as capital by the Group are summarized as follows:

 

2020
($US)

Current borrowings

 

$

(1,587,215

)

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

41,760

 

Net debt

 

$

(1,545,455

)

Total equity

 

$

11,017,898

 

Net debt to equity ratio

 

 

14.03

%

F-27

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 18 — EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings per share consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

2020
($US)

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

11,363,499

Weighted average number of common shares

 

 

30,000

Par value

 

$

0.10

Income per common share:

 

 

 

Basic income per common share

 

$

379

Diluted income per common share

 

$

379

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk management framework

The Group’s activities expose it to market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The management has the overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. This note explains the sources of risk which the Group is exposed to and how the Group manages the risk and the related impact in the financial statements.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty fails to discharge its obligation to the Group. The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and financial assets.

Credit risk management

The Group assesses and manages credit risk based on internal credit rating system. Internal credit rating is performed for each class of financial instruments with different characteristics. The Group assigns the following credit ratings to each class of financial assets based on the assumptions, inputs, and factors specific to the class of financial assets.

The Group provides for expected credit loss based on the following:

Credit rating

 

Basis of categorization

 

Provision for expected credit loss

Low credit risk

 

Cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, and other financial assets

 

12 month expected credit loss

Moderate credit risk

 

Trade receivables and other financial assets

 

Lifetime expected credit loss, or 12 month expected credit loss

High credit risk

 

Trade receivables and other financial assets

 

Lifetime expected credit loss, or fully provided for

With respect of trade receivables, the Company recognizes a provision for lifetime expected credit losses.

Based on business environment in which the Group operates, a default on a financial asset is considered when the counterparty fails to make payments within the agreed time period as per the contract. Loss rates reflecting defaults are based on actual credit loss experience and consideration of differences between current and historical economic conditions.

F-28

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

Assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery, such as a debtor declaring bankruptcy, or a litigation decision against the Group. The Group continues to engage with parties whose balances are written off and attempts to enforce repayment. Recoveries made are recognized in the consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income.

Credit rating

 

Basis of categorization

 

As of
31 March 2020

Low credit risk

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

41,760

Low credit risk

 

Other financial assets

 

$

4,393,227

Moderate credit risk

 

Trade receivables

 

$

390,151

Moderate credit risk

 

Other receivables

 

$

18,015,483

Cash & cash equivalents and bank deposits

Credit risk related to cash and cash equivalents and bank deposits is managed by only accepting highly rated banks and diversifying bank deposits and accounts in different banks across the country.

Trade receivables

Credit risk related to trade receivables are mitigated by taking bank guarantees or letters of credit, from customers where credit risk is high. The Group closely monitors the creditworthiness of the debtors through internal systems that are configured to define credit limits of customers, thereby, limiting the credit risk to pre-calculated amounts. The Group assesses increases in credit risk on an ongoing basis for amounts receivable that become past due and default is considered to have occurred when amounts receivable become two year past due.

Other receivables

This is one-time aggregate receivable for the period ended 31 March 2020, pursuant to the Acquisition of Customers from Reachnet. The Group closely monitors the creditworthiness of the debtors. Refer to Note 22 for further discussion on Acquisition of Customers.

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost includes loans and advances to related parties and employees, security deposits and others. Credit risk related to these other financial assets is managed by monitoring the recoverability of such amounts continuously.

Expected credit losses for financial assets other than trade receivables

The Group provides for expected credit losses on loans and advances other than trade receivables by assessing individual financial instruments for expectation of any credit losses. Since the Group deals with only high-rated banks and financial institutions, credit risk in respect of cash and cash equivalents, other bank balances and bank deposits is evaluated as very low. With respect to loans, comprising of security deposits, credit risk is considered low because the Group is in possession of the underlying asset. However, with respect to related parties, credit risk is evaluated based on credit worthiness of those parties and loss allowance is measured as lifetime expected credit losses. With respect to other financial assets, credit risk is evaluated based on the Group’s knowledge of the credit worthiness of those parties

F-29

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

and loss allowance is measured as lifetime expected credit losses. The Group does not have any expected loss-based impairment recognized on such assets considering their low credit risk nature, though incurred loss provisions are disclosed under each sub-category of such financial assets.

Asset class

 

Estimated gross
carrying amount
at default

 

Expected probability
of default

 

Expected
credit losses

 

As of
March 31, 2020

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

41,760

 

0.00

%

 

 

$

41,760

Other financial assets

 

$

4,393,227

 

0.00

%

 

 

$

4,393,227

The Company did not have any written off amounts during the period ended 31 March 2020. Additionally, the Company did not have an allowance for loss at 31 March 2020.

Expected credit loss for trade receivables under simplified approach

The Group recognizes lifetime expected credit losses on trade receivables using a simplified approach, wherein the Group has defined percentage of provision by analyzing historical trend of default relevant to each category of customer based on the criteria defined above and such provision percentage determined have been considered to recognize lifetime expected credit losses on trade receivables (other than those where default criteria are met).

Asset class

 

Current

 

0-30 days
past due

 

31-90 days
past due

 

91-182 days
past due

 

183-365 days
past due

 

366-730 days
past due

 

More than
700 days
past due

 

As of
31 March
2020

Gross carrying amount other receivables

 

$

18,405,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

18,405,634

Expected loss
rate

 

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

 

Loss allowance provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount other receivables
(net of impairment)

 

$

18,405,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

18,405,634

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due. The Group manages its liquidity needs by carefully monitoring scheduled debt servicing payments for long-term financial liabilities as well as cash-outflows due in day-to-day business. Long-term liquidity needs for a 180-day and a 360-day lookout period are identified monthly.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the liquidity position and cash and cash equivalents based on expected cash flows. The Group considers the liquidity of the market in which the entity operates.

F-30

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

Contractual Maturities of financial liabilities

The tables below analyze the Group’s financial liabilities based on their contractual maturities. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

Liability class

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 – 2 years

 

2 – 3 years

 

More than
3 years

 

Total as of
31 March 2020

Borrowings

 

$

1,587,215

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,587,215

Trade payables

 

 

425,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

425,667

Other financial liabilities

 

 

345,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

345,924

Other current liabilities

 

 

7,375,226

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

7,375,226

Customer Acquisition Payable

 

 

29,372,718

 

 

14,686,359

 

 

14,686,359 

 

 

 

 

58,745,436

Total

 

$

39,106,750

 

$

14,686,359

 

$

14,686,359

 

$

 

$

68,479,468

Interest rate risk

The Group’s policy is to minimize interest rate cash flow risk exposures on long-term financing. At 31 March 2020, the Group is exposed to changes in market interest rates through bank borrowings at variable interest rates. Other borrowings are at fixed interest rates. As such Group does not has any borrowings from outsiders except overdraft facility which is short term in the nature and repayable on demand, the interest rates on borrowings is around 8.5%. The other borrowings are from Directors who are also and shareholders. The borrowings from them is short term in the nature interest free and repayable on demand.

NOTE 20 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets

 

Fair value
through
profit (loss)

 

Fair value
through other
comprehensive
income

 

Amortized
Cost

Investments

 

$

 

 

$

Trade receivable

 

 

390,151

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 

18,015,483

 

 

 

Other financial assets

 

 

4,393,227

 

 

 

Total

 

$

22,798,861

 

 

$

Financial liabilities

 

Fair value
through profit
(loss)

 

Fair value
through other
comprehensive
income

 

Total as of
31 March 2020

Borrowings

 

$

 

 

$

1,587,215

Trade payables

 

 

425,667

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

345,924

 

 

 

Total

 

$

771,591

 

 

$

1,587,215

F-31

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 20 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (cont.)

Fair value hierarchy

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on the balance sheet are categorized into the three levels of fair value hierarchy. The three levels are defined based on the observability of significant inputs to the measurement, as follows:

The different levels of fair value have been defined below:

Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in an active market;

Level 2: Directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) observable market inputs, other than Level 1 inputs; and

Level 3: Inputs which are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). Fair values are determined in whole or in part using a net asset value or valuation model based on assumptions that are neither supported by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument nor are they based on available market data.

Fair value of instruments measured at amortized cost

Financial liabilities

 

Carrying
value as of
31 March 2020

 

Fair value as of
31 March 2020

Borrowings

 

$

1,587,215

 

$

1,587,215

Management assessed that fair value of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, security deposits, loan to related parties, other financial assets, short term borrowings, trade payables and other current financial liabilities approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities is included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values:

Long-term fixed-rate receivables are evaluated by the Group based on parameters such as interest rates, individual creditworthiness of the customer and other market risk factors. Based on this evaluation, allowances are considered for the expected credit losses of these receivables.

The fair values of the Group’s fixed interest-bearing borrowings are determined by applying discounted cash flows (‘DCF’) method, using discount rate that reflects the issuer’s borrowing rate as of the end of the reporting period.

All the other long-term borrowing facilities availed by the Company are variable rate facilities which are subject to changes in underlying Interest rate indices. Further, the credit spread on these facilities are subject to change with changes in Group’s creditworthiness. The management believes that the current rate of interest on these loans are in close approximation from market rates applicable to the Group. Therefore, the management estimates that the fair value of these borrowings are approximate to their respective carrying values.

NOTE 21 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

There are no material related party transactions, except for the transactions listed below:

Compensation and benefits to Key Management Personnel would commence from 1 April 2020.

On acquisition, the unstructured capital work in progress was sold to the previous promoter for $3,583, against loan repayable to previous promoter’s owned entity.

The Company secured 100% of the equity shares of Lytus India through Nimish Pandya for an aggregate price of $2,000.

F-32

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 21 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (cont.)

There is a pre-existing loan of approximately $1.5 million from director of DDC CATV Network Private Limited (Ravi Gupta, Director of DDC) that was given prior to the business combination. Refer to Note 11 for details.

The acquisition of Lytus India was from a related party, Nimish Pandya, the brother of our CEO Dharmesh Pandya.

NOTE 22 — ACQUISITION OF CUSTOMERS

Agreement with the Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited

The Group has acquired approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections from a licensed streaming company (Reachnet), through the Agreements dated 21 June 2019 and 6 December 2019, and the income entitlement rights from 1 April 2019, for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), 31 March 2021, 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023, respectively. On 26 March 2020, the arrangement was consummated when pre-conditions were waived by mutual consent. The net surplus remaining with the Company is approximately $15 million. Considering that the acquired customers were integrated into the Group’s normal course of business on 26 March 2020, the revenue arising therefrom is recognized as “other income”. Effective 1 April 2020 and thereafter, the revenue arising from the said contracts would be recognized as “Operating Revenue” and the customers would be billed directly by the Group.

The Group is free to appoint any licensed service provider for provision of streaming services. There is no binding or lock-in arrangement for providing streaming services to subscribers through Reachnet. The agreement contemplates only acquisition of subscriber base and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of Reachnet. The Group has ensured adequate safeguard to secure acquired customer contracts through non-compete clause and non-solicitation of subscribers clause. In respect of streaming services, Lytus India has outsourced the provision of streaming services to Reachnet in the capacity of a service provider. Going forward, with respect of non-streaming services (such as MedTech IOT) these services would be billed directly by the Company and costs and revenue would not be shared with Reachnet.

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATION

Acquisition of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (formerly known as Cabio Entertainment Private Limited)

The Company has purchased 100% equity shares of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (Lytus India) through the Share Purchase Agreement dated 19 March 2020. The Company has acquired 15,000 shares of Lytus India at a face value of INR 10 for a purchase price of INR 150,650 ($2,000). The control of Lytus India is assumed by the Company from 19 March 2020.

Sr.No.

 

Particulars

 

Amt (INR)

 

Amt (INR)

 

($US)

1

 

Amount settled in cash

   

 

 

150,650

 

 

$

2,000

 

2

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable net assets:

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Capital work in progress – trademark

 

529,143

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Cash and cash equivalent

 

13,629

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Other current assets

 

439,454

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Borrowings

 

(1,112,579

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Other current liabilities

 

(61,185

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Net identifiable assets and liabilities

   

 

 

(191,538

)

 

 

(2,548

)

   

Goodwill

   

 

 

342,188

 

 

$

4,548

 

Goodwill recognized on the acquisition relates to the expected growth, cost synergies and the value of Lytus India’s workforce which cannot be separated is recognized as an intangible asset. This Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

F-33

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATION (cont.)

Changes in Goodwill:

Changes in Goodwill (Gross Carrying Amount)

 

(USD)

Balance at 16 March 2020

 

$

 

Acquired through business combination

 

 

4,548

 

Net exchange differences

 

 

(5

)

Balance at 31 March 2020

 

$

4,543

 

  

Acquisition of DDC CATV Network Private Limited

The Company has entered into the Share Subscription Agreement with DDC CATV Network Private Limited and its Promoters under the terms of which it has an option to acquire an additional 49% of the DDC CATV through an issue of 900,000 fully convertible preference shares at INR 100 per share, aggregating to an amount of $1,194,822. The above option is subject to obtaining necessary regulatory approvals.

The Group assumed control in DDC India from 31 March 2020. The purchase costs are payable under the terms of the executed agreements.

Calculation of Goodwill upon Acquisition

 

(INR)

 

(USD)

Consideration transferred

 

19,992,000

 

 

$

265,410

 

Add: Non-controlling interest – 49%

 

(3,140,360

)

 

 

(41,691

)

Less: DDCA TV Net Assets

 

6,408,897

 

 

 

85,083

 

Goodwill

 

23,260,537

 

 

$

308,802

 

With this acquisition, the Group expects to increase its market share in India in Media and Internet Services market. Details of the business combination are as follows:

     

(INR)

 

(USD)

Amount settled in cash (refer to note below)

   

 

 

19,992,000

 

 

$

265,410

 

Proportionate value of Non-controlling interest in DDC CATV

   

 

 

(3,140,360

)

 

 

(41,691

)

Total

   

 

 

16,851,640

 

 

 

223,719

 

     

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable net assets:

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

85,157,452

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

28,423

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

2,904,765

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current loans and advances

 

4,520,003

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

29,388,105

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

3,056,613

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

3,976,181

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

8,065,917

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

(123,204,097

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

(765,860

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

(19,536,399

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities

   

 

 

6,408,897

 

 

 

85,083

 

Goodwill

   

 

 

23,260,537

 

 

$

308,802

 

Note: The cash payment for acquisition of DDC is not yet paid and the delay is on account of COVID-19 restrictions. The Company is obliged to make payment for acquisition of shares of DDC when the restriction is lifted.

F-34

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATION (cont.)

Non-controlling interest in DDC India

The non-controlling interest in DDC India is measured at the proportionate value of net assets at the acquisition date.

Goodwill

Goodwill recognized on the acquisition relates to the expected growth, cost synergies and the value of DDC CATV’s workforce which cannot be separately recognized as an intangible asset. This goodwill has been allocated to the Group’s wholesale segment and is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Changes in Goodwill (Gross Carrying Amount)

 

(USD)

Balance at 16 March 2020

 

$

Acquired through business combination

 

 

308,802

Net exchange differences

 

 

Balance at 31 March 2020

 

$

308,802

NOTE 24 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated subsequent events to determine if events or transactions occurring through 8 July 2020, except for the disclosures related to subsequent events described below, as to which the date is 31 March 2021, the dates the financial statements were available for issuance, require potential adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statement and has concluded that all such events that would require recognition or disclosure have been recognized or disclosed, except for the below increase in the authorized share capital in the following paragraphs.

On 15 May 2020, the authorized share capital of the Company was increased to 230,000,000 shares at $0.01 per share. Further, subsequent to year end the current liability has been paid off by $72,700 from unsecured interest free borrowing received from a director of the Company.

On 5 February 2021, Lytus India and Reachnet entered into the Third Supplemental Agreement to the original subscriber acquisition agreement dated 20 June 2019, pursuant to which the parties have agreed to, on a good faith basis, settle payments before 31 March 2021 upon completion of the third party’s systems and operational review of Reachnet and its subscribers. The commercial terms to the agreement remain intact and are not subject to any contingency. Given the uncertainty with respect to another potential lockdown caused by a recent COVID-19 resurgence in India, the parties have also agreed that setting off the amounts due, can be an option, if required. On 29 March 2021, the third party’s review of Reachnet and its subscribers was further extended for two months due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and re-lockdown measures taken by the government of Maharashtra, India.

On 30 October 2020, the Company acquired 75% of voting equity interests of Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”), a shell corporation with no active business operations or significant assets, in an effort to expand the Company’s telemedicine business into the United States. As consideration, the Company committed to invest an aggregate of $800,000 to GHSI, of which $70,000 was paid upon execution of the share purchase agreement. The remaining balance shall be payable when and if needed to fund the operations of the business.

On 1 November 2020, we issued additional 363,900 shares to members of the management team and on 15 December 2020, an additional 1,782,469 shares were issued to our employees and the management team. All such share issuances were deemed to be exempt under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof as transactions not involving any public offering. In addition, certain share issuances were deemed not to fall within Section 5 under the Securities Act and to be further exempt under Rule 901 and 903 of Regulation S promulgated thereunder by virtue of being issuances of securities by non-U.S. companies to non-U.S. citizens or residents, conducted outside the United States and not using any element of interstate commerce.

F-35

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

NOTE 24 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (cont.)

On 30 December 2020, the Company entered into an Agreement for Subscription of Debentures with an investor (the “Investor”) pursuant to which the Company shall issue to the Investor Redeemable Debentures (the “Debentures”) of Rs. 240 crores (a crore denotes ten million, approximately $33,000,000). The tenure of the Debentures shall be 12 months from the date of allotment of the Debentures, with an option to extend the period by another 4 years, for an aggregate of 5 years. The Debentures shall be redeemed at a value of Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000), with an assumed principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,400,000) and accumulated interest of Rs. 45 crores (approximately $6,200,000), at the end of 12 months from the issuance date. The redeemed amount shall be paid within the period of 45 days from the above due date, unless the period is extended for another 4 years, where which the revised redemption value shall be Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000) plus an additional simple interest of 15% per annum on the revised principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,000,000) starting from the revised principal date. The Debentures have not been issued because the transaction contemplated under the Agreement for Subscription of Debentures is still subject to the regulatory approval of the local government in India.

F-36

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

Note No.

 

As of
December 31,
2020 (Unaudited)

 

As of
March 31,
2020

       

(US$)

 

(US$)

ASSETS

     

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

     

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     

$

100,254

 

$

41,760

 

Other financial assets

     

 

246,438

 

 

42,038

 

Trade receivables

 

6

 

 

33,830,217

 

 

390,151

 

Other receivables

 

7

 

 

18,566,577

 

 

18,015,483

 

Other current assets

 

8

 

 

7,856,195

 

 

4,351,189

 

Total current assets

     

 

60,639,679

 

 

22,840,621

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

9

 

 

976,366

 

 

1,130,534

 

Intangible assets and Goodwill

 

10

 

 

50,476,958

 

 

59,326,290

 

Other non-current assets

     

 

 

 

16,472

 

Deferred tax assets

 

5

 

 

1,103,338

 

 

156,020

 

Total non-current assets

     

 

52,556,662

 

 

60,629,316

 

Total assets

     

$

113,196,341

 

$

83,469,937

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

     

 

   

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

     

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings from related party

 

11

 

$

1,599,080

 

$

1,587,216

 

Trade payables

 

12

 

 

20,978,249

 

 

425,667

 

Other financial liabilities

 

13

 

 

475,970

 

 

345,924

 

Security deposits payable

     

 

39,677

 

 

59,807

 

Other current liabilities

 

14

 

 

13,168,777

 

 

7,375,226

 

Customers acquisition payable

 

15

 

 

30,271,230

 

 

29,372,718

 

Current tax liability

 

5

 

 

2,008,804

 

 

2,005,748

 

Total current liabilities

     

 

68,541,787

 

 

41,172,306

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     

 

   

 

 

 

Customer acquisition payable, net of current portion

 

15

 

 

30,271,230

 

 

29,372,718

 

Deferred tax liability

 

5

 

 

2,930,748

 

 

1,907,015

 

Total non-current liabilities

     

 

33,201,978

 

 

31,279,733

 

Total liabilities

     

 

101,743,766

 

 

72,452,039

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

16

 

 

   

 

 

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

     

 

   

 

 

 

Equity share capital

 

17

 

 

341,541

 

 

3,000

 

Other equity

 

17

 

 

11,097,209

 

 

11,056,589

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the company

     

 

11,438,750

 

 

11,059,589

 

Non-controlling interest

 

17 & 23

 

 

13,826

 

 

(41,691

)

Total equity

     

 

11,452,576

 

 

11,017,898

 

Total liabilities and equity

     

$

113,196,341

 

$

83,469,937

 

F-37

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED
statement of PROFIT OR LOSS AND
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Unaudited)

     

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

Note No.

 

For the
period ended December 31, 2020 (Unaudited) (US$)

 

For the
period ended December 31, 2019 (Unaudited) (US$)

Revenues:

     

 

   

 

 

Operating revenue

     

$

29,196,196

 

$

Other operating income

     

 

101

 

 

Total revenues

     

 

29,196,298

 

 

       

 

   

 

 

Other income

     

 

   

 

 

Other income

 

3

 

 

 

 

3,585

Total income

     

 

29,196,298

 

 

3,585

       

 

   

 

 

Expenses:

     

 

   

 

 

Amortization

 

10

 

 

8,927,417

 

 

Streaming service costs

     

 

16,916,480

 

 

Legal and professional expense

 

4

 

 

1,288,926

 

 

412

Staffing expense

 

4

 

 

235,229

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

4

 

 

113,471

 

 

Total expenses

     

 

27,659,626

 

 

412

       

 

   

 

 

Finance Income

     

 

2,515

 

 

Income before income tax

     

 

1,539,186

 

 

3,173

Income tax expense

 

5

 

 

423,227

 

 

Net income after tax available to common shareholders

     

$

1,115,960

 

$

3,173

       

 

   

 

 

Attributable to:

     

 

   

 

 

Controlling interest

     

$

1,067,824

 

$

 

Non-controlling interest

     

 

48,136

 

 

 
       

 

   

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

     

 

   

 

 
       

 

   

 

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income

     

 

   

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserves of subsidiaries, net of tax

     

 

1,020,323

 

 

1,006

Total comprehensive income for the period

     

$

95,636

 

$

2,167

       

 

   

 

 

Attributable to:

     

 

   

 

 

Controlling interest

     

$

40,620

 

$

2,167

Non-controlling interest

     

$

55,017

 

$

Basic income per share of common share

 

18

 

$

0

 

$

0.21

Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding

     

 

<<to insert>>

 

 

15,000

Diluted income per share of common share

 

18

 

$

0

 

$

0.21

Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding

     

 

<<to insert>>

 

 

15,000

The accompanying 1 to 35 notes are an integral part of the financial statements

F-38

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(Unaudited)

Predecessor

 

Shares (Nos.)

 

Share capital

 

Accumulated foreign translation adjustment

 

Retained earnings

 

Total

 

Non-controlling interest

 

Total
equity

Balance at
31 March 2019

 

15,000

 

$

2,305

 

$

1,877

 

 

$

(4,754

)

 

$

(572

)

 

$

 

$

(572

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,173

 

 

 

3,173

 

 

 

 

 

3,173

 

Translation adjustment,
net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(1,006

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,006

)

 

 

 

 

(1,006

)

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

2,305

 

 

871

 

 

 

(1,581

)

 

 

1,596

 

 

 

 

 

1,596

 

Issuance of shares (Refer Note 17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business combination (Refer Note 23)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at
31 December 2019

 

15,000

 

$

2,305

 

$

871

 

 

$

(1,581

)

 

$

1,596

 

 

$

 

$

1,596

 

Successor

 

Shares (Nos.)

 

Share capital

 

Accumulated foreign translation adjustment

 

Retained earnings

 

Total

 

Non-controlling interest

 

Total
equity

Balance at
31 March 2020

 

300,000

 

$

3,000

 

$

(306,910

)

 

$

11,363,499

 

$

11,059,589

 

 

$

(41,691

)

 

$

11,017,898

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,067,824

 

 

1,067,824

 

 

 

48,136

 

 

 

1,115,960

 

Translation adjustment, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(1,027,204

)

 

 

 

 

(1,027,204

)

 

 

6,881

 

 

 

(1,020,323

)

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

(1,334,114

)

 

 

12,431,323

 

 

11,100,209

 

 

 

13,326

 

 

 

11,113,535

 

Issuance of shares (Refer Note 17)

 

33,854,062

 

 

338,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

338,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

338,541

 

Business combination (Refer Note 23)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

500

 

Balance at
31 December 2020

 

34,154,062

 

$

341,541

 

$

(1,334,114

)

 

$

12,431,323

 

$

11,438,750

 

 

$

13,826

 

 

$

11,452,576

 

The accompanying 1 to 35 notes are an integral part of the financial statements

F-39

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED
statement of CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

For the period ended December 31, 2020
(US$)

     

For the period ended December 31, 2019
(US$)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income after tax available to common shareholders

 

$

1,115,960

 

     

$

3,173

 

Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

423,227

 

     

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

9,105,520

 

     

 

 

Profit/Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

6,683

 

     

 

 

Write off of unstructured Capital Work in Progress

 

 

 

     

 

 

Finance income – interest other

 

 

(2,515

)

     

 

 

Sundry balance written off/(written back)

 

 

 

     

 

(3,585

)

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

     

 

 

Inventories

 

 

(40,000

)

     

 

 

Trade receivable and other receivable

 

 

33,991,160

 

     

 

 

Other financial assets

 

 

(3,275

)

     

 

 

Other assets

 

 

3,521,514

 

     

 

 

Trade payable

 

 

20,552,582

 

     

 

(31

)

Other financial liabilities

 

 

1,30,045

 

     

 

(338

)

Other liabilities

 

 

5,793,552

 

     

 

 

Security Deposits

 

 

(20,130

)

     

 

 

Income tax (paid)/refund (net)

 

 

19,564

 

     

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(431,461

)

     

 

(781

)

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment & intangible assets
(including capital advances)

 

 

(44,479

)

     

 

 

 

Sale of property, plant and equipment & intangible assets

 

 

20,544

 

     

 

 

 

Interest received

 

 

2,515

 

     

 

 

Investment in shares of subsidiary – GHSI

 

 

(70,000

)

     

 

 

 

Investment in bank deposits having maturity of more than 3 months

 

 

(201,124

)

     

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of capital work in progress

 

 

 

     

 

25,591

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

 

 

     

 

25,591

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Proceeds from short term borrowings

 

 

339,847

 

     

 

 

 

Repayment of short term borrowings

 

 

(375,836

)

     

 

(28,980

)

Proceeds from issuance of shares

 

 

338,541

 

     

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

302,551

 

     

 

(28,980

)

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(421,454

)

     

 

(4,169

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – beginning of period

 

 

41,760

 

     

 

3,412

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

477,947

 

     

 

941

 

Acquired in Business Combination

 

 

2,000

 

     

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – end of period

 

$

100,254

 

     

$

183

 

F-40

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED
statement of CASH FLOWS – (Continued)
(Unaudited)

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

For the period ended December 31, 2020
(US$)

     

For the period ended December 31, 2019
(US$)

SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING/FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

       

 

 

Acquisition of customers with customer acquisition payable.
Refer to Note 22

 

$

     

$

Acquisition of shares with other financial liabilities. Refer to Note 23

 

$

     

$

The accompanying 1 to 35 notes are an integral part of the financial statements

F-41

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES

Going Concern:

Impact of COVID-19 on operations

The COVID-19 crisis has had a significant impact on the economy of India. While the pandemic, has increased the demand for streaming and telemedicine services globally, there continue to be significant uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, including with respect to the ultimate spread of the virus, the severity of the disease, the duration of the lockdowns and further actions that may be taken by governmental authorities around the world to contain the virus or to treat its impact. The pandemic has particularly impacted the working capital, cash flow and the timing of receipt of significant receivables and payment of payables of the Company. These restrictions have also severely impacted the mobility of the Company’s staff and resources and its access to banks and customer worksites, impairing its normal operations. The lockdown in India is strict with limited domestic travel. Local travel within a city is not allowed, either. Therefore we have limited access to various cities, such as Hyderabad, where our customers reside. Many offices are closed and banks are severely affected. As a result of the lockdown policy in India, we have restricted access to banking services, Subscriber Management System (SMS) report, prior to settlement, and service providers certifying the adequacy of the fiber held by Reachnet. Moreover, in India most of the collections by local cable operators are still in cash and these have been affected/delayed due to lockdown. The lockdown is extended to October 31, 20201 and could be potentially further extended. In addition, on September 18, 2020, the restriction under Section 144 of the Code of Criminal Procedure was passed, prohibiting movement and gathering of people, except for listed emergency and non-emergency services.

There is significant uncertainty around the breadth and duration of business disruptions related to COVID-19, as well as its impact on the economy of India, U.S. and international markets and, as such, the extent of the business disruption and the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Negative working capital and Cash Flow

The Company currently has negative working capital and cash flow aggravated by the COVID-19 lockdown and negative cash flow used in operating activities to the extent of $700. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Upon ending of the COVID-19 lockdown, the Company expects to be able to carry out its operations in the normal course of business and generate a minimum of INR130 ($1.9) as streaming subscription fee from its approximately 1.8 million customer connections per month, as prescribed by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India guidelines15. This would enable the Company to improve its cash position significantly.

The Company further believes that in the coming 12 months, upon the ending of COVID-19 lockdown restrictions, cash flow from operating activities should improve for the following reasons:

•        Monthly subscription fees paid by our customers will be billed and collected at the beginning of each month in advance;

•        The contracted operating expense for the streaming business is 61%, ensuring a confirmed net surplus of revenue for the Company.

•        Additional product offerings to customers such as our telemedicine business are expected to generate additional cash flow for the Company.

____________

1        Available on http://bombaychamber.com/admin/uploaded/NEWS%20Block/MHA%20Lock%20Down%20Orders.pdf

15              https://trai.gov.in/sites/default/files/Consumer_Booklet_30042019.pdf

F-42

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

To further mitigate the impact of the current negative working capital and cash flow, the Company has also taken additional precautionary steps by approaching financial institutions and credit partners in India to create and avail credit lines and bridge financing against the company’s future cash flows;

Large Payment Obligation by the Company

On 31 March 2020, under the terms of its Customer Acquisition Agreement with Reachnet, the Company is obligated to make payments to Reachnet. This amount represents the largest payment obligation of the Company and is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), 31 March 2021, 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023, respectively. Please refer to Note 23 on Business Combination.

Under the terms of the agreement with Reachnet, the Company was also scheduled to receive ‘Other Receivables’ due of approximately $15 million from Reachnet for the period of 1 April 2019 through 31 March 2020, as reflected in its books of accounts. The COVID-19 lockdown has delayed the settlement of this accounts receivable under its contract with Reachnet. The Company expects that this settlement will be implemented as soon as possible, upon the relaxation of COVID-19 restrictions in India. Upon such settlement and upon resumption of normal operations, the company expects to have sufficient available cash to be able to meet its current liabilities associated with the business. Please refer to the section below in this note on Other Income/Application of IFRS 15.

Furthermore, the Company is contemplating discussions with Reachnet’s Management to consider modifying its agreement with Reachnet by offering Reachnet stock in lieu of its current payment obligations. This modification, if implemented, should help substantially mitigate cash liquidity requirements for the Company.

Based on the above, we believe that upon lifting of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions in India, the Company’s available potential cash balances should be sufficient to meet its requirements to carry out its operations effectively. After this offering, the Company may decide to enhance its liquidity position or increase its cash reserve for future investments through additional capital and finance funding.

Nature of Operations

Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv. Ltd. (Reg. No. 2033207) (Lytus Tech or the Company) was incorporated on 16 March 2020 (date of inception) under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (BVI). On 19 March 2020, Lytus Tech acquired a wholly owned subsidiary, Lytus Technologies Private Limited (CIN U22100MH2008PTC182085) (Lytus India) and, on 31 March 2020, it acquired a majority shareholding (51%) in DDC CATV Network Private Limited (CIN: U64100DL2013PTC260426) (DDC India or DDC CATV). Lytus India was incorporated in India on 10 May 2008 for the purpose of providing telemedicine and online streaming content services to its subscribers and DDC CATV was incorporated in India on 20 November 2013 for the purpose of providing streaming services to its subscribers.

The Company’s registered office is at116 Main Street, P.O. Box 3342, Road Town, Tortola British Virgin Islands. The consolidated financial statements comprise financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as “the Group”).

The Company has applied to list our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the trading symbol “LYT”. It is offering 2,727,272 common shares in our proposed Initial Public Offering (IPO) and we anticipate the price will be between $10 to $12 per share.

The Group applies judgement to determine whether each product or services promised to a customer are capable of being distinct, and are distinct in the context of the contract, if not, the promised product or services are combined and accounted as a single performance obligation. The Group allocates the arrangement consideration to separately identifiable performance obligation deliverables based on their relative stand-alone selling price.

F-43

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Basis of preparation

The accounting policies used for the preparation of these consolidated condensed financial statements are based upon the application of IFRS 1.D17, which results in assets liabilities being measured at the same carrying amount as in the standalone financial statements of subsidiaries for the period ended 31 December 2020 after adjusting for consolidation and equity accounting adjustments and for the effects of the business combination in which the entity acquired the subsidiary.

The consolidated condensed financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The functional and reporting currency of the Company and Group is “INR” and “USD”, respectively and all amounts, are rounded with two decimals, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.

Basis of Consolidation

The subsidiaries considered in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are:

     

% Shareholding and Voting Power

Name of Subsidiary

 

Country of Incorporation

 

As of
31 December 2020

 

As of
31 March 2020

Lytus Technologies Pvt. Ltd

 

India

 

100

%

 

100

%

DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd.

 

India

 

51

%

 

51

%

These consolidated condensed financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements”.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control is achieved where the Company has existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities that affect the Company’s returns and exposure or rights to variable returns from the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases.

The consolidated condensed financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are combined on a line-by-line basis by adding together the book values of like items of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Intra-group balances and transactions and any unrealized profits or losses arising from intra group transaction, are eliminated. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

Non-controlling interests (NCI) in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity. Non-controlling interests consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the acquisition and the non-controlling shareholders’ share of changes in equity since the date of the acquisition.

Critical accounting estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.

F-44

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations adopted for fiscal period ended 31 December 2020

In January 2016, International Accounting Standards Board issued the final version of IFRS 16, Leases, which is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. IFRS 16 has replaced IAS 17 Leases, and its related interpretations. IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. It introduces a single, on-balance sheet lease accounting model for lessees.

The Group has adopted IFRS 16, effective for the annual reporting period beginning 1 April 2019, however there are no lease transactions which required application of IFRS 16 and accordingly there is no impact on retained earnings or any other assets or liabilities.

The Group has also adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (2014), which became mandatorily effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

The nature and effect of the changes arising from these standards are summarized below.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 replaces IAS 18 and covers contracts for goods and services. IFRS 15 is based on the principle that revenue is recognized when control of a good or service transfers to a customer; so the notion of control replaces the existing notion of risks and rewards.

The Group has adopted IFRS 15 from 1 April 2019, using a modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, transitional adjustments are recognized in retained earnings as of 1 April 2019 (the date of initial application), without restating the comparative period.

Under IFRS 15, the Group must evaluate the separability of the promised goods or services based on whether they are ‘distinct’. A promised good or service is ‘distinct’ if both:

•        the customer benefits from the item either on its own or together with other readily available resources: and

•        it is ‘separately identifiable’ form other promise in the contracts (i.e. the Group does not provide significant service integrating, modifying or customizing it).

While this represents significant new guidance, the implementation of this new guidance did not have a significant impact on the timing or amount of revenue recognized during the period. No adjustments were required to account for the impact of IFRS 15 on initial adoption.

IFRIC 23 — Uncertainty over Income Tax treatments

The International Accounting Standard Board clarifies the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes. The interpretation is to be applied to the determination of taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates, when there is uncertainty over income tax treatment under IAS 12. The adoption of IFRIC 23 did not any impact on consolidated financial statement of the Group.

India taxes are based on the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the Act) and the rules under the Income Tax Rules, 1962. The Act also provides for anti-avoidance rules at various places. The taxpayer is required to self-assess his tax position and file his tax return. The filed tax return is then subject to review and examination by the Indian tax authorities.

This requires recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” approach. The management evaluated the Company’s tax positions and concluded that no provision for uncertainty in income

F-45

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

taxes was necessary as of 31 March 2020. We evaluate our uncertain tax positions on a regular basis. Our evaluations are based on a number of factors, including changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audit and effective settlement of audit issues.

Changes in significant accounting policies

The Group’s accounting policies, which have changed as a result of the changes to accounting standards noted above, are summarized below:

Revenue

Revenue is recognized based on the transfer of services to a customer for an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable taking into account the amount of discounts, rebates, outgoing taxes on sales.

To determine whether to recognize revenue, the Group follows a 5-step process:

1.      Identifying the contract with a customer

2.      Identifying the performance obligations

3.      Determining the transaction price

4.      Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations

5.      Recognizing revenue when/as performance obligation(s) are satisfied

Further information about each source of revenue from contracts with customers and the criteria for recognition follows.

Subscription revenues

Subscription income includes subscription from subscribers. Revenue is recognized upon completion of services based on underlying subscription plan or agreements with the subscribers.

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive revenues

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive fees are recognized upon completion of services based on agreements with the broadcasters.

Advertising revenues

Advertisement income is recognized when relevant advertisements are telecasted.

GST on all income

The Company collects Goods and Service Tax (GST) on behalf of the government and, therefore, it is not an economic benefit flowing to the Company. Hence, it is excluded from revenue.

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations not yet Adopted

In May 2020, the IASB issued Reference to the Conceptual Framework, which made amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations. Entities which rely on the Conceptual Framework will need to consider whether their accounting policies are still appropriate under the revised Framework, with effect for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F-46

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

The IASB has issued ‘Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3)’ aimed at resolving the difficulties that arise when an entity determines whether it has acquired a business or a group of assets. The amendments are effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of whether activities and assets acquired are a business or a group of assets.

The IASB issued Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8) in October 2018 to clarify and align the definition of material. The amendments are intended to improve the understanding of the existing requirements rather than to significantly impact an entity’s materiality judgements. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of ‘material’ in relation to its consolidated financial statements.

The IASB has issued amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 that provide certain reliefs in connection with interest rate benchmark reform. The reliefs relate to hedge accounting and have the effect that inter-bank offered rates (“IBOR”) reform should not generally cause hedge accounting to terminate. However, any hedge ineffectiveness should continue to be recorded in the income statement. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendment to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

The IASB has issued ‘Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1)’ providing a more general approach to the classification of liabilities under IAS 1 based on the contractual agreements in place at the reporting date. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022 and are to be applied retrospectively with application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendments to have any significant impact on its presentation of liabilities in its statement of financial position.

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity in future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Current and non-current classification

Assets and liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position based on current and non-current classification.

An asset is classified as current when: it is either expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is expected to be realized within 12 months after the reporting period; or the asset is cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is classified as current when: it is either expected to be settled in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period; or there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realization in cash and cash equivalents. The Company has identified twelve months as its operating cycle.

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of the Company are measured using the currency of India (INR) which is the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in United States dollars.

F-47

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the presentation currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are generally recognized in profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in the statement of profit or loss, within finance costs. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statement of profit or loss on a net basis within other gains/(losses).

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as of fair value through other comprehensive income are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Financial Instruments

Financial Assets

Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

•        those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss), and

•        those to be measured at amortized cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

Recognition and derecognition

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Measurement

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

F-48

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Debt instruments

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Company classifies its debt instruments:

Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognized directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises.

Equity instruments

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognized in profit or loss as other income when the Group right to receive payments is established.

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognized in other gains/(losses) in the statement of profit or loss as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

Impairment

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables only, the Company measures the expected credit loss associated with its trade receivables based on historical trend, industry practices and the business environment in which the entity operates or any other appropriate basis. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

F-49

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Financial Liabilities

Initial Recognition and Measurement

All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value and in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs. The Group financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans, and borrowings including bank overdrafts and derivative financial instruments.

Subsequent measurement

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

After initial measurement, such financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortization is included in finance costs in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss over the period of the borrowings using the EIR method.

Trade and Other Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the period which are unpaid. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognized initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Financial Guarantee Obligations

The fair value of financial guarantees is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligations. Where guarantees in relation to loans or other payables of subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates are provided for no compensation, the fair values as on the date of transition are accounted for as contributions and recognized as part of the cost of the equity investment.

Derecognition

Financial assets

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

The Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognized in its statement of financial position but retains either all or substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. In these cases, the transferred assets are not derecognized.

F-50

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Financial Liability

The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire. The Group also derecognizes a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognized at fair value.

On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognized in profit or loss.

Income tax

The income tax expense or benefit for the period is the tax payable on that period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction, adjusted by the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences, unused tax losses and the adjustment recognized for prior periods, where applicable.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to be applied when the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted, except for:

•        When the deferred income tax asset or liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting nor taxable profits; or

•        When the taxable temporary difference is associated with interests in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, and the timing of the reversal can be controlled, and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilize those temporary differences and losses.

The carrying amount of recognized and unrecognized deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date. Deferred tax assets recognized are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that future taxable profits will be available for the carrying amount to be recovered. Previously unrecognized deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that there are future taxable profits available to recover the asset.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities; and they relate to the same taxable authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend to settle simultaneously.

As of 31 December 2020, the Group had no significant uncertain tax positions that qualify for either recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. The Group recognizes interest and penalties related to significant uncertain income tax positions in other expense. There were no such interest and penalties incurred for the period ended 31 December 2020.

Under section 115-O of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, distribution of dividends, paid by Indian company until December 31, 2020 is subject to dividend distribution tax (DDT) at an effective rate of 20.56% (inclusive of the applicable surcharge of 12% and health and education cess of 4%). Repatriation of dividend will not require Reserve Bank of India approval, subject to compliance and certain other conditions met per the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961.

F-51

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

Capital work in progress (CWIP) includes cost of property and equipment under installation/under development, as of balance sheet date. All project related expenditures related to civil works, machinery under erection, construction and erection materials, preoperative expenditure incidental/attributable to the construction of projects, borrowing cost incurred prior to the date of commercial operations and trial run expenditure are shown under CWIP. Property and Equipment are derecognized from the financial statements, either on disposal or when retired from active use. Gains and losses on disposal or retirement of Property and Equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Depreciation methods, estimated useful lives and residual value

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property and equipment less their estimated residual values using the written down method over their estimated useful lives and is generally recognized in profit or loss. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Land is not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives of property and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows:

Buildings

 

40 years

Property and equipment

 

3 – 15 years

Fixtures and fittings

 

5 – 10 years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

Fair value measurement

When an asset or liability, financial or non-financial, is measured at fair value for recognition or disclosure purposes, the fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date; and assumes that the transaction will take place either: in the principal market; or in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market.

Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming they act in their economic best interests. For non-financial assets, the fair value measurement is based on its highest and best use. Valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, are used, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

F-52

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Intangible Assets

Separately purchased intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequently, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite. Finite-life intangible assets are amortized on a written down basis over the period of their expected useful lives. Estimated useful lives by major class of finite-life intangible assets are as follow:

Customers acquisition

 

5 Years

Trademark/Copy rights

 

5 Years

Computer Software

 

5 Years

The amortization period and the amortization method for definite life intangible assets is reviewed annually.

For indefinite life intangible assets, the assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether it continues, if not, it is impaired or changed prospectively basis revised estimates.

Goodwill is initially recognized based on the accounting policy for business combinations. These assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually.

IAS 38 requires an entity to recognize an intangible asset, whether purchased or self-created (at cost) if, and only if: [IAS 38.21]

a.      it is probable that the future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the entity; and

b.      the cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

The probability of future economic benefits must be based on reasonable and supportable assumptions about conditions that will exist over the life of the asset. [IAS 38.22] The probability recognition criterion is always considered to be satisfied for intangible assets that are acquired separately or in a business combination. [IAS 38.33]

Para 25 of IAS 38 provides that the price an entity pays to acquire separately an intangible asset will reflect expectations about the probability that the expected future economic benefits embodied in the asset will flow to the entity. In other words, the entity expects there to be an inflow of economic benefits, even if there is uncertainty about the timing or the amount of the inflow. Therefore, the probability recognition criteria in Para 21(a) is always considered to be satisfied for separately acquired intangible assets. Para 26 of IAS 38 provides that the costs of a separately acquired intangible asset can usually be measured reliably. This is particularly so when the purchase consideration is in the form of cash or other monetary assets.

Borrowing Costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalized as part of the cost of the asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.

F-53

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as finance cost.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred Offering Costs consists of legal, accounting, underwriter’s fees, and other costs incurred through the balance date that are directly related to the proposed Initial Public Offering (IPO) and that would be charged to stockholder equity upon completion of the proposed IPO. Should the proposed IPO prove unsuccessful, deferred costs and additional expenses to be incurred would be charged to operations.

Issued Capital

Common shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Costs related to an initial offering are expensed in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Dividends

Dividend distributions to the Group’s shareholders are recognized as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of Lytus Technologies Limited, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than common shares, by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in common shares issued during the financial year.

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential common shares and the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential common shares.

F-54

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 2 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ASSESSMENTS, AND ASSUMPTIONS

Under IFRS 1, the Group is required to make estimates and assumptions in presentation and preparation of the financial statements for the period ended 31 December 2020.

Key estimates considered in preparation of the financial statement that were not required under the previous GAAP are listed below:

•        Fair Valuation of financial instruments carried at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”) and/or Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”). See Note 1 on Financial Instruments on page F-7 – 19 for additional discussion on FVTPL and FVOCI.

•        Impairment of financial assets based on the expected credit loss model.

•        Determination of the discounted value for financial instruments carried at amortized cost.

Previous GAAP figures of subsidiaries have been reclassified/regrouped to confirm the presentation requirements under IFRS.

As such there are no material differences or impact due to transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS and hence restated summaries of equity and profit & loss not given for subsidiaries.

NOTE 3 — OTHER INCOME

Other Income — Income on Acquisition of Customer-Contracts

Other Income of approximately $15 million is presented on the basis that all conditions have been satisfied as of 26 March 2020, to consummate closing of the Group’s acquisition agreement with Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd. (“Reachnet”) in which the Group acquired the customers and corresponding revenues (refer to Note 22 regarding agreement with Reachnet).

The Group has acquired approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections from a licensed streaming company (Reachnet), through the Agreements dated 21 June 2019 and 6 December 2019, and the income entitlement rights from 1 April 2019, for a consideration of $59 million. On 26 March 2020, the arrangement was consummated when pre-conditions were waived by mutual consent. The net surplus remaining with the Company is approximately $15 million. Considering that the acquired customers were integrated into the Group’s normal course of business on 26 March 2020, the revenue arising therefrom is recognized as “other income”. Effective 1 April 2020 and thereafter, the income arising from the said contracts would be recognized as “Operating Revenue” and the customers would be billed directly by the Group.

The Group is free to appoint any licensed service provider for provision of streaming services. There is no binding or lock-in arrangement for providing streaming services to subscribers through Reachnet. The agreement contemplates only acquisition of subscriber base and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of Reachnet. The Group has ensured adequate safeguard to secure acquired customer contracts through non-compete clause and non-solicitation of subscribers clause. In respect of streaming services, Lytus India has outsourced the provision of streaming services to Reachnet in the capacity of a service provider. Going forward, with respect of non-streaming services (such as MedTech IOT) these services would be billed directly by the Company and costs and revenue would not be shared with Reachnet.

F-55

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 4 — EXPENSES

Expenses consist of the following for the periods ended 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019:

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

For the period ended
December 31, 2020
($US)

 

For the period ended
December 31, 2019
($US)

   

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

Amortization

 

$

8,927,417

 

$

Streaming service costs

 

 

16,916,480

 

 

Legal and professional expenses

 

 

1,288,926

 

 

412

Staffing expense

 

 

235,229

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

113,471

 

 

Total expenses

 

$

27,659,626

 

$

412

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX

Deferred tax related to the translations of foreign operations of Lytus Technologies Private Limited a Wholly owned subsidiary of the Group from INR to USD have been calculated at the rate of the jurisdiction in which a subsidiary situated i.e. in India (at the rate 25.17%)

Accounting for Income Taxes

British Virgin Islands

Under the current laws of BVI, Lytus Technology Holdings Private Limited is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. In addition, payments of dividends by the Company to their shareholders are not subject to withholding tax in the BVI.

India (subsidiaries in India)

Income tax expense represents the sum of the current tax and deferred tax.

The charge for current tax is based on the result for the period adjusted for items which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Current and deferred tax is recognized in the income statement unless the item to which the tax relates was recognized outside the income statement being other comprehensive income or equity. The tax associated with such an item is also recognized in other comprehensive income or equity respectively.

F-56

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX (cont.)

Deferred tax

Deferred tax relates to the following temporary differences:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
($US)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
($US)

   

Consolidated
Statement of
financial Position

 

Consolidated
Statement of
financial Position

   

(Unaudited)

   

Deferred tax assets

 

 

   

 

 

Acquired in business combination

 

$

337,363

 

$

52,787

Accumulated depreciation loss

 

 

1,638,423

 

 

Foreign currency translations of foreign subsidiary

 

 

55,677

 

 

103,233

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

2,031,463

 

$

1,56,020

   

 

   

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

   

 

 

Accelerated depreciation on Property and Equipment

 

$

3,675,326

 

$

1,907,015

Reflected in the financial statement of financial position as follows:

 

As of
December 31, 2020
($US)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
($US)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Current income tax accrual

 

$

24,549

 

$

1,987,659

Current income tax on business combination

 

 

 

 

18,089

Total accrued income taxes

 

$

24,549

 

$

2,005,748

NOTE 6 — TRADE RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
($US)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
($US)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Acquired in business combination of DDC CATV Network Private Limited

 

$

 

$

390,151

Receivable from others

 

 

20,610,325

 

 

NOTE 7 — OTHER RECEIVABLES

Other receivables consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31, 2020
($US)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
($US)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Net Receivable from Reachnet Cable Service Pvt. Ltd.

 

$

15,620,751

 

$

15,267,358

GST and other taxes on the above

 

 

2,811,735

 

 

2,748,125

   

$

18,432,486

 

$

18,015,483

F-57

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 8 — OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Other current assets consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
($US)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
($US)

   

(Unaudited)

   

GST receivables and other tax deposits

 

$

6,259,318

 

$

4,219,549

Advance to suppliers

 

 

4,737

 

 

60,007

Withholding tax receivables

 

 

24,029

 

 

22,386

Income tax receivables

 

 

39,005

 

 

38,122

Prepaid expenses

 

 

24,869

 

 

11,125

   

$

6,351,958

 

$

4,351,189

NOTE 9 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following:

Description

 

Plant & Equipment

 

Furniture & Fittings

 

Vehicles

 

Office equipment’s

 

Computer equipment’s

 

Total

Gross carrying value

 

 

                     

16 March 2020 (date of inception)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition through
business combination

 

$

1,124,326

 

337

 

754

 

4,677

 

440

 

1,130,534

As at 31 March 2020

 

$

1,124,326

 

337

 

754

 

4,677

 

440

 

1,130,534

Additions

 

 

13,347

 

 

19,312

 

319

 

 

32,978

As at 31 December 2020

 

$

1,137,673

 

337

 

20,066

 

4,996

 

440

 

1,163,512

   

 

                     

Accumulated depreciation and impairment loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,777

16 March 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition through
business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge for the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at 31 March 2020

 

 

                     

Charge for the period

 

 

114,106

 

44

 

69

 

3,197

 

22

 

117,438

As at 31 December 2020

 

$

114,106

 

44

 

69

 

3,197

 

22

 

117,438

   

 

                     

Net block as at
31 March 2020

 

$

1,124,326

 

337

 

754

 

4,677

 

440

 

1,130,534

Net block as at
31 December 2020

 

$

1,023,567

 

293

 

19,997

 

1,799

 

418

 

1,046,074

Depreciation expense was $117,438 for the period ended 31 December 2020 during the successor period and $Nil for the period ended 31 December 2019 during the predecessor period.

F-58

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 10 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Intangible assets and Goodwill consist of the following:

Description

 

Customer Acquisition List

 

Goodwill on consolidation

 

Software

 

Total
($US)

Gross carrying value

 

$

             

16 March 2020 (date of inception)

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

59,216,654

 

313,345

 

 

59,529,999

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

 

 

377

 

377

As at 31 March 2020

 

$

59,216,654

 

313,345

 

377

 

59,530,376

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange difference on translations

 

 

 

7,253

 

 

7,253

As at 30 September 2020

 

$

59,216,654

 

320,598

 

377

 

59,537,629

   

 

             

Accumulated amortization

 

 

             

Charge for the period

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

204,086

As at 31 March 2020

 

$

204,086

 

 

 

204,086

Charge for the period

 

 

5,917,015

 

 

49

 

5,917,064

As at 31 December 2020

 

$

6,121,101

 

 

49

 

6,121,150

   

 

             

Net block as at 31 March 2020

 

$

59,012,568

 

313,345

 

377

 

59,326,290

Net block as at 30 September 2020

 

$

53,095,553

 

320,598

 

328

 

53,416,480

Amortization expense was $5,917,064 for the period ended 31 December 2020 during the successor period and $Nil for the period ended 31 December 2019 during the predecessor period.

NOTE 11 — BORROWINGS

Borrowings consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
($US)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
($US)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Loan from directors

 

$

1,686,256

 

$

1,587,216

Loan from directors is interest free and is repayable on demand. There is a pre-existing loan of approximately $1.5 million from a director of DDC CATV Network Private Limited that was given prior to the business combination.

NOTE 12 — TRADE PAYABLES

Trade payables consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
($US)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
($US)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Trade payables – Others

 

$

450,272

 

$

401,139

Streaming Services Charges payable to Reachnet

 

 

12,144,905

 

 

Employee related payables

 

 

116,130

 

 

24,528

   

$

12,711,307

 

$

425,667

F-59

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 12 — TRADE PAYABLES (cont.)

Changes in trade payables as of and for the period ended 31 December 2020 consist of the following:

16 March 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

 

Current period expense

 

 

425,667

 

Payments

 

 

 

31-Mar-20

 

$

425,667

 

Current period expense

 

 

11,004,920

 

Exchange differences

 

 

4,898,169

 

Payments

 

 

(3,617,449

)

31-Dec-20

 

$

12,711,307

 

NOTE 13 — OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Other financial liabilities consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
($US)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
($US)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Payable in connection with the Acquisition of DDC CATV Network Private Limited (Refer Note 23)

 

$

265,410

 

$

265,410

Professional fees payable

 

 

218,289

 

 

80,514

   

$

483,699

 

$

345,924

Changes in other financial liabilities as of and for the period ended 31 December 2020 consist of the following:

16 March 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

 

Current period expense

 

 

345,924

 

Payments

 

 

 

31-Mar-20

 

$

345,924

 

Current period expense

 

 

171,699

 

Exchange differences

 

 

36,076

 

Payments

 

 

(70,000

)

31-Dec-20

 

$

483,699

 

NOTE 14 — OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
($US)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
($US)

   

(Unaudited)

   

GST and other tax liabilities

 

$

10,844,384

 

$

7,374,094

Advances from customers

 

 

 

 

1,132

   

$

10,844,384

 

$

7,375,226

F-60

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 14 — OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES (cont.)

Changes in other current liabilities as of and for the period ended 31 December 2020 consist of the following:

16 March 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

Current period expense

 

 

7,375,226

Payments

 

 

31-Mar-20

 

$

7,375,226

Current period expense

 

 

3,469,158

Payments

 

 

31-Dec-20

 

$

10,844,384

NOTE 15 — CUSTOMER ACQUISITION PAYABLE

Customer Acquisition Payable consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
($US)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
($US)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet*

 

$

60,105,215

 

 

$

58,745,436

 

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet, current portion

 

 

(30,052,607

)

 

 

(29,372,718

)

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet, non-current portion

 

$

30,052,607

 

 

$

29,372,718

 

____________

*        The Group has acquired customers from Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited (“Reachnet”), through an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), 31 March 2021, 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023, respectively. Refer to Note 22 on Acquisition of Customers

NOTE 16 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments and contingencies consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
($US)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
($US)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Agreement for investment in Preference shares of DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd

 

$

1,222,479

 

$

1,194,822

Financially support the investment in research organizations – GHSI

 

 

730,000

 

 

The Company has entered into the Share Subscription Agreement with DDC CATV Network Private Limited and its Promoters under the terms of which it has an option to acquire an additional 49% of the DDC CATV through an issue of 900,000 fully convertible preference shares at INR 100 per share, aggregating to an amount of $1,194,822. The above option is subject to obtaining a necessary regulatory approvals. Refer to Note 23 for further discussion on the business combination.

F-61

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 17 — EQUITY

Common shares:

The total number of shares of common shares issued:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
($US)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
($US)

   

(Unaudited)

   
   

 

 

 

Common shares – par value $ 0.01/0.10 each

 

33,854,062

 

30,000

Movements in Common Shares:

 

Shares

 

Amount
($US)

Balance as on 16 March 2020

 

30,000

 

$

3,000

Shares issued

 

 

 

Balance as on 31 March 2020

 

30,000

 

$

3,000

Shares split from $ 0.10 to $ 0.01

 

300,000

 

 

Shares issued

 

33,854,062

 

 

338,541

Balance as on 31 December 2020

 

34,154,062

 

$

341,541

Weighted average number of shares on issue during the period ended 31 December 2020, was:

 

34,154,062

 

 

30,000

F-62

Table of Contents

 

Subject To Completion, Date MARCH 31, 2021

2,727,272 Shares

_______________________

PROSPECTUS

_______________________

Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv. Ltd.

Until [_], (25 days after commencement of our initial public offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

  

 

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

British Virgin Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the British Virgin Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may indemnify its directors, officers and liquidators against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings to which they are party or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their acting as our director, officer or liquidator. To be entitled to indemnification, these persons must have acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interest of the registrant and, in the case of criminal proceedings, they must have had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since our inception, we have issued an aggregate of 34,146,369 common shares to 77 shareholders in transactions that were not required to be registered under the Securities Act. In particular, on July 1, 2020, we issued 28,144,285 common shares of the Company to our Chief Executive Officer, Dharmesh Pandya (including 1,923,077 shares held by Lytus Trust of which Mr. Pandya is the manager), for his service rendered to the Company. In addition, on July 1, 2020, we respectively issued 307,692 common shares and 3,076,923 common shares to our Chief Financial Officer, Shreyas Shah, and director, Jagjit Singh Kohli, for their services rendered to the Company. On July 21, 2020, we also issued an aggregate of 408,024 common shares to the relatives of the management team for a total consideration of $288,850. On July 1, 2020 we issued 63,076 common shares to consultants of the Company for their services rendered to the Company. On November 1, 2020, we issued additional 363,900 shares to members of the management team and on December 15, 2020, an additional 1,782,469 shares were issued to our employees and the management team (including 705,985 shares issued to Lytus Trust).

All such share issuances were deemed to be exempt under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof as transactions not involving any public offering. In addition, certain share issuances were deemed not to fall within Section 5 under the Securities Act and to be further exempt under Rule 901 and 903 of Regulation S promulgated thereunder by virtue of being issuances of securities by non-U.S. companies to non-U.S. citizens or residents, conducted outside the United States and not using any element of interstate commerce.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated by reference in this prospectus:

Exhibit

 

Exhibit title

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

3.1

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association.

3.2

 

Extract of the Memorandum of Resolutions by the Directors

4.1

 

Specimen Share Certificate.*

5.1

 

Opinion of McW Todman & Co.*

5.2

 

Opinion of Pandya Juris LLP.*

8.1

 

Opinion of Pryor Cashman LLP.*

10.1

 

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and its CEO.

II-1

Table of Contents

Exhibit

 

Exhibit title

10.2

 

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and its CFO.

10.3

 

Agreement to Acquire Customer List, dated June 20, 2019, by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited.

10.4

 

Supplemental Agreement, dated December 6, 2019, to the Agreement to Acquire Customer List by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited.

10.5

 

Secondary Supplemental Agreement, dated June 30, 2020, to the Agreement to Acquire Customer List by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited.

10.6

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated March 19, 2020, by and among Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd., Lytus Technologies Private Limited and the shareholders of Lytus Technologies Private Limited.

10.7

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated February 21, 2020, by and among Lituus Technologies Limited, DDC CATV Network Private Limited, and all of the shareholders of DDC CATV Network Private Limited.

10.8

 

Assignment of Contract, dated March 20, 2020, by and between Lituus Technologies Limited and Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.

10.9

 

Assignment of Contract, dated March 20, 2020, by and between Jagjit Singh Kohli and Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.

10.10

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated October 30, 2020, by and between Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd., Global Health Sciences, Inc. and its shareholder.

10.11

 

Agreement for Subscription of Debentures, dated December 30, 2020, by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and an investor. #

10.12

 

Third Supplemental Agreement, dated February 5, 2021, to the Agreement to Acquire Customer List by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited.

10.13

 

Form of warrant.*

10.14

 

Form lockup agreement.*

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1

 

Consent of WithumSmith+Brown, PC

23.2

 

Consent of McW Todman & Co. (included in Exhibit 5.1).*

23.3

 

Consent of Pandya Juris LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2).*

23.4

 

Consent of Pryor Cashman LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1).*

23.5

 

Consent of Kirtane & Pandit LLP

23.6

 

Consent of Niranjan V. Shah & Associates

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

99.1

 

Audited Financial Statements of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD.

99.2

 

Consolidated Statements Of Financial Position of Lytus Technologies Holdings Private Limited

99.3

 

Audited Financial Statements DDC CATV Network Private Limited

99.4

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations of Lytus Technologies Holdings Private Limited for the Year Ended March 31, 2020

99.5

 

Valuation Report of Customer Acquisitions

____________

*        To be filed by amendment.

#        Portions of this exhibit have been redacted in compliance with Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant agrees to furnish a supplemental copy of any omitted schedule or similar attachment to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

None.

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)     To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

II-2

Table of Contents

(ii)    To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§230.424(b) of this chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

(iii)   To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)     Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

(ii)    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)   The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)   Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

That, insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.”

II-3

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the State of Florida, United States on March 31, 2021.

 

Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.

   

By:

 

/s/ Dharmesh Pandya

   

Name:

 

Dharmesh Pandya

   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

   

Dated:

 

March 31, 2021

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Dharmesh Pandya

 

Director and Chief Executive Officer

 

March 31, 2021

Dharmesh Pandya

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

   

/s/ Shreyas Shah

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

March 31, 2021

Shreyas Shah

 

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

   

/s/ Jagjit Singh Kohli

 

Director

 

March 31, 2021

Jagjit Singh Kohli

       

II-4

Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of the Company has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in the State of Florida, United States on March 31, 2021.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative

   

Dharmesh Pandya

   

By:

 

/s/ Dharmesh Pandya

       

Name: Dharmesh Pandya

       

Title: Chief Executive Officer

II-5

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

April 1, 2020

 

Dharmesh Pandya

2nd Floor, 116 Main Street

Road Town

Tortola VG1110

 

Dear Dharmesh: 

 

This letter agreement is intended as an employment agreement between you and Lytus Technologies Holding Ptv. Ltd. (the “Company”). 

 

You will be employed at the Company in the role of President and Chief Executive Officer. 

 

1. Compensation.

 

a. Base Wage. In this position, you will earn a base salary of $ 450,000 per year. Your wages will be payable in two equal payments per month pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy. Your pay will be periodically reviewed as part of the Company’s regular reviews of compensation. 

 

b. Bonus. You may be eligible to receive a semi-annual discretionary bonus. Based on your performance, you can over-achieve your bonus target pursuant to the Company’s bonus plan. 

 

2. Employee Benefits.

 

a. Paid Time Off. Subject to the Company’s PTO policy, you will be eligible to accrue up to 21 days of PTO per calendar year, pro-rated for the remainder of this calendar year. 

 

b. Group Plans. The Company will provide you with the opportunity to participate in the standard benefits plans currently available to other similarly situated employees, including medical, dental, and vision, subject to any eligibility requirements imposed by such plans. 

 

3. Confidentiality Agreement. By signing this letter agreement, you agree to observe and be in compliance with the Company’s Confidentiality Policy.

 

4. No Conflicting Obligations. You understand and agree that by signing this letter agreement, you represent to the Company that your performance will not breach any other agreement to which you are a party and that you have not, and will not during the term of your employment with the Company, enter into any oral or written agreement in conflict with any of the provisions of this letter or the Company’s policies. You are not to bring with you to the Company, or use or disclose to any person associated with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any former employer or other person or entity with respect to which you owe an obligation of confidentiality under any agreement or otherwise. The Company does not need and will not use such information and we will assist you in any way possible to preserve and protect the confidentiality of proprietary information belonging to third parties. Also, we expect you to abide by any obligations to refrain from soliciting any person employed by or otherwise associated with any former employer and suggest that you refrain from having any contact with such persons until such time as any non-solicitation obligation expires. 

 

 

 

 

5. General Obligations. As an employee, you will be expected to adhere to the Company’s standards of professionalism, loyalty, integrity, honesty, reliability and respect for all. You will also be expected to comply with the Company’s policies and procedures. The Company is an equal opportunity employer. 

 

7. At-Will EmploymentEmployment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason. The Company also reserves the right to modify or amend the terms of your employment at any time for any reason. Any contrary representations which may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. 

 

8. Withholdings. All forms of compensation paid to you as an employee of the Company shall be less all applicable withholdings. 

 

This letter agreement supersedes and replaces any prior understandings or agreements, whether oral, written or implied, between you and the Company regarding the matters described in this letter. This letter will be governed by the laws of the British Virgin Islands, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions. 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv. Ltd.
   
  /s/ SHREYAS SHAH
  By: SHREYAS SHAH
 

Chief Financial Officer

Date: April 1, 2020

 

   
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:  
   

DHARMESH PANDYA

 
   
/s/ DHARMESH PANDYA  
Signature  
   
April 1, 2020  
Date  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

April 1, 2020

 

Shreyas Shah

11 Shanti Bhavan,

Gandhigram Road

Mumbai 400049

 

Dear Shreyas: 

 

This letter agreement is intended as an employment agreement between you and Lytus Technologies Holding Ptv. Ltd. (the “Company”). 

 

You will be employed at the Company in the role of Chief Financial Officer. 

 

1. Compensation.

 

a. Base Wage. In this position, you will earn a base salary of $ 280,000 per year. Your wages will be payable in two equal payments per month pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy. Your pay will be periodically reviewed as part of the Company’s regular reviews of compensation. 

 

b. Bonus. You may be eligible to receive a semi-annual discretionary bonus. Based on your performance, you can over-achieve your bonus target pursuant to the Company’s bonus plan. 

 

2. Employee Benefits.

 

a. Paid Time Off. Subject to the Company’s PTO policy, you will be eligible to accrue up to 21 days of PTO per calendar year, pro-rated for the remainder of this calendar year. 

 

b. Group Plans. The Company will provide you with the opportunity to participate in the standard benefits plans currently available to other similarly situated employees, including medical, dental, and vision, subject to any eligibility requirements imposed by such plans. 

 

3. Confidentiality Agreement. By signing this letter agreement, you agree to observe and be in compliance with the Company’s Confidentiality Policy.

 

4. No Conflicting Obligations. You understand and agree that by signing this letter agreement, you represent to the Company that your performance will not breach any other agreement to which you are a party and that you have not, and will not during the term of your employment with the Company, enter into any oral or written agreement in conflict with any of the provisions of this letter or the Company’s policies. You are not to bring with you to the Company, or use or disclose to any person associated with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any former employer or other person or entity with respect to which you owe an obligation of confidentiality under any agreement or otherwise. The Company does not need and will not use such information and we will assist you in any way possible to preserve and protect the confidentiality of proprietary information belonging to third parties. Also, we expect you to abide by any obligations to refrain from soliciting any person employed by or otherwise associated with any former employer and suggest that you refrain from having any contact with such persons until such time as any non-solicitation obligation expires. 

 

 

 

 

5. General Obligations. As an employee, you will be expected to adhere to the Company’s standards of professionalism, loyalty, integrity, honesty, reliability and respect for all. You will also be expected to comply with the Company’s policies and procedures. The Company is an equal opportunity employer. 

 

7. At-Will EmploymentEmployment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason. The Company also reserves the right to modify or amend the terms of your employment at any time for any reason. Any contrary representations which may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. 

 

8. Withholdings. All forms of compensation paid to you as an employee of the Company shall be less all applicable withholdings. 

 

This letter agreement supersedes and replaces any prior understandings or agreements, whether oral, written or implied, between you and the Company regarding the matters described in this letter. This letter will be governed by the laws of the British Virgin Islands, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions. 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv. Ltd.
   
  /s/ DHARMESH PANDYA
  By: DHARMESH PANDYA
 

Director

Date: April 1, 2020

 

   
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:  
   
SHREYAS SHAH  
   
/s/ SHREYAS SHAH  
Signature  
   
April 1, 2020  
Date  

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

SECONDARY SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is made at Mumbai this 30th June 2020

 

BETWEEN

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED, a company incorporated in India under the provisions of the Indian Companies Act, 2013, having its registered office at A-21, 1st Floor, Ghanshyam Industrial Estate, Off Veera Desai Road, Andheri West, Mumbai - 400053 hereinafter referred to as “Lytus” or “Buyer” (which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof be deemed to mean and include its, executors and administrators, and assigns);

 

AND

 

REACHNET CABLE SERVICES PRIVATE LIMITED, a company incorporated in India under the provisions of the Indian Companies Act, 2013, having its registered office at Crescent Towers, 1st Floor, 229, A.J.C Bose Road, Kolkatta 700 020 hereinafter referred to as “Reachnet” or “Seller” (which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof be deemed to mean and include its, executors and administrators, and assigns).

 

WHEREAS

 

The parties hereto have already entered into agreements, namely, Agreement to Acquire Customer Lists dated 20 June 2019 and Supplemental Agreement dated 6 December 2019, in respect of acquisition of subscriber base and its corresponding revenue from 1 April 2019. However, the same was subject to pre-conditions to be satisfied prior to 31 March 2020.

 

On 26 March 2020, the parties hereto have come to an understanding to waive the pre-conditions. This waiver is integral and operative part of this agreement as if the same is assumed and incorporated therein in verbatim as and from 26 March 2020.

 

The payment schedule for payment of INR 375 crores in the above agreements was payable in tranches: first 60% payable by 31 July 2020, second 20% payable by 30 June 2021 and the remaining 20% payable by 30 June 2022.

 

On account of the COVID pandemic situation prevalent in the country, the parties have agreed to modify the payment terms mentioned in the above agreement dated 20 June 2019, real with the subsequent agreements and pre-condition waver, which they wish to record as under.

 

 

 

 

NOW THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. The recitals contained above form an integral and operative part of this agreement as if the same are incorporate herein in verbatim.

 

2. On account of the COVID 19 pandemic crisis, and with the lockdown currently being extended in the State of Maharashtra, and more particularly, in Mumbai, the Seller and the Buyer hereby agree to extend the payment deadlines for the payment of INR 375 crores under the contract as under:

 

a. First 25% of the total amount would be payable on 31 July 2020, or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID 19 lockdown restrictions.

 

b. Second 25% of the total amount would be payable at a mutually agreeable date, but no later than 31 March 2021.

 

c. Third 25% of the total amount would be payable at a mutually agreeable date, but no later than 31 March 2022.

 

d. Remaining 25% of the total amount would be payable at a mutually agreeable date, but no later than 31 March 2023.

 

Apart from the above modification of the payment terms, all the other terms and conditions of the above-mentioned agreements shall be valid and subsisting.

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have hereunto subscribed their respective hands at Mumbai, on the day and year first mentioned hereinabove.

 

SIGNED & DELIVERED by the within )  
named Lytus Technologies )  
   
Pvt. Ltd by its Director Mr. Nimish Pandya )  
Pursuant to a Board Resolution dated    
30th June 2020 )  
  )  
     
SIGNED & DELIVERED by the within
named Reachnet Cable Services
Private Limited
by its Director Mr. Aravindan Nair
pursuant to Board Resolution dated
30th June 2020
)
)
)
)

)

 

 

3

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT

 

This Assignment of Contract (the “Assignment”) is effective as of 20th March, 2020 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Lituus Technologies Limited (Reg. No. 2015767), a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, having its registered office at 4th floor, RJT Edifice, Waterfront Drive, P.O. Box. 260, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, VG 1110, hereinafter referred to as “Lituus” through its Director Mr. Dharmesh Gulabrai Pandya residing at 5011 Gate Parkway, Building No.100, Suit No. 100, Jacksonville, Florida 32256, United States of America (which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof be deemed to mean and include its, executors and administrators, and assigns) (“Assignor”) and;

 

Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv. Ltd. (Reg. No. 2033207) having its principal place of business at 2nd Floor, 116 Main Street, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands hereinafter referred to as “Lytus” through its Director Mr. Dharmesh Gulabrai Pandya residing at 5011 Gate Parkway, Building No.100, Suit No. 100, Jacksonville, Florida 32256, United States of America (which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof be deemed to mean and include its, executors and administrators, and assigns) (“Assignee”).

 

The above-referenced parties may be collectively referred to herein as the “Parties.”

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, Assignor and (1) Ravi Gupta, (2) Nirlep Kumar and (3) DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LTD., are parties in the Share Purchase Agreement dated 21st February 2020 and Share Subscription Agreement dated 21st February 2020 (hereinafter collectively referred to as ‘the Contracts’); and

 

WHEREAS, Assignor desires to assign and Assignee desires to receive by assignment all of Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Contracts;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ASSIGNMENT: Assignor hereby assigns to Assignee all of its interests, rights and title held by Assignor in and to the Contracts.

 

ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATIONS: Assignee acknowledges the receipt of a copy of the Contracts. As of the date of this Assignment, Assignee hereby assumes all of Assignor’s interests, rights, duties and obligations remaining in the Contracts. As of the date of this Assignment, Assignee agrees to comply with all the terms, make all payments, and perform all conditions and covenants in the Contracts as if Assignee were an original party therein.

 

ASSIGNOR’S REPRESENTATIONS: Assignor warrants that the Contracts are in full force and effect and fully assignable or may be assigned with consent of Confirming Party. Assignor further warrants that the contract rights transferred in this Assignment are free of lien, encumbrance or adverse claim.

 

BINDING EFFECT: The covenants and conditions contained in the Assignment shall apply to and bind the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns.

 

 

 

 

DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND GOVERNING LAW: Any dispute or difference whatsoever arising between the parties hereto out of or relating to these presents, or its construction, meaning, scope, implementation and operation or effect, or the validity or breach thereof shall be referred to arbitration under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 (as amended from time to time). The place of Arbitration shall be New Delhi alone. The arbitration shall be conducted by a sole arbitrator. The award shall be final and binding on the parties. This provision has been expressly agreed upon by the parties hereto, with a view to ensure that substantial justice is done to the parties, without loss of time, and with a view to avoid time consuming litigations in courts of law. Subject to this clause of Arbitration, only the Courts in New Delhi alone shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any disputes arising from this Agreement.

 

WAIVER: The failure of either Party to enforce any provisions of this Assignment shall not be deemed a waiver or limitation of that Party’s right to subsequently enforce and compel strict compliance with every provision of this Assignment.

 

COUNTERPARTS: This Assignment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. In the event that any signature hereof is delivered by e-mail as an attached, scanned document, such signature shall create a valid and binding of the Parties executing the same with the same force and effect as if such e-mailed signature page were an original thereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have hereunto subscribed their respective hands at Delhi, on the day and year first mentioned hereinabove.

 

SIGNED & DELIVERED by the within )  
named Assignor Lituus Technologies )  
   
Limited by its Director )  
Mr. Dharmesh Pandya )  
pursuant to a Board Resolution dated    
20th March 2020 )  
in the presence of: )  
  )  
  )  
  )  

 

 

 

 

SIGNED & DELIVERED by the within


named Assignee Lytus Technologies
)


)
Holdings Ptv. Ltd. by its Director )  
Mr. Dharmesh Pandya )  
pursuant to a Board Resolution dated    
20th March, 2020 )  
in the presence of: )  
  )  
  )  
     
     

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT

 

This Assignment of Contract (the “Assignment”) is effective as of 20th March, 2020 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Jagjit Singh Kohli Indian inhabitant residing at 700, Ranee Villa, 10th Road, next to Yes Bank, Opp. Pratiksha Amitabh Old Bunglow, JVPD, Juhu, Mumbai 400 049 (which expression unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof be deemed to mean and include his heirs executors administrators and assigns) (“Assignor”)

 

Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv. Ltd. (Reg. No. 2033207) having its principal place of business at 2nd Floor, 116 Main Street, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands hereinafter referred to as “Lytus” through its Director Mr. Dharmesh Gulabrai Pandya residing at 5011 Gate Parkway, Building No. 100, Suit No. 100, Jacksonville, Florida 32256, United States of America (which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof be deemed to mean and include its, executors and administrators, and assigns) (“Assignee”).

 

The above-referenced parties may be collectively referred to herein as the “Parties.”

  

WHEREAS, Assignor and (1) Ravi Gupta, (2) Nirlep Kumar and (3) DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LTD., are parties in the Share Purchase Agreement dated 21st February 2020 and Share Subscription Agreement dated 21st February 2020 (hereinafter collectively referred to as ‘the Contracts’) for acquisition of 2% of the shares of the said company by the Assignor.

 

WHEREAS, Assignor desires to assign and Assignee desires to receive by assignment all of Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Contracts;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ASSIGNMENT: Assignor hereby assigns to Assignee all of its interests, rights and title held by Assignor in and to the Contracts.

 

 

 

 

ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATIONS: Assignee acknowledges the receipt of a copy of the Contracts. As of the date of this Assignment, Assignee hereby assumes all of Assignor’s interests, rights, duties and obligations remaining in the Contracts. As of the date of this Assignment, Assignee agrees to comply with all the terms, make all payments, and perform all conditions and covenants in the Contracts as if Assignee were an original party therein.

 

ASSIGNOR’S REPRESENTATIONS: Assignor warrants that the Contracts are in full force and effect and fully assignable or may be assigned with consent of Confirming Party. Assignor further warrants that the contract rights transferred in this Assignment are free of lien, encumbrance or adverse claim.

 

BINDING EFFECT: The covenants and conditions contained in the Assignment shall apply to and bind the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns.

 

DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND GOVERNING LAW: Any dispute or difference whatsoever arising between the parties hereto out of or relating to these presents, or its construction, meaning, scope, implementation and operation or effect, or the validity or breach thereof shall be referred to arbitration under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 (as amended from time to time). The place of Arbitration shall be New Delhi alone. The arbitration shall be conducted by a sole arbitrator. The award shall be final and binding on the parties. This provision has been expressly agreed upon by the parties hereto, with a view to ensure that substantial justice is done to the parties, without loss of time, and with a view to avoid time consuming litigations in courts of law. Subject to this clause of Arbitration, only the Courts in New Delhi alone shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any disputes arising from this Agreement.

 

WAIVER: The failure of either Party to enforce any provisions of this Assignment shall not be deemed a waiver or limitation of that Party’s right to subsequently enforce and compel strict compliance with every provision of this Assignment.

 

COUNTERPARTS: This Assignment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. In the event that any signature hereof is delivered by e-mail as an attached, scanned document, such signature shall create a valid and binding of the Parties executing the same with the same force and effect as if such e-mailed signature page were an original thereof.

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have hereunto subscribed their respective hands at Delhi, on the day and year first mentioned hereinabove.

 

SIGNED & DELIVERED by the within )  
named Assignor Shri Jagjit Singh Kohli    

in the presence of: Yogesh Shah

 

)
)
)
)
 
     
SIGNED & DELIVERED by the within )  
named Assignee Lytus Technologies )  

 

Holdings Ptv. Ltd. by its Director )  
Mr. Dharmesh Pandya )  
pursuant to a Board Resolution dated    
20th March,2020        )    
in the presence of: )  
  )  
  )  

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

 

 

 

 

REVISED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

DATED October 30, 2020

 

 

 

 

(1) JAMES J. TUCHI

 

(2) LLOYD S. FOIGHT

 

(3) GLOBAL HEALTH SCIENCES, INC.

 

AND

 

(4) LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PVT LTD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Share Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) is executed in New Brunswick, New Jersey USA on this 30th day of October 2020 between:

 

JAMES J. TUCHI (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Seller”) (which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include his respective legal heirs, successors and administrators) of the First Part;

 

AND

 

GLOBAL HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. having its registered office at 3411 Silverside Road, Tatnall Building #104, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19810 (hereinafter referred to as “Company”) which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include its successors and permitted assigns) of the Second Part;

 

AND

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PVT LTD a company incorporated in BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS and having its registered office at TORTOLA, BVI - (hereinafter referred to as “Purchaser”) of the Third Part;

 

The Seller, Purchaser and Company are hereinafter referred to as “Parties” and individually as “Party”.

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware in the United States of America on June 11, 2020 having Registration Number 20205636214, File # 3048156 engaged broadly in the business of delivery of health related services on online platform as more particularly outlined in its Memorandum of Registration.

 

B. The Seller is currently the owner of 100.0% of the Equity Shares in the Company.

 

2

 

 

C. The current shareholding pattern of the Company is as described in Annexure 1 below;

 

E. The Seller has discussed with the Purchaser for the sale, by the Seller to Purchaser, 75% of the Seller’s Equity Shares in the Company currently owned by the Seller, aggregating to 75% shareholding in the equity share capital of the Company.

 

F. The Purchaser has agreed to acquire 75% of the Seller’s 100% Equity Shares for a Sale Share Consideration as calculated and mentioned in Annexure 3 of this SPA and upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein.

 

G. The Parties are entering into this SPA and the Shareholders’ Agreement in order to set out the rights and obligations of the Parties in relation to the acquisition of the Sale Shares (as defined hereinafter) by the Purchaser and other matters in connection therewith, which they agree will be interpreted, acted upon and governed solely in accordance with the terms and conditions of this SPA.

 

NOW, THREFORE IN CONSIDERATION OF THE MUTUAL COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES AS SET FORTH IN THIS SPA, AND FOR OTHER GOOD AND VALUABLE CONISDERATION, THE SUFFICIENCY OF WHICH IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE PARTIES, THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions. In this SPA, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1.1 Board” means the board of directors of the Company which shall be deemed to include any Committee of the Board;

 

3

 

 

1.1.2 Charter Documents” means the Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association of the Company, or equivalent under applicable law;

 

1.1.3 Control” together with its grammatical variations when used with respect to any Person, means and includes the power to direct the management and policies of the Company, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of the vote carrying securities, by contract or otherwise howsoever;

 

1.1.4 Definitive Agreements shall mean this SPA and/or any other agreement executed between the Parties for the transaction contemplated hereunder;

 

1.1.7 Equity Shares” means the issued and fully paid up equity shares of the Company, having a face value of ZERO U.S.$ 0.00 each;

 

1.1.8 Encumbrance” means any encumbrance including but not limited to any claim, mortgage, pledge, charge (fixed or floating), hypothecation, lien, deposit by way of security, bill of sale, option or right of pre-emption, beneficial ownership, right of retention of title or any form of security interest or any obligation (including any conditional obligation) to create any of the same, including without limitation, any discretion on the use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or other attributes of ownership;

 

1.1.9 Sale Share Consideration” means a sum of USD 70,000 for 75% shareholding, wherein the total subsequent investment shall not exceed an aggregate investment of USD $800,000 (Eight Hundred Thousand US Dollars);

 

1.1.10 Sale Shares” shall mean 150 equity shares of the Company to be purchased by the Purchaser, representing as on the date of this SPA amounting to 75% of the total paid up equity share capital of the Company;

 

1.1.11 SPA” means this Share Purchase Agreement together with its annexures and schedules, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions contained herein;

 

4

 

 

1.1.12 Representations and Warranties” shall mean the representation and warranties given by either Party to the other as contained in this SPA and in the Shareholders’ Agreement delivered by either party in connection with or pursuant to this SPA.

 

1.2 Interpretation

 

1.2.1 The terms referred to in this SPA shall, unless defined otherwise or inconsistent with the context or meaning thereof, bear the meaning ascribed to them under the relevant statute/legislation.

 

1.2.2 All references in this SPA to the statutory provisions shall be construed as meaning and including references to:

 

i) any statutory modification, consolidation or re-enactment (whether before or after the date of this SPA) for the time being in force;

 

ii) all statutory instruments or orders made pursuant to a statutory provision; and

 

iii) any statutory provisions, of which these statutory provisions are a consolidation, re-enactment or modification.

 

1.2.3 Words denoting the singular shall include the plural.

 

1.2.4 Headings to clauses, sub-clauses and paragraphs are for information only and shall not form part of the operative provisions of this SPA or the Annexures hereto and shall be ignored in construing the same.

 

1.2.5 References to recitals, clauses or annexures are, unless the context otherwise requires, to recitals, to clauses of, or annexures to this SPA.

 

5

 

 

2. ACQUISITION OF THE SALE SHARES

 

2.1 Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this SPA, in consideration of the mutual understanding between the Parties, the Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase, and the Seller agrees to transfer and deliver, the sale of Sale Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances and with all attached and accrued rights, for the consideration as mentioned in Annexure 3 hereto as being the full and final payment for the Sale Shares representing as on the date of this SPA, 75% of the total paid up equity share capital of the Company to the Purchaser. Upon execution of this SPA, the new shareholding pattern of the Company shall be as described in Annexure 2 below.

 

Upon signing of this Agreement, the obligation of parties to the contract (Purchaser and Seller) are fulfilled, and the Company shall be the confirming party to acknowledge the new shareholder holding 75% of its shares. and hence, the Purchaser or the Seller cannot revoke this transaction, except to the extent of the Conditions Precedents as appearing in Clause 4. The Company shall comply with the regulatory requirement of filing all documents, forms etc., the Company shall register the new shareholder with 75% shareholding.

 

2.2 The Sale Shares transferred to the Purchaser by the Seller shall rank with the other Equity Shares of the Company in all respects, including, entitlement to receive proportionately the dividends and other distributions declared or to be declared in respect of the equity capital of the Company.

 

3. Sale Shares Consideration

 

3.1 The total consideration for the sale and transfer of Sale Shares by the Seller to the Purchaser in accordance with this SPA shall be as per Annexure 3 (“Sale Share Consideration”):

 

4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

4.1 Receipt of all corporate approvals and sanctions, including without limitations approval by the Board or shareholders, as may be required, of the Sellers and the Purchaser, for Sale of Sale Shares to the Purchaser for the Purchase Price agreed upon;

 

6

 

 

4.2 Receipt of all regulatory approvals and meeting the listing requirements, within the agreed period of 180 days from the date of signing of this agreement. Upon receipt of the regulatory approvals and meeting of listing requirements of Purchaser, the sale of shares shall be deemed to be final and complete in all respects. The Purchaser shall be obliged to make payment of the consideration as mentioned in Annexure 3 and the Seller shall be obliged to transfer the Sale Shares to the Purchaser. The definition of ‘regulatory approvals’ and ‘listing requirements’ is defined, as mutually agreed, along with the consideration in Annexure 3 below.

 

4.3 The Sale Share Consideration as mentioned in Annexure 3 shall be subject to financial, legal and tax due diligence.

 

4.4 Approval of this SPA by the board of directors of the Company and the Purchaser;

 

4.5 Each of the representations and warranties made by the Parties shall be true and correct as on the execution of this SPA.

 

4.6 No order, law or regulation shall have been passed by the Government authority having the effect of restraining, enjoying or otherwise prohibiting or making illegal the consummation of any matters contemplated by this SPA.

 

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5.1 The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Seller that:

 

5.1.1 it has the power and authority to execute and deliver this SPA;

 

5.1.2 this SPA has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Purchaser and upon execution and delivery by Purchaser, this SPA shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser enforceable with its terms; and

 

7

 

 

5.1.3 the execution and delivery of this SPA by the Purchaser does not violate any law, rule, regulation, its charter documents or order applicable to it or violate or contravene the provisions of or constitute a default under any documents, contracts, agreements or any other instruments to which it is a party or which are applicable to it.

 

5.2 The Seller represents and warrant to the Purchaser that:

 

5.2.1 the Seller has a good and marketable title to the Sale Shares free from all Encumbrances and clear of any and all Liens. The Seller is not party to or bound by any option, sale agreement, shareholder agreement, pledge, proxy, power of attorney or other agreement or instrument which relates to the ownership, voting or transfer of any of the Sale Shares owned by the Sellers. The Seller has the sole and absolute right, power and authority to sell, assign and transfer the Sale Shares as provided in this SPA. The Purchaser will acquire good and unencumbered title to the Sale Shares, free and clear of all Liens and/or Encumbrances, and not subject to any adverse claim when acquired by the Purchaser pursuant to this SPA;

 

5.2.2 he will not enter into any commitment or transaction that could potentially adversely impact the transfer of the Sale Shares;

 

5.2.3 he will not do or permit anything which would constitute a breach of any terms of this SPA;

 

5.2.4 the Company is not involved in, or has been threatened with, any material litigation filed or threatened to be filed against the Company;

 

5.2.5 this SPA has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the Seller and upon execution and delivery by Purchaser, this SPA shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser enforceable with its terms;

 

8

 

 

5.2.6 the execution and delivery of this SPA by the Company and the Seller does not violate any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to it or violate or contravene the provisions of or constitute a default under any documents, contracts, agreements or any other instruments to which it is a party or which are applicable to it.

 

6. OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLERS

 

6.1 Pursuant to execution of this Agreement and the Seller having received the Sale Shares Consideration as per Clause 3 above, the Company shall transfer the Sale Shares from the Seller to the Purchaser in accordance with this SPA, and hereby confirms that it shall, upon presentment of the share certificates and relevant transfer documents, take all necessary steps as are required in law and at the request of the Purchaser, including without limitation, take the following steps to ensure that the Purchaser’s name is entered in its register of members as a legal and valid shareholder of the said Purchase Shares and other related matters:

 

(i) Convene a meeting of its Board of Directors (“Board”) at which the Board shall pass resolutions, if not already passed, approving the transfer of the said Sale Shares.

 

(ii) enter the name of the Purchaser as the legal and beneficial owners of the said Sale Shares free of all encumbrances, in the Register of Members of the Company;

 

(iii) record the transfer of the said Sale Shares from the Seller to the Purchaser in the Register of Transfers of the Company;

 

(iv) make the necessary endorsements on the share certificates relating to and evidencing the said Sale Shares indicating the Purchaser as the legal and beneficial owner of the Sale Shares evidenced thereunder; and

 

9

 

 

(v) if required make all necessary filings with any statutory authority including without limitation, the office of the Registrar of Companies in respect of the steps completed from (i) to (iv) above.

 

6.2 The Seller agrees and undertakes that he shall exercise his voting rights in a meeting of shareholders of the Company, in such manner, and cause the directors nominated by it on the Board of the Company to exercise their votes in such manner, so as to cause the Company to give full legal effect to the terms of this SPA, including but not limited to, for the purposes of amending the Charter Documents, of the Company, if required, to incorporate the terms of this Agreement.

 

7. INDEMNIFICATION

 

7.1 Indemnification

 

The Seller shall jointly and/or severally indemnify the Purchaser and its assigns and nominees (hereinafter referred to as “Indemnified Party” in this clause) against, and agree to hold them harmless from, any and all liabilities, losses, costs, claims, damages, (including consequential damages), penalties and expenses (including reasonable lawyer’s fees and expenses and costs of investigation and litigation) incurred or suffered by them relating to or arising out of or in connection with the breach of any of the representations and warranties contained hereinabove.

 

7.2 Claims

 

Any claim, as soon as is reasonably practicable after becoming aware of a claim for indemnification under this SPA, the Indemnified Party claiming indemnification shall promptly give notice in writing to the Sellers of such claim; provided, however that the failure of Indemnified Party to give notice shall not relieve the Seller of its obligations under this Article, except to the extent that the Seller shall have been prejudiced thereby. The Seller shall be required to pay the amount within a period of 30 days from the date of receipt of the written notice, by the Sellers or the Company without objecting to the claim in any manner whatsoever.

 

10

 

 

8. DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND ARBITRATION

 

8.1 The Parties agree to negotiate in good faith to resolve any dispute, difference, controversy or claim arising out of or in relation to or connection with this SPA, or the validity, interpretation, implementation, termination or breach of this SPA or anything done or omitted to be done pursuant to this SPA (“Dispute”) shall be resolved by arbitration conducted in accordance with the laws of United States of America.

 

8.2 All proceedings of any arbitration shall be in the English language. The venue for arbitration shall be the USA and no other place.

 

8.3 Each Party to the Dispute shall bear and pay its own costs and expenses in relation to the arbitrator appointed by them, provided that the costs of the third arbitrator shall be borne by the Parties in equal proportion.

 

9. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

9.1 Filing Fees; Stamp Duty

 

All filing and other fees including stamp duty payable in respect of the Sale Shares will be paid by the Purchaser alone.

 

9.2 Amendments

 

This SPA may be amended only by a writing signed by each of the Parties and any such amendment shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

 

9.3 Counterparts

 

This SPA and all agreements, certificates and documents to be delivered in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each of the parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

11

 

 

9.4 Entire Agreement

 

This SPA, together with the other agreements referred to herein and the schedules and exhibits attached hereto contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersedes all prior written and oral agreements, and all contemporaneous oral agreements, relating to such transactions.

 

9.5 Expenses

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein each Party shall be responsible for such expenses as it may incur in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this SPA.

 

9.6 Further Assurances

 

The Parties shall from time to time do and perform such additional acts and execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments as may be required by applicable governmental rules or reasonably requested by any Party to establish, maintain or protect its rights and remedies or to effect the intents and purposes of this SPA.

 

9.7 Governing Law

 

This SPA shall be a contract under the laws of the State of Delaware and United States of America and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws the State of Delaware and of United States of America.

 

12

 

 

9.8 Notices

 

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all notices, consents, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder:

 

(a.) shall be in writing

 

(b.) shall be sent by messenger, certified or registered mail, a reliable express delivery service or email, to the appropriate address(es) or number(s) set forth below;

 

(c.) shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt by the addressee (or, if the date of receipt is not a business day, on the first business day after the date of receipt), as evidenced by (i) a receipt executed by the addressee (or a responsible person in his or her office), the records of the Person delivering such communication or a notice to the effect that such addressee refused to claim or accept such communication, if sent by messenger, or express delivery service; and

 

(d.) all such communications shall be sent to the following addresses or numbers, or to such other addresses or numbers as any party may inform the others by giving five business days’ prior notice:

 

  If to the Company: At the address hereinabove
     
  If to the Sellers: At the address hereinabove
     
  If to the Purchaser: At the address hereinabove, or to the Personal Address of its Chief Executive Office,, Dharmesh Pandya

 

9.9 Severability

 

Any provision of this SPA which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining portions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

13

 

 

9.10 Successors and Assigns

 

This SPA shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the Parties and their respective legal representatives, heirs, successors and permitted assigns.

 

9.11 Jurisdiction

 

Subject to Clause 8 above, this SPA shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Courts at Wilmington, Delaware, only and no other Court shall have jurisdiction.

 

14

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this SPA as of the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED )  
by the “COMPANY” )  
GLOBAL HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. )  
by the hand of Mr. James J. Tuchi )  
the authorized signatory pursuant to ) /s/ James J. Tuchi
the Resolution passed by the ) James J. Tuchi
Board of Directors of the Company )  
in the presence of: )  
--------------------------------------- )  
  )  
     
SIGNED AND DELIVERED )  
by the “Sellers” ) /s/ James J. Tuchi
1. JAMES J. TUCHI ) James J. Tuchi
  )  
Authenticated by: )  
  )  
1. Lloyd S. Foight )  
  ) Lloyd S. Foight
SIGNED AND DELIVERED )  
by the “Purchaser” )  
LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS )  
PVT LTD )  
by the hand of DHARMESH PANDYA ) /s/ Dharmesh Pandya
the authorized signatory pursuant to ) Dharmesh Pandya
the Resolution passed by the )  
Board of Directors of the Company )  
in the presence of: )  

1. Shreyas Shah ) /s/ Shreyas Shah
    ) (Name)  

 

15

 

 

ANNEXURE-I

 

SHAREHOLDING PATTERN OF THE COMPANY

 

Shareholding Pattern

 

Sr No.   Name of the Shareholder   No. of Shares Held     % of Shares  
                 
1   James J. Tuchi     200       100.0 %
                     
    Total:-     200       100.0 %

 

16

 

 

Annexure-II

 

NEW SHAREHOLDING PATTERN OF THE COMPANY (AFTER THE TRANSFER OF SHARES)

 

Shareholding Pattern

 

Sr No.   Name of the Shareholder   No. of Share Held     %of Share  
                 
1   James J. Tuchi     50       25 %
                     
2   Lytus Technologies Holdings     150       75.0 %
                     
          200       100.0 %

 

17

 

 

ANNEXURE-III

 

Sale Share Consideration

 

On execution of this agreement, the Purchaser commits to invest an aggregate of USD 800,000; out of which, USD 70,000 is immediately payable against 75% shareholding and the balance is payable as required by the research organisations.

 

The amount of Seventy Thousand US Dollars shall be invested in the existing share capital, wherein the Purchaser shall receive appropriate shares with the shareholding of 75%. This is effective from the date of executing this agreement.

 

Further, the Purchaser has also agreed to financially support the investment in research organisations, wherein the Purchaser shall invests Seven Thirty Thousand US Dollars in Class B Equity Shares, wherein the investment proceeds shall be mandatorily utilised by the Seller for donation to research organisations. All benefits arising from the said donations, if any, shall be received in the name of the Company.

 

-END-

 

 

18

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

CERTAIN IDENTIFIED INFORMATION HAS BEEN EXCLUDED FROM THIS EXHIBIT
BECAUSE IT IS BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE
HARM TO THE REGISTRANT IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

 

Agreement for Subscription of Debentures

 

THIS AGREEMENT TO SUBSCRIBE (hereinafter referred to as this “AGREEMENT”) is made this 30th day of December 2020 in Mumbai and entered into:

BY AND BETWEEN:

 

Lytus Technologies Private Limited, incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 and having its registered office at A-21, 1st floor, Ghanshyam Industrial Estate, Off. Veera Desai Road, Andheri West Mumbai 400053, (hereinafter referred to as the “Lytus” or “the Company” which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof be deemed to include its successors and assigns), of the First Part

 

AND

 

XXX, incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 and having its registered office at XXX, (hereinafter referred to as the “XXX” which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof be deemed to include its successors and assigns), of the Other Part.

 

RECITALS:

 

A. The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV Ltd. whose enterprise valuation is currently estimated at US$ 500 million.

 

B. The Company is in need of certain financial assistance and XXX has agreed to provide such funding to the Company

 

C. Accordingly, the Company has agreed to allot and issue Secured Non-Convertible Redeemable Debentures to XXX, which has agreed to subscribe for on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

 

D. It is agreed and decided by the Board of Directors that on receipt of INR 240,00,00,000, Lytus shall issue Redeemable Debentures in the name of XXX in accordance with all the applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.

 

E. The Parties hereby record the terms and conditions of their mutual understandings in respect of this Transaction.

 

  

 

 
LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED XXX

1

 

 

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AND IT IS AGREED BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO AS UNDER:

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

In this Agreement, including its Schedules, the headings shall not affect its interpretation and, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

1.1 Definitions

 

“Act” means the Companies Act, 2013 of India and any statutory amendment or modification thereto;

 

Business Day” means a day on which banks are open for business in India,.

 

Initial Completion” means the completion of the subscription for the New Debentures;

 

Initial Completion Date” has the meaning set out as issue date and registered date of Debentures;

 

XXX Warranties” means the warranties and representations.

 

New Debentures” means the Redeemable Debentures to be issued by the Lytus and allotted to the XXX as referred to in Clause 2.1;

 

Promoters & Lytus Warranties” means the warranties and representations;

 

Regulatory Authority” means, with respect to any entity, any court, department, authority, body, agency, having governmental or regulatory authority or powers or arbitrator having jurisdiction over any of the foregoing;

 

Rs.” means Rupees, the lawful currency of India;

 

“Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Debenture Holders Agreement and any documents referred to or contemplated by such agreements and a “Transaction Document” shall mean any of them.

 

Warrantors” means the Promoters and the Lytus.

 

  

 

 
LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED XXX

2

 

 

1.2 Headings are used for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

1.3 Unless the context specifies otherwise, reference to the singular includes a reference to the plural and vice versa.

 

1.4 Reference to any person includes any legal or natural person, partnership, firm, trust, government or local authority, department or other body (whether corporate or incorporate).

 

1.5 Words and expressions defined in the Companies Act, 1956 shall, (unless the context specifies otherwise), have the same meaning in this Agreement.

 

1.6 Reference to certified copy or certified true copy shall mean in relation to any document or agreement certified by a director or the Lytus secretary of the party concerned as being a true copy thereof.

 

1.7 Reference to the expression “to the best of a Party’s knowledge and belief” shall be construed to mean that the relevant party has made best possible enquiry in forming such belief.

 

1.8 References to any enactment are to be construed as referring also to any amendment or re-enactment (whether before or after the date of this Agreement), any previous enactment which such enactment has replaced (with or without amendment) and to any subordinate legislation regulation or order made under it.

 

1.9 Reference to any statute or regulation made using a commonly used abbreviation, shall be construed as a reference to the short title of the statute or full title of the regulation.

 

1.10 Words and expressions not defined herein shall have the same meaning as assigned to them under the Business Transfer Agreement.

 

2. REDEEMABLE DEBENTURES

 

2.1 Secured Non-convertible Redeemable Debentures

 

The Company agrees to issue to XXX on private placement basis and XXX agrees to subscriber to the Company’s proposed issue of Debentures of the nominal value of Rs. 240 crores on the terms and conditions herein set forth and to the extent mentioned hereinbefore and subsequently the company will make the allotment of said Debentures.

 

Upon the request of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions (including Condition Precedents) set out in this Agreement, XXX shall subscribe to 2,40,00,000 units (two crores and forty lakh units) of Redeemable Debentures of the face value of Rs. 100 each aggregating to a total of Rs. 240,00,00,000 (Rupees Two Forty Crores only) on the terms and conditions recorded hereinafter, in accordance with the Companies Act, 2013 and other regulatory laws as applicable.

 

  

 

 
LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED XXX

3

 

 

The aforesaid to-be subscribed number of Debentures shall have the redemption value of INR 345 crores at the end of 12 months, as per the terms as discussed below. The redemption amount shall be paid within the period of 45 days from the above date, unless the Company extends the period for another 4 years, in accordance with the Companies Act, 2013 and other regulatory laws as applicable.

 

The Debentures together with interest shall be secured by the cash collateral arising from cable service to subscriber base, originally belonging to project companies (initial project companies’ subscriber base).

 

2.2 Payment of Subscription Moneys

 

The subscription amount shall be invested in the Company, by way of subscription to the Debentures issued by the Company.

 

3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

1. The Company shall call for the subscription on the basis of this agreement through its written confirmation. On receiving the said confirmation, XXX shall subscribe to Debentures of the Company.

 

2. XXX is aware of the structure of the Company, its business and its funding requirements. It further understands that there is no personal obligation of the Company, or its management or its promoters, except to the extent of the agreed arrangement.

 

3. To pass necessary authority by way of Board Resolutions/Members Resolutions to raise funds through issue of aforesaid Redeemable Debentures, along with the necessary terms.

 

4. To comply all other necessary provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 read with the Rules made thereunder.

 

5. To obtain keyman insurance and / or such other instrument of key executives within a period of 30 days from subscription of Debentures.

 

4. INITIAL COMPLETION

 

4.1 Date and Place

 

Initial Completion, whether wholly or in part, shall take place no later than 25 January 2021 or at such other place or on such other date as may be agreed between the parties (the “Initial Completion Date”).

 

  

 

 
LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED XXX

4

 

 

4.4 Other terms

 

1. Tenure: The tenure of aforesaid Redeemable Debentures shall be 12 months from the date of allotment of said Debentures, with an option to extend the period by another 4 years (aggregate period of 5 years) :-

 

the Debentures shall be redeemed at a value of INR 345 crores, with an assumed principal amount of INR 300 crores and accumulated interest of INR 45 crores) at the end of 12 months from the issue date.

 

The redeemed amount shall be paid within the period of 45 days from the above due date, unless the period is extended for another 4 years, where which the revised redemption value shall be INR 345 crores plus an additional simple interest of 15% per annum on the revised principal amount of INR 300 crores starting from the revised principal date.

 

2. Debenture certificate

 

The Company shall issue Debenture Certificate/s to the Debenture Holder/s after making necessary compliance to the provisions under the applicable the Companies Act, 2013 read with the related rules.

 

7 OTHER PROVISIONS

 

7.1 Confidentiality

 

Each Party agrees with other Party that it shall not and it shall ensure that none of its officers, directors, employees, and agents discloses, to any third party, unless the other Parties shall have in writing consented in advance to such disclosure or unless otherwise as may be required by applicable law and, in such case, only to the extent of such consent or requirement:

 

(i) any proprietary information including, inter alia, any information developed wholly or partially in connection with the business and affairs of the Company (including trade secrets and information of commercial value) or for or with the assistance of the Company pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(ii) any other information used by the Company in the conduct of its business or affairs, of which the disclosure to or use by any third party might adversely affect the Company’s business or affairs;

 

(iii) any financial or other information relating to the Company, which information is not readily available to the public;

 

(iv) negotiations with respect to this Agreement or any related document; or

 

(v) any communications between any of the parties and all information and other materials supplied to or received by any of them from the others which is either marked “confidential” or is by its nature intended to be for the knowledge of the recipient alone.

 

  

 

 
LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED XXX

5

 

 

7.4 Assignment

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, neither the XXX, nor the Company may, without the prior written consent of the others, assign the benefit of this Agreement in whole or in part.

 

7.5 Variation

 

No variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by or by a duly authorised representative of either party on behalf of each of the parties to this Agreement.

 

7.6 Time of the Essence

 

Any time, date or period referred to in any provision of this Agreement may be extended by mutual agreement between the parties but as regards any time, date or period originally fixed or any time, date or period so extended time shall be of the essence.

 

7.8 No Partnership or Agency

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership between the parties hereto nor constitute any party the agent of another party for any purpose.

 

7.9 Notices

 

Any demand, notice or other communication (hereinafter in this Clause 7.9 referred to as a “Notice”) to be given in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by facsimile to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address facsimile number or individual for a Party as may be designated by Notice by such Party to the others):

 

7.9.1 if to the XXX addressed as follows:

 

For the Attention of: XXX

Email: XXX

 

7.9.2 If to the Company addressed as follows:

 

For the Attention of: Jagjit Singh Kohli

Email: jagjit@lytuscorp.com

 

Any Notice shall be deemed to have been given and received on the day it is actually received.

 

  

 

 
LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED XXX

6

 

 

7.10 Severability

 

The illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement, whether in whole or in part, under the law of any jurisdiction shall not affect its legality, validity or enforceability under the law of any other jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision or part.

 

7.11 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7.12 Force Majeure

 

Should any of the Parties to the Agreement be prevented from performing or executing its covenants under the Agreement (the “Covenants”) by force majeure, such as Acts of State, earthquake, typhoon, flood, fire and war, pandemic, and other unforeseen events which are beyond the reasonable control of any such Party and their happening and consequences are unforeseen and unavoidable, the prevented Party shall notify the other Party in writing without any delay, and within 15 days thereafter provide detailed information of the events and a valid document giving the reason for its inability to perform or execute the Covenants or for delay in the performance or execution of all or part of the Covenants or to exempt the Party of any obligation for implementation of the Agreement or to delay the performance or execution of the Covenants, according to the effects of the events thereon. If such events subsist for a period of 6 (six) months from the date of the notice, either Party shall have a right to terminate the Agreement forthwith by giving a written notice to the other Party.

 

8. ARBITRATION:

 

8.1 Any and all disputes or differences arising under this Agreement, including questions as to interpretation thereof, between all or any of the Parties to this Agreement, shall be resolved by reference to arbitration by a sole arbitrator to be mutually appointed by the disputing Parties, as per the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 as amended or substituted from time to time.

 

8.2. The venue for arbitration shall be Mumbai and no other place.

 

8.3. The language of the arbitration shall be English.

 

8.4. The award rendered by the Arbitrator shall be in writing and shall set out the reasons for the arbitrator’s decision. The award shall allocate or apportion the costs of the arbitration as the arbitrator deems fair.

 

8.5. The Parties agree that the arbitration award shall be final and binding on the Parties.

 

  

 

 
LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED XXX

7

 

 

9. GOVERNING LAW:

 

9.1 This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of India.

 

9.2 Subject to arbitration in accordance with Clause 8, the courts in Mumbai shall have exclusive jurisdiction in respect of any and all disputes or differences arising, at any given point in time, under this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY ALL THE PARTIES AS OF THE DATE FIRST HEREINABOVE WRITTEN.

 

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED

by the withinnamed “Lytus

Through the hands of its Authorised Representative

 

For Lytus Technologies Private Limited

Through the hands of its Authorised Representative

 

Name: /s/ Jagjit Singh Kohli  
Date: 30 December 2020  

 

in the presence of witness:

 

1) Name: ___________________________

 

2) Name: ___________________________

 

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED

by the withinnamed “XXX

 

XXX

Through the hands of its Authorised Representative

 

Name: /s/ XXX  
Date: 30 December 2020  

 

in the presence of witness:

 

1) Name: _____________________________

 

2) Name: _____________________________

 

  

 

 
LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED XXX

 

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 10.12 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIAIRES OF Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD.

 

Subsidiaries   Place of Incorporation
Lytus Technologies Private Limited (100% owned)   India
DDC CATV Network Private Limited (51% owned)   India

Global Health Sciences, Inc. (75% owned) 

  Delaware

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S

 

 

We consent to the use, in this Offering Statement on Form 1-A, as amended, of our independent auditor’s report dated 8 July 2020, except for the disclosures related to subsequent events described in Note 24, as to which the date is 31 March 2021, with respect to the audited consolidated statement of financial position of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD. as of 31 March 2020 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Offering Circular.

 

 

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

 

New York, New York

31 March 2021

Exhibit 23.5

 

 

Registered Public Company Accountant’s Consent Letter

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders’ 

Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd. 

601 Everest Grande, A Wing 

Mahalaxmi Caves Road 

Andheri (East) 

Mumbai, India 400 093

 

Re: Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.

 

We, Kirtane & Pandit LLP, Chartered Accountants, hereby consent to using our opinion report, dated December 31, 2020 relating to Lytus Technologies Private Limited as of March 31, 2019 and as of March 18, 2020 and of our audit opinion dated December 31, 2020 relating to DDC CATV Network Private Limited as of March 31, 2019 and as of 31 March 2020, on behalf of filing the referenced company’s Form F-1 with the SEC as exhibit document.

 

We, Kirtane & Pandit LLP, Chartered Accountants, hereby consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

For Kirtane & Pandit LLP

 

Chartered Accountants

 

FRN: 105215W/W100057

 

PCAOB FIRM ID NO 5686

 

 

Milind Bhave

 

Partner

 

Membership No. 047973

Place: Mumbai, India

Date: March 18, 2021

 

 

 

Page 1 of 1

Exhibit 23.6

 

Niranjan V Shah and Associates

304, Maker Bhavan No. 3,

21 New Marine Lines,

Mumbai 400020

 

March 10, 2021

 

 

Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.

601 Everest Grande, A Wing

Mahalaxmi Caves Road

Andheri (East)

Mumbai, India 400 093

 

Re: Consent of Niranjan V. Shah & Associates

 

Ladies and Gentlemen,

 

We understand that Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd. (the “Company”) plans to file a registration statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in connection with its proposed initial pulibc offering (the “Proposed IPO”).

 

We hereby consent to the references to our name, data and statements from our valuation report (the “Report”) and any subsequent amendments to the Report, (i) in the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto, (ii) in any written correspondences with the SEC, (iii) in any future filings with the SEC by the Company, including filings on Form 20-F, Form 6-K and other SEC filings (collectively, the “SEC Filings”), (iv) on the websites of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, (v) in institutional and retail road shows and other activities in connection with the Proposed IPO, and in other publicity materials in connection with the Proposed IPO.

 

We further hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and as an exhibit to any other SEC Filings.

 

In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules or regulations of the SEC thereunder.

 

For Niranjan V. Shah & Associates

 

/s/ Niranjan V. Shah

Niranjan V. Shah

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

 

 

To the Board of Directors
of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD.:

 

Opinion on the Standalone Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying standalone statement of financial position of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2019 and as of March 18, 2020, the related standalone statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows, for the period from April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and for the period from April 1, 2019 through March 18, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the standalone financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the standalone financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2019 and March 18, 2020 and the standalone results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and for the period from April 1, 2019 through March 18, 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These standalone financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s standalone financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the standalone financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the standalone financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the standalone financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the standalone financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

For Kirtane & Pandit LLP
Chartered Accountants
FRN: 105215W/W100057
PCAOB FIRM ID NO 5686

 

 

Milind Bhave
Partner
Membership No. 047973
UDIN: 20047973AAAAEE5377
Place: Mumbai, India
Date: December 31, 2020

 

 

 

1

 

 

Projected Financials prepared as per IFRS in USD
LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Statement of Standalone profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the
period ended 18 March, 2020

 

    Note No.     For the
year ended
March 18,
2020
    For the
year ended
March 31,
2019
 
          (USD)     (USD)  
Income                  
Other income             3,585.39        
              3,585.39        
Expenses                        
Operating expenses     3       412.01       600.68  
              412.01       600.68  
                         
Profit for the year from operations             3,173.38       600.68  
                         
Attributable to:                        
Owner of the Company             3,173.38       (600.68 )
Non – controlling interests                    
                         
Other comprehensive income                        
1) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss                    
Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss                        
                         
2) Items that may reclassified to profit or loss             1,005.93       1,877.22  
Income tax relating to items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss                        
Foreign currency translation reserves – subsidiaries             1,344.29       2,508.64  
Income tax relating to items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss             338.36       631.42  
Total other comprehensive income             1,005.93       1,877.22  
                         
Total comprehensive income for the year             2,167.45       1,276.53  

 

2

 

 

Projected Financials prepared as per IFRS in USD
LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Statement of Standalone profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the
period ended 18 March, 2020 — (Continued)

 

    Note No.   For the
year ended
March 18,
2020
    For the
year ended
March 31,
2019
 
        (USD)     (USD)  
Attributable to :                
Owner of the Company         2,167.45       1,276.53  
Non – controlling interests                
          2,167.45       1,276.53  
                     
Earning per equity share of face value of Re. 10 each   15                
- Basic earnings per equity share (in USD.)         0.21       (0.04 )
- Diluted earnings per equity share (in USD.)         0.21       (0.04 )
Statement of significant accounting policies   2                

 

The accompanying 1 to 37 notes are an integral part of the financial statements

 

3

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
(Formerly known as LITUUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED)
Standalone statement of financial position as at 18 March 2020

 

    Note No.     As at
March 18,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
April 01,
2018
 
          (USD)     (USD)     (USD)  
ASSETS                        
Non-current assets                        
a) Capital work-in-progress     4             29,048.28       29,048.28  
b) Intangible assets under development             8,131.33       8,131.33       8,131.33  
c) Deferred tax assets             338.36              
Total non-current assets             8,469.69       37,179.61       37,179.61  
                                 
Current assets                                
a) Financial assets                                
(i) Cash and cash equivalents     6       182.57       3,411.55       3,953.55  
(ii) Others financial assets     5       3,506.36       3,763.43       4,022.30  
b) Other current assets     7       2,380.50       2,555.02       2,730.77  
Total current assets             6,069.43       9,730.00       10,706.62  
                                 
Total assets             14,539.12       46,909.61       47,886.23  
                                 
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES                                
Equity                                
a) Equity share capital     8       2,305.05       2,305.05       2,305.05  
b) Other equity     9       (709.28 )     (2,876.72 )     (4,153.25 )
Equity attributable to owners of the Company             1,595.77       (571.66 )     (1,848.20 )
                                 
Total equity             1,595.77       (571.66 )     (1,848.20 )
                                 
Liabilities                                
Non-current liabilities                                
a) Deferred tax liability             631.42       631.42        
Total non-current liabilities             631.42       631.42        

 

4

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
(Formerly known as LITUUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED)
Standalone statement of financial position as at 18 March 2020 — (Continued)

 

    Note No.     As at
March 18,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
April 01,
2018
 
          (USD)     (USD)     (USD)  
Current liabilities                        
a) Financial liabilities                        
(i) Borrowings   10       11,492.30       45,593.72       48,484.11  
(ii) Trade payables   11       719.16       803.22       858.46  
(iii) Other financial liabilities   12             345.07       276.61  
b) Other current liabilities   13       100.47       107.83       115.25  
Total current liabilities           12,311.92       46,849.84       49,734.43  
                               
Total liabilities           12,943.35       47,481.26       49,734.43  
                               
Total equity and liabilities           14,539.12       46,909.61       47,886.23  
                               
Statement of significant accounting policies   2                          

 

The accompanying 1 to 37 notes are an integral part of the financial statements

 

5

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Statement of Changes in Equity for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

A. Equity share capital

    (USD)  
Opening balance as at April 01, 2018     2,305.05  
Change during the year      
Closing balance as at March 31, 2019     2,305.05  
Change during the year      
Closing balance as at March 18, 2020     2,305.05  

 

B. Other equity

 

    (USD)  
        Reserves &
Surplus
    Other comprehensive
income
    (USD)  
    Equity
component
of
compound
financial
instruments
  Retained
Earnings
    Foreign
Currency
translation
Reserves of
Subsidiaries
Companies
    Employee
benefits
obligation
    Total  
Balance as at April 01, 2018         (4,153.25 )                   (4,153.25 )
Profit/(Loss) for the year         (600.68 )                     (600.68 )
Movement during the period                                    
Other comprehensive income for the year               1,877.22             1,877.22  
Total comprehensive income for the year         (4,753.93 )     1,877.22             (2,876.72 )
                                     
Transaction with owners in their capacity as owners:                                    
Movement during the year                              
Balance as at March 31, 2019         (4,753.93 )     1,877.22             (2,876.72 )
                                     
Balance as at April 01, 2019 – of subsidries                                  
Profit/(Loss) for the year         3,173.38                     3,173.38  
Other comprehensive income for the year               (1,005.93 )           (1,005.93 )
Total comprehensive income for the year         (1,580.56 )     871.29             (709.27 )
Retainined Earnings – Business
Combination
                               
Transaction with owners in their capacity as owners:                                    
Movement during the year                                
Closing balance as at March 18, 2020         (1,580.56 )     871.29             (709.27 )
                                     
Statement of significant accounting policies   2                                

 

The accompanying 1 to 37 notes are an integral part of the financial statements

 

6

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Cash flow statement for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

        (USD)  
        Year ended
March 18,
2020
    Year ended
March 31,
2019
 
A.   Cash Flow from operating activities            
    Profit before tax     3,173.38       (600.68 )
    Adjustment for                
    Sundry balance write back     (3,585.39 )      
                     
    Operating profit before working capital changes     (412.01 )     (600.68 )
    Movement in working capital                
    Trade payable     (30.69 )      
    Other financial liabilities     (337.87 )     85.81  
                     
    Cash flow from operating activities (A)     (780.58 )     (514.88 )
                     
B.   Cash flow from investing activities                
    Sale of CWIP     25,590.90          
    Cash flow used in investing activities (B)     25,590.90        

 

        (USD)  
        Year ended
March 18,
2020
    Year ended
March 31,
2019
 
C.   Cash flow from financing activities            
    Repayment of short term borrowings     (28,979.80 )     (7,151.01 )
    Proceeds from short term borrowings           7,379.84  
    Cash flow used in financing activities (C)     (28,979.80 )     228.83  
                     
    Increase in net cash and cash equivalents (A+B+C)     (4,169.48 )     (286.04 )
    Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year (refer note 12) – of subsidiaries     3,411.55       3,953.55  
    Exchange difference on translation of foreign currency and cash equivalents     940.51       (255.95 )
    Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year (refer note 12)     182.57       3,411.55  

 

8

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

1 Corporate information

 

Lytus Technologies Private Limited (the ‘Company’) (Formerly known as “Lituus Technologies Private Limited) is domiciled in India. The Company’s registered office is at A-21, 1st floor, Ghanshyam Industrial Estate, Off. Veera Desai Road, Andheri West, Mumbai- 400053, Maharashtra, India. The Company is primarily involved in audio video services to local cable operators.

 

2 Significant accounting policies

 

(a) Basis of preparation, measurement and significant accounting policies

 

(i) Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards

 

The financial statements of the Lituus Technologies Private Limited have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

(ii) Basis of preparation

 

The functional currency of the Company is “Rupees”, however the financial statements has been prepared in “USD” which is the Group functional currency and reporting currency and all amounts, are rounded with two decimals, unless otherwise stated.

 

(iii) Basis of measurement

 

Historical cost convention

 

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost convention on accrual basis.

 

(iv) New and amended standards adopted by the Company

 

In January 2016, International Accounting Standards Board issued the final version of IFRS 16, Leases, which is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. IFRS 16 has replaced IAS 17 Leases, and its related interpretations. IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. It introduces a single, on-balance sheet lease accounting model for lessees.

 

The Company has adopted IFRS 16, effective annual reporting period beginning April 1, 2019, however there are no lease transactions which required application of IFRS 16 and accordingly there is no impact on retained earnings or any other assets or liabilities.

 

(v) New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

 

The Company has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet effective:

 

    a   Amendments to IFRS Standards   References to Conceptual Framework
             
        Entities which rely on the Conceptual Framework will need to consider whether their accounting policies are still appropriate under the revised Framework, with effect from January 1, 2020. The Group does not expect that the amendment to have any impact on its financial statements.
         
    b   Amendments to IFRS 3   Definition of Business
             
        The Company does not expect that the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of whether activities and assets acquired are a business or a group of assets with effect from January 1, 2020.

 

9

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

2 Significant accounting policies (cont.)

 

    c   Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8   Definition of Material
             
        The Group does not expect that the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of ‘material’ in relation to its financial statements with effect from January 1, 2020.
         
    d   Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7   Interest rate Benchmark Reform
             
        The Group does not expect the amendment to have any significant impact. Applicable from January 1, 2020
         
    e   Amendments to IAS 1   Classification of Liabilities
             
        The Company does not expect the amendments to have any significant impact on its presentation of liabilities in its statement of financial position which is applicable from January 1, 2022.

 

(b) Segment reporting

 

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker (CODM).

 

The board of directors of the Company has appointed the Chief Executive Officer (‘CEO’) to assess the financial performance and position of the Company, and makes strategic decisions. The CEO has been identified as being the Chief Operating Decision Maker for corporate planning. Refer Note No. xx for segment information presented.

 

(c) Current versus Non-Current Classification

 

The Company presents assets and liabilities in the balance sheet based on current / non-current classification.

 

An asset is treated as current when it is:

 

Expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle
Expected to be realised within twelve months after the reporting period, or
Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period
Held primarily for the purpose of trading

 

All other assets are classified as non-current.

 

A liability is current when:

 

It is expected to be settled in normal operating cycle
It is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period, or
There is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period
Held primarily for the purpose of trading

 

All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

 

The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realisation in cash and cash equivalents. The Company has identified twelve months as its operating cycle.

 

10

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

2 Significant accounting policies (cont.)

 

(d) Revenue from contract with customers

 

Revenue is recognised based on approved contracts regarding the transfer of services to a customer for an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable taking into account the amount of discounts, rebates, outgoing taxes on sales.

 

Subscription income includes subscription from subscribers. Revenue from Operations is recognised on accrual basis based on underlying subscription plan or agreements with the concerned subscribers .

 

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive is recognised on accrual basis based on agreements with the concerned broadcasters.

 

Leased Line revenue is recognised on accrual basis based on agreements with the concerned subscribers’/telecommunication companies.

 

Advertisement income is recognised when relevant advertisements get telecasted.

 

The Company collects Goods and Service Tax (GST) on behalf of the government and, therefore, it is not an economic benefit flowing to the Company. Hence, it is excluded from revenue.

 

(e) Foreign Currencies

 

Functional and presentation currency

 

Items included in the financial statements of the Company are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in USD, which is Company’s presentation currency.

 

Transactions and Balances

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are generally recognised in profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in the statement of profit or loss, within finance costs. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statement of profit or loss on a net basis within other gains/(losses).

 

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as at fair value through other comprehensive income are recognised in other comprehensive income.

 

(f) Financial Instrument

 

Financial Assets

 

(i) Classification

 

From 1 January 2018, the Company classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

–   those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss), and

 

–   those to be measured at amortised cost.

 

11

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

2 Significant accounting policies (cont.)

 

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.

 

For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

 

The Company reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

 

(ii) Recognition and derecognition

 

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade-date, the date on which the Company commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Company has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

 

(iii) Measurement

 

At initial recognition, the Company measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

 

Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest.

 

Debt instruments

 

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Company’s business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Company classifies its debt instruments:

 

- Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognised directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

 

- FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognised in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognised in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

 

- FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognised in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises.

 

12

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

2 Significant accounting policies (cont.)

 

Equity instruments

 

The Company subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Company’s management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognised in profit or loss as other income when the Company’s right to receive payments is established.

 

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognised in other gains/(losses) in the statement of profit or loss as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

 

(iv) Impairment

 

From 1 January 2018, the Company assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortised cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

 

For trade receivables only, the Company measures the expected credit loss associated with its trade receivables based on historical trend, industry practices and the business environment in which the entity operates or any other appropriate basis. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

 

Financial Liabilities

 

Initial Recognition and Measurement

 

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs. The Company’s financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans and borrowings including bank overdrafts and derivative financial instruments.

 

Subsequent measurement

 

Financial liabilities at amortized cost: After initial measurement, such financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortization is included in finance costs in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

 

Borrowings

 

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss over the period of the borrowings using the EIR method.

 

Trade and Other Payables

 

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Company prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

 

Financial Guarantee Obligations

 

The fair value of financial guarantees is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligations.

 

13

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

2 Significant accounting policies (cont.)

 

Where guarantees in relation to loans or other payables of subsidiaries are provided for no compensation, the fair values as on the date of transition are accounted for as contributions and recognised as part of the cost of the equity investment.

 

Derecognition

 

Financial assets

 

The Company derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Company neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

 

The Company enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised in its statement of financial position, but retains either all or substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. In these cases, the transferred assets are not derecognised.

 

Financial Liability

 

The Company derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire. The Company also derecognises a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognised at fair value.

 

On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognised in profit or loss

 

(g) Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, Plant and Equipment assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

 

Capital work in progress (CWIP) includes cost of property, plant and equipment under installation/under development, as at balance sheet date. All project related expenditure viz. civil works, machinery under erection, construction and erection materials, preoperative expenditure incidental/attributable to the construction of projects, borrowing cost incurred prior to the date of commercial operations and trial run expenditure are shown under CWIP. Property, Plant and Equipment are derecognised from the financial statements, either on disposal or when retired from active use. Gains and losses on disposal or retirement of Property, Plant and Equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

 

Depreciation methods, estimated useful lives and residual value

 

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment less their estimated residual values using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, and is generally recognised in profit or loss. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Land is not depreciated.

 

14

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

2 Significant accounting policies (cont.)

 

The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows:

 

buildings     40 years  
plant and equipment     3 – 12 years  
fixtures and fittings     5 – 10 years  

 

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

 

(h) Investment Property

 

Investment property is initially measured at cost and subsequently at fair value with any change therein recognised in profit or loss.

 

Any gain or loss on disposal of investment property (calculated as the difference between the net proceeds from disposal and the carrying amount of the item) is recognised in profit or loss. When investment property that was previously classified as property, plant and equipment is sold, any related amount included in the revaluation reserve is transferred to retained earnings.

 

Investment properties are depreciated on a straight-line basis over 30 years.

 

(i) Intangible Assets

 

Separately purchased intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequently, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

 

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite. Finite-life intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of their expected useful lives. Estimated useful lives by major class of finite-life intangible assets are as follow:

 

Customer acquisition list     5 Years  
Trademark/Copy rights     5 Years  
Computer Software     5 Years  

 

The amortisation period and the amortisation method for finite life intangible assets is reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

 

For indefinite life intangible assets, the assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether it continues, if not, it is impaired or changed prospectively basis revised estimates.

 

Goodwill is initially recognised based on the accounting policy for business combinations. These assets are not amortised but are tested for impairment annually.

 

(j) Borrowing Costs

 

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalised as part of the cost of the asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

 

(k) Provisions

 

Provisions are recognised when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

 

15

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

2 Significant accounting policies (cont.)

 

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

 

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pretax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as finance cost.

 

(l) Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets

 

Contingent liabilities are disclosed when there is a possible obligation as a result of past events, the existence of which will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non - occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Company or when there is a present obligation that arises from past events where it is either not probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle or a reliable estimate of amount cannot be made. Contingent assets are not recognized however disclosed in the financial statements.

 

(m) Leasing

 

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

 

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to the statement of profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Benefits received and receivable as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are also spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

(n) Government grant

 

Government grants relating to non-monetary assets are recognised at nominal value. Grants that compensate the Company for expenses are recognised in the statement of profit or loss on a systematic basis in the same period in which the expenses are recognised. Grants that compensate the Company for the cost of an asset are recognised in the statement of profit or loss on a systematic basis over the expected useful life of the related asset upon capitalisation.

 

(o) Employee benefits

 

Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged as an expense as they fall due. Payments made to state-managed pension schemes are dealt with as payments to defined contribution schemes where the Company’s obligations under the schemes are equivalent to those arising in a defined contribution scheme.

 

Provision for employees’ end of service benefits for non-UAE nationals is made in accordance with the Projected Unit Cost method as per IAS 19 Employee Benefits taking into consideration the UAE Labour Laws. The provision is recognised based on the present value of the defined benefit obligations.

 

The present value of the defined benefit obligations is calculated using assumptions on the average annual rate of increase in salaries, average period of employment of non-UAE nationals and an appropriate discount rate. The assumptions used are calculated on a consistent basis for each period and reflect management’s best estimate. The discount rates are set in line with the best available estimate of market yields currently available at the reporting date with reference to high quality corporate bonds or other basis, if applicable.

 

(p) Cash and cash equivalent

 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

 

16

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

2 Significant accounting policies (cont.)

 

(q) Dividends

 

Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved.

 

(r) Disposal/Asset held for sale

 

Assets may be disposed of individually or as part of a disposal Company. Once the decision is made to dispose of an asset, it is classified as “Held for Sale” and shall no longer be depreciated. Assets that are classified as “Held for Sale” must be disclosed in the financial statements. ● An asset is considered to be Held for Sale if its carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction, not through continuing use. The criteria for classifying an asset as Held for Sale are as follows:

 

It must be available for immediate sale in its present condition,

 

Its sale must be highly probable, and

 

It must be sold, not abandoned

 

(s) Taxation

 

Income tax expense represents the sum of current and deferred tax (including minimum alternate tax). Tax is recognized in the Statement of Profit or Loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity or other comprehensive income, in such case the tax is also recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income. Any subsequent change in direct tax on items initially recognized in equity or other comprehensive income is also recognized in equity or other comprehensive income, such change could be for change in tax rate.

 

The Group’s liability for current tax is based on taxable profit for the year, and is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit.

 

Taxable temporary differences arising from goodwill and, except in a business combination, the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting profit nor taxable profit are not provided for. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect an amount that is probable to be realised based on the weight of all available evidence. Deferred tax is calculated at the rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except where it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also included within equity.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

 

17

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

2 Significant accounting policies (cont.)

 

(t) Business Combination and Goodwill

 

The Group applies the acquisition method in accounting for business combinations. The consideration transferred by the Company to obtain control of a business is calculated as the sum of the fair values of assets transferred, liabilities incurred and assumed and the equity interests issued by the Company as at the acquisition date i.e. date on which it obtains control of the acquiree which includes the fair value of any asset or liability arising from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are recognized in the Statement of Profit or Loss as incurred, except to the extent related to the issue of debt or equity securities.

 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values on acquisition date.

 

Intangible Assets acquired in a Business Combination and recognized separately from Goodwill are initially recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their cost).

 

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognized for non-controlling interests and any previous interest held, over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

 

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets with definite useful life acquired in a Business Combination are reported at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets that are acquired separately.

 

Goodwill and Intangible assets with indefinite useful life, if any, are tested for impairment at the end of each annual reporting period.

 

If the fair value of the net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration transferred, the excess is termed as gain on bargain purchase. In case of a bargain purchase, before recognizing a gain in respect thereof, the Company determines whether there exists clear evidence of the underlying reasons for classifying the business combination as a bargain purchase thereafter, the Company reassesses whether it has correctly identified all the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and recognizes any additional assets or liabilities that are so identified, any gain thereafter is recognized in the statement of profit or loss.

 

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or financial liability. Amount classified as financial liability are subsequently re-measured to fair value with changes in fair value recognized in Statement of Profit or Loss.

 

(u) Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit or loss for the year attributable to the owners of the Company by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the year.

 

For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, the net profit or loss for the year and the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the year are adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential equity shares.

 

(v) Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

 

(a)  Useful lives of property, plant and equipment:

 

The assessment of the useful economic lives and the method of amortising these assets require judgement. Depreciation and amortisation are charged to the income statement based on the useful economic life selected, which requires an estimation of the period and profile over which the Company expects to consume the future economic benefits embodied in the assets. The Company reviews its useful economic lives on at least an annual basis.

 

18

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

2 Significant accounting policies (cont.)

 

(b)  Estimation of provisions and contingent liabilities:

 

Management judgement is required for estimating the possible outflow of resources, if any, in respect of contingencies, claim, litigations etc against the Company as it is not possible to predict the outcome of pending matters with accuracy.

 

(c)  Estimation of provisions and contingent liabilities:

 

Life time expected credit loss allowance is computed based on historical credit loss experience.

 

(w) First- time adoption of IFRS

 

These Standalone financial statements, for the year ended March 31 2020, are the Company first financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

The accounting policies set out in the notes have been applied in preparing the Standalone Financial statements for the period ended March 31,2019 and for the years ended March 31, 2018. The Company has followed the same accounting policy choices (both mandatory exceptions and optional exemptions availed as per IFRS 1) as initially adopted on transition date i.e. April 1, 2018.

 

An explanation of how the transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS has affected the Company Standalone Financial Statements is set out in the following tables and notes.

 

Exemptions and exceptions availed:

 

The applicable IFRS1 optional exemptions and mandatory exceptions applied in the transition from previous GAAP to IFRS as at the transition date, i.e. April 1, 2018 are explained below.

 

(a) Estimates:

 

An entity’s estimates in accordance with IFRS at the date of transition to IFRS shall be consistent with estimates made for the same date in accordance with previous GAAP (after accounting policies), unless there is an objective evidence that those estimates were in error.

 

IFRS estimates as at April1, 2018 are consistent with the estimates as at same date made in conformity with previous GAAP. The Company has made estimates for Impairment of financial assets based on expected credit loss model in accordance with IFRS at the date of transition as these were not required under previous GAAP.

 

(b) De-recognition of financial assets and liabilities

 

IFRS 1 requires a first-time adopter to apply the de-recognition provisions of IFRS 9 prospectively for transactions occurring on or after the date of transition to IFRS. However, IFRS 1 allows a first-time adopter to apply the de-recognition requirements in IFRS 9 retrospectively from the date of the entity’s choosing, provided that the information needed to apply IFRS 9 to financial assets and financial liabilities derecognized as a result of past transactions was obtained at the time of initially accounting for those transactions.

 

The Company has elected to apply the de-recognition provisions of IFRS 9 prospectively from the date of transition to IFRS.

 

(c) Classification and measurement of financial assets

 

IFRS 1 requires an entity to assess classification and measurement of financial assets on the basis of the facts and circumstances that exist at the date of transition to IFRS. Accordingly, the classification and the measurement of financial assets is done based on the facts & circumstances as on the date of transition.

 

19

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

2 Significant accounting policies (cont.)

 

(d) Fair value measurement of financial assets or financial liabilities

 

First-time adopters may apply IFRS 9 to day one gain or loss provisions prospectively to transactions occurring on or after the date of transition to IFRS. Therefore, unless a first-time adopter elects to apply IFRS 9 retrospectively to day one gain or loss transactions, transactions that occurred prior to the date of transition to IFRS do not need to be retrospectively restated.

 

Accordingly, The Company has opted for recognizing gain or loss prospectively to transactions occurring on or after the date of transition to IFRS.

 

(e) Leases

 

Appendix C to IFRS 16 requires an entity to assess whether a contract or arrangement contains a lease. In accordance with IFRS 16, this assessment should be carried out at the inception of the contract or arrangement. IFRS 1 provides an option to make this assessment on the basis of facts and circumstances existing at the date of transition to IFRS, except where the effect is expected to be not material. The Company has elected to apply this exemption for such contracts/arrangements.

 

u The IFRS financial statement is prepared for special purpose. The Board of Directors have adopted and approved the special purpose IFRS financials in the Board Meeting dated

 

v Financials for the year ended March 18, 2020 and March 31, 2019 are not comparable since the revenue generation is started from April 1, 2019.

 

3 Operating expense

    For the year
ended
March 18,
2020
    For the year
ended
March 31,
2019
 
    (USD)     (USD)  
Regulatory expenses     29.66       228.83  
Professional fees     382.36       371.85  
      412.02       600.68  

 

4 Property, plant and equipment

 

                                                            (USD)  
Description     Freehold
Land
    Leasehold
Land
    Building     Plant and
equipment
    Furniture
and
fittings
    Vehicles     Office
equipments
    Computer
equipments
    Total     Capital
work in
progress
 
Gross carrying value                                                            
As at April 1, 2018 & March 31, 2019                                                             29,048.28  
Sale of WIP                                                                             29,048.28  
As at March 18, 2020                                                              

 

20

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

5 Other financial assets

 

Current                  
Deposits     3,506.36       3,763.43       4,022.30  

 

6 Cash and cash equivalents

 

Maintained locally     182.57       3,411.55       3,953.55  
Cash and cash equivalents     182.57       3,411.55       3,953.55  

 

7 Other current assets

 

Balances with government authorities     2,380.50       2,555.02       2,730.77  
Total other current assets     2,380.50       2,555.02       2,730.77  

 

8 Share capital

 

        (USD)  
        As at
March 18,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
April 01,
2018
 
(a)   Authorised                  
  i) 50,000 Equity shares of Re.10/- each     500,000.00       500,000.00       500,000.00  
                             
    Equity share capital                        
(b)   Issued, subscribed & paid up                        
    15,000 equity shares of INR 10 each
(March 31, 2019 : 15,000 equity shares of Rs. 10 each)
(March 31, 2018 : 15,000 equity shares of Rs. 10 each)
    2,305.05       2,305.05       2,305.05  
          2,305.05       2,305.05       2,305.05  

 

(c) Terms/right attached to equity shares:

 

The Company has only one class of equity shares having a par value of Re. 10 face value per share. Each holder of equity shares is entitled to one vote per share. The Company declares and pays dividends in INR . The dividend if any, proposed by the Board of Directors is subject to the approval of the shareholders in the ensuing Annual General Meeting. The Board of Directors has not proposed any dividend for current year and previous year.

 

In the event of liquidation of the Company, the holders of equity shares will be entitled to receive remaining assets of the Company, after distribution of all preferential amounts. The distribution will be in proportion to the number of equity shares held by the equity shareholders.

 

(d) Reconciliation of number of equity shares

 

    As at
March 18,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
 
    Amount     No of shares     Amount     No of shares  
Equity shares at the beginning of the year     15,000       2,305.05       15,000       2,305.05  
Changes during the year                        
Equity shares at the end of the year     15,000       2,305.05       15,000       2,305.05  

 

21

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

9 Other equity*

 

        As at
March 18,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
April 01,
2018
 
(i)   Retained earnings     (1,580.56 )     (4,753.93 )     (4,153.25 )
(ii)   Foreign currency translations reserves     871.29       1,877.22        
                             
    Total     (709.27 )     (2,876.72 )     (4,153.25 )

 

* For movement in balances, refer to statement of changes in equity

 

10 Borrowings

 

                                                    (USD)  
    As at March 18, 2020     As at March 31, 2019     As at April 01, 2018  
Particulars   Current     Non
current
    Total     Current     Non
current
    Total     Current     Non
current
    Total  
Unsecured                                                      
Loan from Directors     11,492.30             11,492.30       14,753.22               14,753.22       15,522.19             15,522.19  
Loan from a Related Party                         30,840.49               30,840.49       32,961.92             32,961.92  
Total Unsecured Borrowings     11,492.30             11,492.30       45,593.72             45,593.72       48,484.11             48,484.11  
                                                                         
Total borrowings     11,492.30             11,492.30       45,593.72             45,593.72       48,484.11             48,484.11  

 

Terms and repayment schedule

 

Loan from directors is interest free and is repayable on demand.

 

Loan from Related Party is from Digicable Network Pvt. Ltd in which director of the company is interested and is interest free and is repayable on demand.

 

11 Trade Payables

 

Others     719.16       803.22       858.46  
Total Trade Payable     719.16       803.22       858.46  

 

12 Other financial liabilities (Current)

 

Audit fee payable           345.07       276.61  
Total Other Financial Liabilities (Current)           345.07       276.61  

 

13 Other current liabilities

 

Statutory liabilities     100.47       107.83       115.25  
Total Other Current Liabilities     100.47       107.83       115.25  

 

22

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

14 Segment information

 

Decision Maker, in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. Based on the management approach as defined in IFRS 8, the Chief Operating Decision Maker evaluates the Company’s performance based on only one segment i.e. Cable Services.

 

The Company has only one reportable segments ie. Cable TV Business both as primary and geographical segments, accordingly no other disclosures has been given.

 

15 Earning per share

 

    (USD)  
    As at
March 18,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
 
Profit/(Loss) attributable to shareholders     3,173.38       (600.68 )
Weighted average number of equity shares     15,000.00       15,000.00  
Nominal value per equity share in INR     10.00       10.00  
Profit/(Loss) per equity share                
Basic     0.21       (0.04 )
Diluted     0.21       (0.04 )

 

16 Financial risk management

 

Risk management framework

 

The Company’s activities expose it to market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The management has the overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Company’s risk management framework. This note explains the sources of risk which the Company is exposed to and how the Company manages the risk and the related impact in the financial statements.

 

A. Credit risk

 

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty fails to discharge its obligation to the Company. The Company’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and financial assets measured at amortised cost. The Company continuously monitors defaults of customers and other counterparties and incorporates this information into its credit risk controls.

 

23

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

16 Financial risk management (cont.)

 

A.1 Credit risk management

 

The Company assesses and manages credit risk based on internal credit rating system. Internal credit rating is performed for each class of financial instruments with different characteristics. The Company assigns the following credit ratings to each class of financial assets based on the assumptions, inputs and factors specific to the class of financial assets.

 

A: Low credit risk on financial reporting date

 

B: Moderate credit risk

 

C: High credit risk

 

The Company provides for expected credit loss based on the following:

 

Asset Company   Basis of categorisation   Provision for expected credit loss
Low credit risk   Cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and other financial assets   12 month expected credit loss
         
Moderate credit risk   Trade receivables and other financial assets   Life time expected credit loss or 12 month expected credit loss
         
High credit risk   Trade receivables and other financial assets   Life time expected credit loss or fully provided for

 

In respect of trade receivables, the Company recognises a provision for lifetime expected credit losses

 

Based on business environment in which the Company operates, a default on a financial asset is considered when the counter party fails to make payments within the agreed time period as per contract. Loss rates reflecting defaults are based on actual credit loss experience and considering differences between current and historical economic conditions.

 

Assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery, such as a debtor declaring bankruptcy or a litigation decided against the Company. The Company continues to engage with parties whose balances are written off and attempts to enforce repayment. Recoveries made are recognised in statement of profit and loss.

 

Credit rating   Particulars   As at
March 18,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
April 01,
2018
 
A: Low credit risk   Cash and cash equivalents     182.57       3,411.55       3,953.55  
    Other financial assets     5,886.86       6,318.45       6,753.07  
B: Medium credit risk   Trade receivables                  
C: High credit risk   Trade receivables                  

 

Cash & cash equivalents and bank deposits

 

Credit risk related to cash and cash equivalents and bank deposits is managed by only accepting highly rated banks and diversifying bank deposits and accounts in different banks across the country.

 

Trade receivables

 

Credit risk related to trade receivables are mitigated by taking bank guarantees/letter of credit, from customers where credit risk is high. The Company closely monitors the credit-worthiness of the debtors through internal systems that are configured to define credit limits of customers, thereby, limiting the credit risk to pre-calculated amounts. The Company assesses increase in credit risk on an ongoing basis for amounts receivable that become past due and default is considered to have occurred when amounts receivable become two year past due.

 

24

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

16 Financial risk management (cont.)

 

Other financial assets measured at amortised cost

 

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost includes loans and advances to related parties and employees, security deposits and others. Credit risk related to these other financial assets is managed by monitoring the recoverability of such amounts continuously.

 

A.2 Expected credit losses for financial assets other than trade receivables

 

The Company provides for expected credit losses on loans and advances other than trade receivables by assessing individual financial instruments for expectation of any credit losses. Since the Company deals with only high-rated banks and financial institutions, credit risk in respect of cash and cash equivalents, other bank balances and bank deposits is evaluated as very low. In respect of loans, comprising of security deposits, credit risk is considered low because the Company is in possession of the underlying asset. However, in respect of loans comprising loans to related parties, credit risk is evaluated on the basis of credit worthiness of those parties and loss allowance is measured as lifetime expected credit losses. In respect of other financial assets, credit risk is evaluated based on Company’s knowledge of the credit worthiness of those parties and loss allowance is measured as lifetime expected credit losses. The Company does not have any expected loss based impairment recognised on such assets considering their low credit risk nature, though incurred loss provisions are disclosed under each sub-category of such financial assets.

 

The average credit period on sales of services is 0 days, since the service income is received in advance (prepaid). No interest is charged on outstanding trade receivables. Accordingly no provision for expected credit loss has been made or required.

 

As at March 18, 2020

 

Particulars   Estimated
gross
carrying
amount at
default
    Expected
probability of
default
    Expected
credit
losses
    Carrying
amount net of
impairment
provision
 
Cash and cash equivalents     182.57       0.00 %           182.57  
Other financial asset     5,886.86       0.00 %           5,886.86  

 

As at March 31, 2019

 

Particulars   Estimated
gross
carrying
amount at
default
    Expected
probability of
default
    Expected
credit
losses
    Carrying
amount net of
impairment
provision
 
Cash and cash equivalents     3,411.55       0.00 %           3,411.55  
Other financial asset     6,318.45       0.00 %           6,318.45  

 

As at April 01, 2018

 

Particulars   Estimated
gross
carrying
amount at
default
    Expected
probability of
default
    Expected
credit
losses
    Carrying
amount net of
impairment
provision
 
Cash and cash equivalents     3,953.55       0.00 %           3,953.55  
Other financial asset     6,753.07       0.00 %           6,753.07  

 

25

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

16 Financial risk management (cont.)

 

B. Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due. The Company manages its liquidity needs by carefully monitoring scheduled debt servicing payments for long-term financial liabilities as well as cash-outflows due in day-to-day business. Long-term liquidity needs for a 180-day and a 360-day lookout period are identified monthly.

 

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the liquidity position and cash and cash equivalents on the basis of expected cash flows. The Company takes into account the liquidity of the market in which the entity operates.

 

B.1 Contractual Maturities of financial liabilities

 

The tables below analyse the Company’s financial liabilities based on their contractual maturities. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

 

March 18, 2020   Less than
1 year
    1 – 2 years     2 – 3 years     More than
3 years
    Total  
(i) Borrowings     11,492.30                               11,492.30  
(ii) Trade payables     719.16                               719.16  
(iii) Other financial liabilities     100.47                               100.47  
Total     12,311.92                         12,311.92  

 

March 31, 2019   Less than
1 year
    1–2 years     2–3 years     More than
3 years
    Total  
(i) Borrowings     45,593.72                                  
(ii) Trade payables     803.22                                  
(iii) Other financial liabilities     345.07                                  
Total     46,742.01                          

 

March 31, 2018   Less than
1 year
    1–2 years     2–3 years     More than
3 years
    Total  
(i) Borrowings     48,484.11                                          
(ii) Trade payables     858.46                                  
(iii) Other financial liabilities     276.61                                  
Total     49,619.18                          

 

C. Market risk

 

(I) Interest Rate risk

 

The Company’s policy is to minimise interest rate cash flow risk exposures on long-term financing. At March 18, 2020, the Company is not exposed to changes in market interest rates since it does not have any major borrowings except interest free borrowings from the Directors.

 

26

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

17 Fair value measurements

 

A Financial assets and liabilities

 

The carrying amounts and fair values of financial instruments by class are as follows:

 

    (USD)  
As at March 18, 2020   Fair value
through
profit & loss
    Fair value
through other
comprehensive
income
    Amortised
cost
 
Financial Assets                  
(i) Others financial assets     5,886.86                  
Total     5,886.86              
                         
Financial Liabilities                        
(ii) Trade payables     719.16                  
Total     719.16              

 

B Fair values hierarchy

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in the balance sheet are categorised into three levels of fair value hierarchy. The three levels are defined based on the observability of significant inputs to the measurement, as follows:

 

The different levels of fair value have been defined below:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in an active market;

 

Level 2: Directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) observable market inputs, other than Level 1 inputs; and

 

Level 3: Inputs which are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). Fair values are determined in whole or in part using a net asset value or valuation model based on assumptions that are neither supported by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument nor are they based on available market data.

 

B.1 Fair value of instruments measured at amortised cost

 

    (Rs. in USD)  
    As at
March 18,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
April 01,
2018
 
    Carrying
value
    Fair
Value
    Carrying
value
    Fair
Value
    Carrying
value
    Fair
Value
 
Borrowings     11,492.30       11,492.30       45,593.72       45,593.72       48,484.11       48,484.11  

 

27

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

17 Fair value measurements (cont.)

 

The management assessed that fair value of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, security deposits, loan to related parties, other financial assets, short term borrowings, trade payables and other current financial liabilities approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities is included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values:

 

At March 18, 2020, the Company is not exposed to changes in market interest rates since it does not have any major borrowings except interest free borrowings from the Directors.

 

18 (II) Foreign currency risk

 

The Company is not exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from foreign currency transactions, since as at March 18, 2020, there are no transactions in foreign currencies, there are no balance receivables/payables in foreign currencies.

 

19 Capital management policies

 

The Company’s capital management objectives are to ensure the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as well as to provide a an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.

 

The Company monitors capital on the basis of the carrying amount of equity plus its subordinated loan, less cash and cash equivalents as presented on the face of the statement of financial position recognised in other comprehensive income.

 

The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in the light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares. The amounts managed as capital by the Company are summarised as follows:

 

Particulars   As at
March 18,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
April 01,
2018
 
Non Current Borrowings                
Current Borrowings     11,492.30       45,593.72       48,484.11  
Cash and cash equivalents     182.57       3,411.55       3,953.55  
Net debt     11,309.73       42,182.16       44,530.56  
Total equity     1,595.77       (571.66 )     (1,848.20 )
Net debt to equity ratio     708.73 %     -7378.89 %     -2409.40 %

 

20 Agreement with the Reachnet Network Pvt. Ltd

 

The Company has entered into agreement dated 6 December 2019, wherein subject to conditions mentioned therein, the Company shall acquire subscribers, with effect from 1 April 2019.

 

28

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

21 A The IFRS financial statement is prepared for special purpose. The Board of Directors have adopted and approved the special purpose IFRS financials in the Board Meeting.

 

22 Related party disclosures

 

A. Names of related parties and related party relationships

 

i) Holding Company

 

ii) Other related parties with whom transactions have taken place during the year :

 

Jagjitsingh Kohli — Director till June 19, 2019

Prashant Chotani — Director till

Yoghesh Shah — Director

 

iii) Enterprise over which Key Managerial Personnel are able to exercise significant influence

Digicable Network (India) Limited — Till June 19,2019

 

B. Transactions:

 

        (In USD)  
        KMP having Significant Influence     KMP  
S. No.   Particulars   March 18,
2020
    March 31,
2019
    March 31,
2018
    March 18,
2020
    March 31,
2019
    March 31,
2018
 
I   Transactions made during the year                                                
1   Sale of Capital Work in Process     25,590.90                                      
2   Loan Repayment     (26,611.87 )                                        
3   Loan write back     (3,585.39 )                                        
4   Loan Received                                     7,379.84       7,683.49  
5   Loan Repaid                             (2,367.93 )     (7,151.01 )      

 

29

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

22 Related party disclosures (cont.)

 

        (In USD)  
        KMP having Significant Influence     KMP  
S. No.   Particulars   March 18,
2020
    March 31,
2019
    March 31,
2018
    March 18,
2020
    March 31,
2019
    March 31,
2018
 
II   Year end balances                                                
1   Outstanding loan payable           (30,840.49 )     (32,961.92 )     (11,492.30 )     (14,753.22 )     (15,522.19 )

 

23 Leases

 

The Company does not have any lease transactions as a Lessor or Lesee and accordingly the lease accounting and disclosures related to IFRS 16 is not applicable.

 

24 Disclosure pursuant to — IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ — Since there are no employee benefits is required to be payable the applicable accounting and disclosures is not applicable.

 

25 Transition to IFRS

 

25.1 Basis for Preparation

 

For all period up to and including the year ended March 17, 2020, the Company has prepared its financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in India (Indian GAAP). These financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020 are the Company’s first annual IFRS Financial Statements and have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS)

 

The Company has prepared the opening balance sheet as per IFRS as at April 1, 2018 (the transition date) by recognizing all assets and liabilities whose recognition is required by IFRS, not recognizing items of assets or liabilities which are not permitted by IFRS, by reclassifying certain items from Previous GAAP to IFRS as required under the IFRS, and applying IFRS in the measurement of recognized assets and liabilities. The accounting policies that the Company has used in its opening Ind–AS Balance Sheet may have differed from those that it used for its previous GAAP. The resulting adjustments arising from events and transactions occurring before the date of transition to IFRS has been recognized directly in retained earnings at the date of transition.

 

The accounting policies set out in note 2 have been applied in preparing the financial statements for the year ended March 17 2020, the comparative information presented in these financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2019 and in the preparation of an opening IFRS balance sheet at 1 April 2018 (the date of transition). This note explains the principal adjustments made by the Company in restating its financial statements prepared in accordance with previous GAAP, and how the transition from previous GAAP to IFRS has affected the Company’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows.

 

30

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

25 Transition to IFRS (cont.)

 

25.2 Exceptions and Exemptions Applied

 

IFRS 1 “First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards” (hereinafter referred to as IFRS 1) allows first time adopters certain exemptions from the retrospective application of certain IFRS, effective for April 1, 2018 opening balance sheet. In preparing these financial statements, the Company has applied the below mentioned optional exemptions and mandatory exceptions.

 

25.2.1

 

a Determining whether an arrangement contains a Lease

 

An optional exemption that permits an entity to determining whether an arrangement existing at the date of transition contains a lease by considering the facts and circumstances existing at the date of transition (rather than at the inception of the arrangement). The Company has applied the above transition provision and has assessed all the arrangements at the date of transition.

 

b Estimates

 

As per IFRS 1, an entity’s estimates in accordance with IFRS at the date of transition to IFRS at the end of the comparative period presented in the entity’s first IFRS financial statements, as the case may be, should be consistent with estimates made for the same date in accordance with the previous GAAP unless there is objective evidence that those estimates were in error. However, the estimates should be adjusted to reflect any differences in accounting policies.

 

As per the standard, where application of IFRS requires an entity to make certain estimates that were not required under previous GAAP, those estimates should be made to reflect conditions that existed at the date of transition or at the end of the comparative period.

 

The Company’s estimates under IFRS are consistent with the above requirement. Key estimates considered in preparation of the financial statement that were not required under the previous GAAP are listed below:

 

–     Fair Valuation of financial instruments carried at FVTPL and/ or FVOCI.

 

–     Impairment of financial assets based on the expected credit loss model.

 

–     Determination of the discounted value for financial instruments carried at amortized cost.

 

c De-recognition of Financial Assets and Liabilities

 

As per IFRS 1, an entity should apply the derecognition requirements in IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments”, prospectively for transactions occurring on or after the date of transition to IFRS. However, IFRS 9 gives an option to the entity to apply the derecognition requirements from a date of its choice if the information required to apply IFRS 9 to financial assets and financial liabilities derecognized as a result of past transactions was obtained at the initially accounting for those transactions. The company has elected to apply the de-recognition provisions of IFRS 9 prospectively from the date of transition to IFRS.

 

d Classification and measurement of Financial Assets

 

IFRS 1 requires an entity to assess classification of financial assets on the basis of facts and circumstances existing as on the date of transition. Further, the standard permits measurement of financial assets accounted at amortized cost based on facts and circumstances existing at the date of transition if retrospective application is impracticable.

 

Accordingly, the Company has determined the classification of financial assets based on facts and circumstances that exist on the date of transition. Measurement of the financial assets accounted at amortized cost has been done retrospectively.

 

31

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED
Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 18, 2020

 

25 Transition to IFRS (cont.)

 

e Fair value measurement of financial assets or financial liabilities

 

First-time adopters may apply IFRS 9 to day one gain or loss provisions prospectively to transactions occurring on or after the date of transition to IFRS. Therefore, unless a first-time adopter elects to apply IFRS 9 retrospectively to day one gain or loss transactions, transactions that occurred prior to the date of transition to IFRS do not need to be retrospectively restated.

 

25.3 Impact of Transition to IFRS

 

As such there are no material differences or impact due to transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS and hence restated summaries of equity and profit & loss not given.

 

26 Previous GAAP figures have been reclassified/regrouped to confirm the presentation requirements under IFRS.

 

 

32

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

        Successor     Predecessor  
    Note No.  

March 31,

2020
(US$)

   

March 31,

2019

(US$)

 
ASSETS                
                 
Current assets                
Cash and cash equivalents       $ 41,760     $ 3,412  
Other financial assets         42,038       3,763  
Trade receivables   6     390,151        
Other receivables   7     18,015,483        
Other current assets   8     4,351,189       2,555  
Total current assets         22,840,621       9,730  
                     
Non-current assets                    
Property and equipment, net   9     1,130,534        
Capital work-in-process                 29,048  
Intangible assets and Goodwill   10     59,326,290        
Intangible assets under development                 8,132  
Other non-current assets         16,472        
                     
Deferred tax assets   5     156,020        
Total non-current assets         60,629,316       37,180  
                     
Total assets       $ 83,469,937     $ 46,910  
                     
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                    
                     
Current Liabilities                    
Borrowings from related party   11   $ 1,587,216     $ 45,594  
Trade payables   12     425,667       1,148  
Other financial liabilities   13     345,924        
Security deposits payable         59,807        
Other current liabilities   14     7,375,226       108  
Customers acquisition payable   15     29,372,718        
Current tax liability   5     2,005,748        
Total current liabilities         41,172,306       46,850  
                     
Non-current liabilities                    
Customer acquisition payable, net of current portion   15     29,372,718        
Deferred tax liability   5     1,907,015       631  
Total non-current liabilities         31,279,733       631  
Total liabilities         72,452,039       47,481  
                     
Commitments and contingencies   16                
                     
EQUITY                    
Equity share capital   17     3,000       2,305  
Other equity   17     11,056,589       (2,876 )
Equity attributable to equity holders of the company         11,059,589       (571 )
Non-controlling interest   17 & 23     (41,691 )      
Total equity         11,017,898       (571 )
                     
Total liabilities and equity       $ 83,469,937     $ 46,910  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-1

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED statementS of PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

        Successor     Predecessor  
    Note
No.
  16 March 2020
to
31 March 2020
(US$)
    1 April 2019
to
15 March 2020
(US$)
   

Year ended
31 March 2019

(US$)

 
Revenues:                      
Operating revenue       $     $        
Other operating income               3,585        
Total revenues                      
                             
Other income                            
Other income   3     15,759,393       3,585        
Total income         15,759,393       3,585        
                             
Expenses:                            
Amortization   10     204,086              
Legal and professional expense   4     272,894       412       601  
Staffing expense   4     15,777              
Other operating expenses   4     8,463              
Total expenses         501,220       412       601  
                             
Income before income tax         15,258,173       3,173       (601 )
                             
Income tax expense   5     3,894,674              
                             
Net income after tax available to common shareholders       $ 11,363,499       3,173       (601 )
                             
Attributable to:                            
Controlling interest       $ 11,363,499       3,173       (601 )
Non-controlling interest                      
                             
Other comprehensive loss                            
                             
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income                            
Foreign currency translation reserves of subsidiaries, net of tax         (306,910 )     1,006       1,877  
1                            
Total comprehensive income for the period       $ 11,056,589     $ 2,167       1,277  
                             
Attributable to:                            
Controlling interest       $ 11,056,589     $ 2,167       1,277  
Non-controlling interest       $     $        
Basic income per share of common share   18   $ 379     $ 0.21       (0.04 )
Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding         30,000       15,000       15,000  
Diluted income per share of common share   18   $ 379       0.21       (.04 )
Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding         30,000       15,000       15,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

           Equity attributable to equity holders
of the company
                   
    Shares
(Nos.)
    Share
capital
    Accumulated
foreign
translation
adjustment
    Retained
earnings
    Total     Non-
controlling
interest
    Total
equity
 
PREDECESSOR                                          
Balance at 1 April 2018     15,000     $ 2,305     $     $ (4,153 )   $ (1,848 )   $     $ (1,848 )
Net income                     1,878       (601 )     1,277               1,276  
Translation adjustment, net of tax                                                        
Balance at 31 March, 2019     15,000       2,305       1,878       (4,754 )     (571 )           (571 )
Net income                     (1,006 )     3,173       2,167             2,167  
Translation adjustment, net of tax                                                        
Balance at 15 March, 2020     15,000     $ 2,305     $ 871     $ (1,581 )   $ (1,596 )   $     $ (1,596 )
                                                         
SUCCESSOR                                                        
Balance at 16 March 2020         $     $     $     $     $     $  
Lytus India merger transaction                                                        
Net income                       11,363,499       11,363,499             11,363,499  
Translation adjustment,
net of tax
                (306,910 )           (306,910 )           (306,910 )
Issuance of shares
(Refer Note 17)
    30,000       3,000                   3,000             3,000  
                                                         
Business combination
(Refer Note 23)
                                  (41,691 )     (41,691 )
                                                         
Balance at 31 March 2020     30,000     $ 3,000     $ (306,910 )   $ 11,363,499     $ 11,059,589     $ (41,691 )   $ 11,017,898  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED statement of CASH FLOWS

    Successor     Predecessor  
    16 March 2020
to
31 March 2020
(US$)
    1 April 2019
to
15 March 2020
(US$)
   

Year ended
31 March 2019

(US$)

 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                  
Net income after tax available to common shareholders   $ 11,363,499     $ 3,173     $ (601 )
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:                        
Deferred tax expense     1,907,015              
Amortization of intangible assets     204,086              
Write off of unstructured Capital Work in Progress     8,463              
Sundry balance written off/(written back)           (3,585 )      
Change in operating assets and liabilities:                        
Other receivables     (19,089,070              
Other financial assets     (3,682             259  
Other assets     (4,450,896             176  
Trade payable     214,672       (31 )     13  
Other financial liabilities     79,875       (338 )      
Other current liabilities     7,777,661              
Current tax liability     1,987,659              
Net cash used in operating activities     (718 )       (781 )     (153 )
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                        
Cash acquired in business combination     40,760              
Purchase of shares of Lytus India     (2,000 )            
Proceeds from sale of capital work in progress     3,583       25,591        
Net cash provided by investing activities     42,343       25,591        
                         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                        
Repayment of short term borrowings     (3,583 )     (28,980 )     (7,151 )
Proceeds from short term borrowings                 7,380  
Proceeds from issuance of shares     3,000              
Net cash used in financing activities     (583 )     (28,980 )     229  
                         
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     41,042       (4,169 )     (286 )
                         
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – beginning of period           3,412       3,954  
                         
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     718       941       (256 )
                         
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – end of period   $ 41,760     $ 183     $ 3,412  
                         
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING/FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                        
                         
Acquisition of customers with customer acquisition payable. Refer to Note 22   US$ 58,745,436              
Acquisition of shares with other financial liabilities. Refer to Note 23   US$ 265,410              

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL statementS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). On March 19, 2020, the Company entered into a definitive share purchase agreement with Lituus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”) pursuant to which the Company acquired 15,000 shares (representing all of the equity share capital of Lytus India) for an aggregate purchase price of INR 150,650 (approximately $2,000). The merger with Lytus India established a new basis of accounting for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company. Such assets and liabilities were recognized at their estimated fair values as of the merger closing date in accordance with the acquisition method and is reflected in the Company’s financial statements after the merger closing date. As such, the fiscal year 2020 financial activity is presented in two periods. Financial activity prior to the merger (April 1, 2019 to March 15, 2020) is presented as “predecessor” using the previous basis of accounting. Financial activity that occurred on or after the merger (March 16, 2020 to March 31, 2020) is presented as “successor” using the new basis of accounting.

 

Going Concern:

 

Impact of COVID-19 on operations

 

The COVID-19 crisis has had a significant impact on the economy of India. While the pandemic, has increased the demand for streaming and telemedicine services globally, there continue to be significant uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, including with respect to the ultimate spread of the virus, the severity of the disease, the duration of the lockdowns and further actions that may be taken by governmental authorities around the world to contain the virus or to treat its impact. The pandemic has particularly impacted the working capital, cash flow and the timing of receipt of significant receivables and payment of payables of the Company. These restrictions have also severely impacted the mobility of the Company’s staff and resources and its access to banks and customer worksites, impairing its normal operations. The lockdown in India is strict with limited domestic travel. Local travel within a city is not allowed, either. Therefore we have limited access to various cities, such as Hyderabad, where our customers reside. Many offices are closed and banks are severely affected. As a result of the lockdown policy in India, we have restricted access to banking services, Subscriber Management System (SMS) report, prior to settlement, and service providers certifying the adequacy of the fiber held by Reachnet. Moreover, in India most of the collections by local cable operators are still in cash and these have been affected/delayed due to lockdown. The lockdown is extended to October 31, 20201 and could be potentially further extended. In addition, on September 18, 2020, the restriction under Section 144 of the Code of Criminal Procedure was passed, prohibiting movement and gathering of people, except for listed emergency and non-emergency services.

 

There is significant uncertainty around the breadth and duration of business disruptions related to COVID-19, as well as its impact on the economy of India, U.S. and international markets and, as such, the extent of the business disruption and the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

 

Negative working capital and Cash Flow

 

The Company currently has negative working capital and cash flow aggravated by the COVID-19 lockdown and negative cash flow used in operating activities to the extent of $700. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Upon ending of the COVID-19 lockdown, the Company expects to be able to carry out its operations in the normal course of business and generate a minimum of INR130 ($1.9) as streaming subscription fee from its approximately 1.8 million customer connections per month, as prescribed by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India guidelines15. This would enable the Company to improve its cash position significantly.

 

The Company further believes that in the coming 12 months, upon the ending of COVID-19 lockdown restrictions, cash flow from operating activities should improve for the following reasons:

 

Monthly subscription fees paid by our customers will be billed and collected at the beginning of each month in advance;

 

The contracted operating expense for the streaming business is 61%, ensuring a confirmed net surplus of revenue for the Company.

 

Additional product offerings to customers such as our telemedicine business are expected to generate additional cash flow for the Company.

 

 

 

1 Available on http://bombaychamber.com/admin/uploaded/NEWS%20Block/MHA%20Lock%20Down%20Orders.pdf
15 https://trai.gov.in/sites/default/files/Consumer_Booklet_30042019.pdf

 

F-5

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

To further mitigate the impact of the current negative working capital and cash flow, the Company has also taken additional precautionary steps by approaching financial institutions and credit partners in India to create and avail credit lines and bridge financing against the company’s future cash flows;

 

Large Payment Obligation by the Company

 

On 31 March 2020, under the terms of its Customer Acquisition Agreement with Reachnet, the Company is obligated to make payments to Reachnet. This amount represents the largest payment obligation of the Company and is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), 31 March 2021, 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023, respectively. Please refer to Note 23 on Business Combination.

 

Under the terms of the agreement with Reachnet, the Company was also scheduled to receive ‘Other Receivables’ due of approximately US$ 15 million from Reachnet for the period of 1 April 2019 through 31 March 2020, as reflected in its books of accounts. The COVID-19 lockdown has delayed the settlement of this accounts receivable under its contract with Reachnet. The Company expects that this settlement will be implemented as soon as possible, upon the relaxation of COVID-19 restrictions in India. Upon such settlement and upon resumption of normal operations, the company expects to have sufficient available cash to be able to meet its current liabilities associated with the business. Please refer to the section below in this note on Other Income/Application of IFRS 15.

 

Furthermore, the Company is contemplating discussions with Reachnet’s Management to consider modifying its agreement with Reachnet by offering Reachnet stock in lieu of its current payment obligations. This modification, if implemented, should help substantially mitigate cash liquidity requirements for the Company.

 

Based on the above, we believe that upon lifting of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions in India, the Company’s available potential cash balances should be sufficient to meet its requirements to carry out its operations effectively. After this offering, the Company may decide to enhance its liquidity position or increase its cash reserve for future investments through additional capital and finance funding.

 

Nature of Operations

 

Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv. Ltd. (Reg. No. 2033207) (Lytus Tech or the Company) was incorporated on 16 March 2020 (date of inception) under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (BVI). On 19 March 2020, Lytus Tech acquired a wholly owned subsidiary, Lytus Technologies Private Limited (CIN U22100MH2008PTC182085) (Lytus India) and, on 31 March 2020, it acquired a majority shareholding (51%) in DDC CATV Network Private Limited (CIN: U64100DL2013PTC260426) (DDC India or DDC CATV). Lytus India was incorporated in India on 10 May 2008 for the purpose of providing telemedicine and online streaming content services to its subscribers and DDC CATV was incorporated in India on 20 November 2013 for the purpose of providing streaming services to its subscribers.

 

The Company’s registered office is at116 Main Street, P.O. Box 3342, Road Town, Tortola British Virgin Islands. The consolidated financial statements comprise financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as “the Group”).

 

The Company has applied to list our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the trading symbol “LYT”. It is offering 2,307,692 common shares in our proposed Initial Public Offering (IPO) and we anticipate the price will be between US$ 12 to US$ 14 per share.

 

The Group applies judgement to determine whether each product or services promised to a customer are capable of being distinct, and are distinct in the context of the contract, if not, the promised product or services are combined and accounted as a single performance obligation. The Group allocates the arrangement consideration to separately identifiable performance obligation deliverables based on their relative stand-alone selling price.

 

F-6

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

Basis of preparation

 

These consolidated financial statements for the period from 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020, are the Group’s first financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

 

The accounting policies used for the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are based upon the application of IFRS 1.D17, which results in assets liabilities being measured at the same carrying amount as in the standalone financial statements of subsidiaries for the period ended 31 March 2020 after adjusting for consolidation and equity accounting adjustments and for the effects of the business combination in which the entity acquired the subsidiary.

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). On March 19, 2020, the Company entered into a definitive share purchase agreement with Lituus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”) pursuant to which the Company acquired 15,000 shares (representing all of the equity share capital of Lytus India) for an aggregate purchase price of INR 150,650 (approximately $2,000). The merger with Lytus India established a new basis of accounting for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company. Such assets and liabilities were recognized at their estimated fair values as of the merger closing date in accordance with the acquisition method and is reflected in the Company’s financial statements after the merger closing date. As such, the fiscal year 2020 financial activity is presented in two periods. Financial activity prior to the merger (April 1, 2019 to March 15, 2020) is presented as “predecessor” using the previous basis of accounting. Financial activity that occurred on or after the merger (March 16, 2020 to March 31, 2020) is presented as “successor” using the new basis of accounting (Note [ ]).

 

The functional and reporting currency of the Company and Group is “INR” and “USD”, respectively and all amounts, are rounded with two decimals, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.

 

Basis of Consolidation

 

The subsidiaries considered in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are:

 

        % Shareholding
and Voting
Power
 
Name of Subsidiary   Country of
Incorporation
  As of
31 March
2020
 
Lytus Technologies Pvt. Ltd   India     100 %
DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd.   India     51 %

 

These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements”.

 

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control is achieved where the Company has existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities that affect the Company’s returns and exposure or rights to variable returns from the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases.

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are combined on a line-by-line basis by adding together the book values of like items of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Intra-group balances and transactions and any unrealized profits or losses arising from intra group transaction, are eliminated. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

 

Non-controlling interests (NCI) in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity. Non-controlling interests consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the acquisition and the non-controlling shareholders’ share of changes in equity since the date of the acquisition.

 

Critical accounting estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.

 

F-7

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations adopted for fiscal period ended 31 March 2020

 

In January 2016, International Accounting Standards Board issued the final version of IFRS 16, Leases, which is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. IFRS 16 has replaced IAS 17 Leases, and its related interpretations. IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. It introduces a single, on-balance sheet lease accounting model for lessees.

 

The Group has adopted IFRS 16, effective for the annual reporting period beginning 1 April 2019, however there are no lease transactions which required application of IFRS 16 and accordingly there is no impact on retained earnings or any other assets or liabilities.

 

The Group has also adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (2014), which became mandatorily effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

 

The nature and effect of the changes arising from these standards are summarized below.

 

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

 

IFRS 15 replaces IAS 18 and covers contracts for goods and services. IFRS 15 is based on the principle that revenue is recognized when control of a good or service transfers to a customer; so the notion of control replaces the existing notion of risks and rewards.

 

The Group has adopted IFRS 15 from 1 April 2019, using a modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, transitional adjustments are recognized in retained earnings as of 1 April 2019 (the date of initial application), without restating the comparative period.

 

Under IFRS 15, the Group must evaluate the separability of the promised goods or services based on whether they are ‘distinct’. A promised good or service is ‘distinct’ if both:

 

the customer benefits from the item either on its own or together with other readily available resources: and

 

it is ‘separately identifiable’ form other promise in the contracts (i.e. the Group does not provide significant service integrating, modifying or customizing it).

 

While this represents significant new guidance, the implementation of this new guidance did not have a significant impact on the timing or amount of revenue recognized during the period. No adjustments were required to account for the impact of IFRS 15 on initial adoption.

 

IFRIC 23 — Uncertainty over Income Tax treatments

 

The International Accounting Standard Board clarifies the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes. The interpretation is to be applied to the determination of taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates, when there is uncertainty over income tax treatment under IAS 12. The adoption of IFRIC 23 did not any impact on consolidated financial statement of the Group.

 

India taxes are based on the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the Act) and the rules under the Income Tax Rules, 1962. The Act also provides for anti-avoidance rules at various places. The taxpayer is required to self-assess his tax position and file his tax return. The filed tax return is then subject to review and examination by the Indian tax authorities.

 

This requires recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” approach. The management evaluated the Company’s tax positions and concluded that no provision for uncertainty in income taxes was necessary as of 31 March 2020. We evaluate our uncertain tax positions on a regular basis. Our evaluations are based on a number of factors, including changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audit and effective settlement of audit issues.

 

F-8

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

Changes in significant accounting policies

 

The Group’s accounting policies, which have changed as a result of the changes to accounting standards noted above, are summarized below:

 

Revenue

 

Revenue is recognized based on the transfer of services to a customer for an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable taking into account the amount of discounts, rebates, outgoing taxes on sales.

 

To determine whether to recognize revenue, the Group follows a 5-step process:

 

1. Identifying the contract with a customer

 

2. Identifying the performance obligations

 

3. Determining the transaction price

 

4. Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations

 

5. Recognizing revenue when/as performance obligation(s) are satisfied

 

Further information about each source of revenue from contracts with customers and the criteria for recognition follows.

 

Subscription revenues

 

Subscription income includes subscription from subscribers. Revenue is recognized upon completion of services based on underlying subscription plan or agreements with the subscribers.

 

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive revenues

 

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive fees are recognized upon completion of services based on agreements with the broadcasters.

 

Advertising revenues

 

Advertisement income is recognized when relevant advertisements are telecasted.

 

GST on all income

 

The Company collects Goods and Service Tax (GST) on behalf of the government and, therefore, it is not an economic benefit flowing to the Company. Hence, it is excluded from revenue.

 

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations not yet Adopted

 

In May 2020, the IASB issued Reference to the Conceptual Framework, which made amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations. Entities which rely on the Conceptual Framework will need to consider whether their accounting policies are still appropriate under the revised Framework, with effect for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

The IASB has issued ‘Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3)’ aimed at resolving the difficulties that arise when an entity determines whether it has acquired a business or a group of assets. The amendments are effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of whether activities and assets acquired are a business or a group of assets.

 

The IASB issued Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8) in October 2018 to clarify and align the definition of material. The amendments are intended to improve the understanding of the existing requirements rather than to significantly impact an entity’s materiality judgements. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of ‘material’ in relation to its consolidated financial statements.

 

The IASB has issued amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 that provide certain reliefs in connection with interest rate benchmark reform. The reliefs relate to hedge accounting and have the effect that inter-bank offered rates (“IBOR”) reform should not generally cause hedge accounting to terminate. However, any hedge ineffectiveness should continue to be recorded in the income statement. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendment to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

The IASB has issued ‘Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1)’ providing a more general approach to the classification of liabilities under IAS 1 based on the contractual agreements in place at the reporting date. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022 and are to be applied retrospectively with application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendments to have any significant impact on its presentation of liabilities in its statement of financial position.

 

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity in future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

 

Current and non-current classification

 

Assets and liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position based on current and non-current classification.

 

An asset is classified as current when: it is either expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is expected to be realized within 12 months after the reporting period; or the asset is cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other assets are classified as non-current.

 

A liability is classified as current when: it is either expected to be settled in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period; or there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

 

The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realization in cash and cash equivalents. The Company has identified twelve months as its operating cycle.

 

Functional and presentation currency

 

Items included in the financial statements of the Company are measured using the currency of India (INR) which is the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in United States dollars.

 

F-10

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

Transactions and balances

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the presentation currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are generally recognized in profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in the statement of profit or loss, within finance costs. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statement of profit or loss on a net basis within other gains/(losses).

 

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as at fair value through other comprehensive income are recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

Financial Instruments

 

Financial Assets

 

Classification

 

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss), and

 

those to be measured at amortized cost.

 

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

 

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

 

Recognition and derecognition

 

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

 

Measurement

 

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

 

F-11

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

Debt instruments

 

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Company classifies its debt instruments:

 

Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognized directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

 

FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

 

FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises.

 

Equity instruments

 

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognized in profit or loss as other income when the Group right to receive payments is established.

 

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognized in other gains/(losses) in the statement of profit or loss as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

 

Impairment

 

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

 

For trade receivables only, the Company measures the expected credit loss associated with its trade receivables based on historical trend, industry practices and the business environment in which the entity operates or any other appropriate basis. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

F-12

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

Financial Liabilities

 

Initial Recognition and Measurement

 

All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value and in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs. The Group financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans, and borrowings including bank overdrafts and derivative financial instruments.

 

Subsequent measurement

 

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

 

After initial measurement, such financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortization is included in finance costs in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

 

Borrowings

 

Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss over the period of the borrowings using the EIR method.

 

Trade and Other Payables

 

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the period which are unpaid. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognized initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

Financial Guarantee Obligations

 

The fair value of financial guarantees is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligations. Where guarantees in relation to loans or other payables of subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates are provided for no compensation, the fair values as on the date of transition are accounted for as contributions and recognized as part of the cost of the equity investment.

 

Derecognition

 

Financial assets

 

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

 

The Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognized in its statement of financial position but retains either all or substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. In these cases, the transferred assets are not derecognized.

 

F-13

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

Financial Liability

 

The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire. The Group also derecognizes a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognized at fair value.

 

On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognized in profit or loss.

 

Income tax

 

The income tax expense or benefit for the period is the tax payable on that period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction, adjusted by the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences, unused tax losses and the adjustment recognized for prior periods, where applicable.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to be applied when the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted, except for:

 

When the deferred income tax asset or liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting nor taxable profits; or

 

When the taxable temporary difference is associated with interests in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, and the timing of the reversal can be controlled, and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilize those temporary differences and losses.

 

The carrying amount of recognized and unrecognized deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date. Deferred tax assets recognized are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that future taxable profits will be available for the carrying amount to be recovered. Previously unrecognized deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that there are future taxable profits available to recover the asset.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities; and they relate to the same taxable authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend to settle simultaneously.

 

As of 31 March 2020, the Group had no significant uncertain tax positions that qualify for either recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. The Group recognizes interest and penalties related to significant uncertain income tax positions in other expense. There were no such interest and penalties incurred for the period ended 31 March 2020.

 

Under section 115-O of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, distribution of dividends, paid by Indian company until March 31, 2020 is subject to dividend distribution tax (DDT) at an effective rate of 20.56% (inclusive of the applicable surcharge of 12% and health and education cess of 4%). Repatriation of dividend will not require Reserve Bank of India approval, subject to compliance and certain other conditions met per the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

 

F-14

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and Equipment assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

 

Capital work in progress (CWIP) includes cost of property and equipment under installation / under development, as of balance sheet date. All project related expenditures related to civil works, machinery under erection, construction and erection materials, preoperative expenditure incidental / attributable to the construction of projects, borrowing cost incurred prior to the date of commercial operations and trial run expenditure are shown under CWIP. Property and Equipment are derecognized from the financial statements, either on disposal or when retired from active use. Gains and losses on disposal or retirement of Property and Equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

 

Depreciation methods, estimated useful lives and residual value

 

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property and equipment less their estimated residual values using the written down method over their estimated useful lives and is generally recognized in profit or loss. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Land is not depreciated.

 

The estimated useful lives of property and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows:

 

Buildings   40 years    
Property and equipment   3 – 15 years    
Fixtures and fittings   5 – 10 years    

 

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

 

Fair value measurement

 

When an asset or liability, financial or non-financial, is measured at fair value for recognition or disclosure purposes, the fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date; and assumes that the transaction will take place either: in the principal market; or in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market.

 

Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming they act in their economic best interests. For non-financial assets, the fair value measurement is based on its highest and best use. Valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, are used, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

 

F-15

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

Intangible Assets

 

Separately purchased intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequently, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

 

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite. Finite-life intangible assets are amortized on a written down basis over the period of their expected useful lives. Estimated useful lives by major class of finite-life intangible assets are as follow:

 

Customers acquisition   5 Years    
Trademark/Copy rights   5 Years    
Computer Software   5 Years    

 

The amortization period and the amortization method for definite life intangible assets is reviewed annually.

 

For indefinite life intangible assets, the assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether it continues, if not, it is impaired or changed prospectively basis revised estimates.

 

Goodwill is initially recognized based on the accounting policy for business combinations. These assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually.

 

IAS 38 requires an entity to recognise an intangible asset, whether purchased or self-created (at cost) if, and only if: [IAS 38.21]

 

a. it is probable that the future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the entity; and

 

b. the cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

 

The probability of future economic benefits must be based on reasonable and supportable assumptions about conditions that will exist over the life of the asset. [IAS 38.22] The probability recognition criterion is always considered to be satisfied for intangible assets that are acquired separately or in a business combination. [IAS 38.33]

 

Para 25 of IAS 38 provides that the price an entity pays to acquire separately an intangible asset will reflect expectations about the probability that the expected future economic benefits embodied in the asset will flow to the entity. In other words, the entity expects there to be an inflow of economic benefits, even if there is uncertainty about the timing or the amount of the inflow. Therefore, the probability recognition criteria in Para 21(a) is always considered to be satisfied for separately acquired intangible assets. Para 26 of IAS 38 provides that the costs of a separately acquired intangible asset can usually be measured reliably. This is particularly so when the purchase consideration is in the form of cash or other monetary assets.

 

Borrowing Costs

 

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalized as part of the cost of the asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

 

Provisions

 

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.

 

F-16

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

 

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as finance cost.

 

Deferred Offering Costs

 

Deferred Offering Costs consists of legal, accounting, underwriter’s fees, and other costs incurred through the balance date that are directly related to the proposed Initial Public Offering (IPO) and that would be charged to stockholder equity upon completion of the proposed IPO. Should the proposed IPO prove unsuccessful, deferred costs and additional expenses to be incurred would be charged to operations.

 

Issued Capital

 

Common shares are classified as equity.

 

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

 

Costs related to an initial offering are expensed in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

 

Dividends

 

Dividend distributions to the Group’s shareholders are recognized as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved.

 

Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of Lytus Technologies Limited, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than common shares, by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in common shares issued during the financial year.

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential common shares and the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential common shares.

 

F-17

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 2 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ASSESSMENTS, AND ASSUMPTIONS

 

Under IFRS 1, the Group is required to make estimates and assumptions in presentation and preparation of the financial statements for the period 16 March 2020 (date of inception) throughout 31 March 2020.

 

Key estimates considered in preparation of the financial statement that were not required under the previous GAAP are listed below:

 

Fair Valuation of financial instruments carried at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”) and/ or Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”). See Note 1 on Financial Instruments on page F-7 – 19 for additional discussion on FVTPL and FVOCI.

 

Impairment of financial assets based on the expected credit loss model.

 

Determination of the discounted value for financial instruments carried at amortized cost.

 

Previous GAAP figures of subsidiaries have been reclassified/regrouped to confirm the presentation requirements under IFRS.

 

As such there are no material differences or impact due to transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS and hence restated summaries of equity and profit & loss not given for subsidiaries.

 

NOTE 3 — OTHER INCOME

 

Other Income — Income on Acquisition of Customer-Contracts

 

Other Income of approximately US$ 15 million is presented on the basis that all conditions have been satisfied as of 26 March 2020, to consummate closing of the Group’s acquisition agreement with Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd. (“Reachnet”) in which the Group acquired the customers and corresponding revenues (refer to Note 22 regarding agreement with Reachnet).

 

The Group has acquired approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections from a licensed streaming company (Reachnet), through the Agreements dated 21 June 2019 and 6 December 2019, and the income entitlement rights from 1 April 2019, for a consideration of US$ 59 million. On 26 March 2020, the arrangement was consummated when pre-conditions were waived by mutual consent. The net surplus remaining with the Company is approximately US$ 15 million. Considering that the acquired customers were integrated into the Group’s normal course of business on 26 March 2020, the revenue arising therefrom is recognised as “other income”. Effective 1 April 2020 and thereafter, the income arising from the said contracts would be recognised as “Operating Revenue” and the customers would be billed directly by the Group.

 

The Group is free to appoint any licensed service provider for provision of streaming services. There is no binding or lock-in arrangement for providing streaming services to subscribers through Reachnet. The agreement contemplates only acquisition of subscriber base and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of Reachnet. The Group has ensured adequate safeguard to secure acquired customer contracts through non-compete clause and non-solicitation of subscribers clause. In respect of streaming services, Lytus India has outsourced the provision of streaming services to Reachnet in the capacity of a service provider. Going forward, with respect of non-streaming services (such as MedTech IOT) these services would be billed directly by the Company and costs and revenue would not be shared with Reachnet.

 

NOTE 4 — EXPENSES

 

Expenses consist of the following for the successor period 16 March 2020 through 31 March 2020, and predecessor periods 1 April 2019 through 15 March 2020 and year ended 31 March 2019:

 

    SUCCESSOR     PREDECESSOR  
   

($US)

For the
period
16 March 2020
through
31 March 2020

    For the period
1 April 2019
through
15 March 2020
   

Year Ended
31 March 2019

 
Amortization   $ 204,086     $ -     $ -  
Legal and professional expenses     272,894       412       601  
Staffing expense     15,777       -       -  
Other operating expenses     8,463       -       -  
Total expenses   $ 501,220     $ 412     $ 601  

F-18

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX

 

Income tax consist of the following as of the successor period 31 March 2020, and predecessor periods 1 April 2019 through 15 March 2020 and year ended 31 March 2019:

 

Consolidated income statement

 

    SUCCESSOR     PREDECESSOR  
   

($US)

For the
period
16 March 2020
through
31 March 2020

    For the period
1 April 2019
through
15 March 2020
   

Year Ended

31 March 2019

 
Current tax expense   $ 1,987,659     $ -     $ -  
Deferred tax expense     1,907,015       -       -  
Total expenses   $ 3,894,674     $ -     $ -  

 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

 

    SUCCESSOR     PREDECESSOR  
   

($US)

For the
period
16 March 2020
through
31 March 2020

    For the period
1 April 2019
through
15 March 2020
   

Year Ended

31 March 2019

 
Deferred tax related to item charged directly to equity:   $ -     $ -     $ -  
Net loss on translations of foreign subsidiaries     103,233       338       631  

  

Deferred tax related to the translations of foreign operations of Lytus Technologies Private Limited a Wholly owned subsidiary of the Group from INR to USD have been calculated at the rate of the jurisdiction in which a subsidiary situated i.e. in India (at the rate 25.17%)

 

Accounting for Income Taxes

 

British Virgin Islands

 

Under the current laws of BVI, Lytus Technology Holdings Private Limited is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. In addition, payments of dividends by the Company to their shareholders are not subject to withholding tax in the BVI.

  

India (subsidiaries in India)

 

Income tax expense represents the sum of the current tax and deferred tax.

 

The charge for current tax is based on the result for the period adjusted for items which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

 

Current and deferred tax is recognized in the income statement unless the item to which the tax relates was recognized outside the income statement being other comprehensive income or equity. The tax associated with such an item is also recognized in other comprehensive income or equity respectively.

 

F-19

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX (cont.)

 

A reconciliation between tax expense and the product of accounting profit multiplied by Indian domestic tax rate for the successor period 16 March 2020 through 31 March 2020 is as follows:

 

    2020
($US)
 
Accounting profit before tax   $ 15,258,173  
Add: Net loss of the Lytus BVI     208,889  
Accounting profit of Lytus Technologies Pvt. Ltd (an Indian Subsidiary)     15,467,062  
At Indian statutory income tax rate of 25.17%     3,893,059  
Non-deductible expenses for tax purpose – capital expenditure w/off     1,615  
Income tax reported on consolidated profit and loss   $ 3,894,674  

 

Deferred tax

 

Deferred tax relates to the following temporary differences:

 

    2020
($US)
 
    Consolidated
Statement
of financial
Position
 
Deferred tax assets        
Acquired in business combination   $ 52,787  
Foreign currency translations of foreign subsidiary     103,233  
Total deferred tax assets   $ 156,020  
         
Deferred tax liabilities        
Accelerated depreciation on Property and Equipment   $ 1,907,015  

 

Reflected in the financial statement of financial position as follows:

 

    2020
($US)
 
Current income tax accrual   $ 1,987,659  
Current income tax on business combination     18,089  
Total accrued income taxes   $ 2,005,748  

 

NOTE 6 — TRADE RECEIVABLES

 

Trade receivables consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

    2020
($US)
   

PREDECESSOR

2019

($US)

 
Acquired in business combination of DDC CATV Network Private Limited   $ 390,151     $              -  

 

F-20

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 7 — OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

Other receivables consist of the following as of the successor period 31 March 2020 and predecessor period 31 March 2019:

 

    2020
($US)
   

PREDECESSOR

2019

($US)

 
Net Receivable from Reachnet Cable Service Pvt. Ltd.   $ 15,759,393     $           -  
GST and other taxes on the above     2,256,090                      -  
    $ 18,015,483     $ -  

 

NOTE 8 — OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

Other current assets consist of the following as of the successor period 31 March 2020 and predecessor period 31 March 2019:

 

    2020
($US)
   

PREDECESSOR

2019

($US)

 
GST receivables and other tax deposits   $ 4,219,550     $ 2,555  
Advance to suppliers     60,007                             -  
Income tax receivables     38,122       -  
Withholding tax receivables     22,386       -  
Prepaid expenses     11,124       -  
    $ 4,351,189     $ 2,555  

 

NOTE 9 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment consist of the following as of the successor period 31 March 2020 and predecessor period 31 March 2019:

 

    2020
($US)
   

PREDECESSOR

2019

($US)

 
Equipment (customer devices and other equipment) – at cost   $ 1,124,326     $ -  
Less: Accumulated depreciation     -                    -  
      1,124,326       -  
Office equipment, furniture, and vehicles – at cost     6,208       -  
Less: Accumulated depreciation     -       -  
      6,208       -  
Total Property and Equipment   $ 1,130,534     $ -  

 

Depreciation expense for the successor period 16 March 2020 through 31 March 2020 was $0, as all the above assets were acquired as of 31 March 2020 in the acquisition with DDC CATV (Refer to Note 23 on Business Combination).

 

Description   Equipment
(customer devices
and other
equipment)
    Office
equipment,
furniture, and
vehicles
    Total  
16 March 2020 (the date of inception)   $     $     $  
Acquisition through business combination     1,124,326       6,208       1,130,534  
As at 31 March 2020     1,124,326       6,208       1,130,534  
                         
Accumulated depreciation and impairment loss                        
16 March 2020 (the date of inception)                  
Charge for the year                  
Acquisition through business combination                  
As at 31 March 2020                  
                         
Net Property and Equipment As at 31 March 2020   $ 1,124,326     $ 6,208     $ 1,130,534  

 

F-21

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 10 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

 

Intangible assets and Goodwill consist of the following as of the successor period 31 March 2020 and predecessor period 31 March 2019: 

 

    2020
($US)
   

PREDECESSOR

2019

($US)

 
Customer Acquisition (purchased during the period)   $ 59,216,654             -  
Less: Accumulated amortization for the period     (204,086 )     -  
      59,012,568       -  
                 
Goodwill (Refer Note 23)     313,345       -  
Software (acquired in business combination with DDC CATV)     377       -  
Total Intangible Assets and Goodwill   $ 59,326,290       -  

 

Amortization expense for the successor period 16 March 2020 through 31 March 2020 was $204,086.

 

On acquiring Lytus India, the group has acquired unstructured capital work in progress (trademark of $US 7,443) as referred in Note 22 — Acquisition of Customers. The same has been written off as not usable and was disclosed in ‘other operating expenses’.

 

Description   Customer Acquisition     Goodwill     Software     Total  
16 March 2020 (the date of inception)   $     $     $     $  
Additions (Refer Notes below)     59,216,654       313,345               59,529,999  
Acquisition through business combination                     377       377  
As at 31 March 2020     59,216,654       313,345       377       59,530,376  
                                 
Accumulated amortization                                
16 March 2020 (the date of inception)                        
Charge for the year     204,086                   204,086  
Acquisition through business combination                        
Disposals                        
As at 31 March 2020     204,086                   204,086  
                                 
Net Intangible Assets and Goodwill As at 31 March 2020   $ 59,012,568     $ 313,345     $ 377     $ 59,326,290  

 

Note: The above intangible assets are other than internally generated

 

Refer Note 23 for goodwill on consolidation

 

NOTE 11 — BORROWINGS

 

Borrowings consist of the following as of the successor period 31 March 2020 and predecessor period 31 March 2019:

 

    2020
($US)
   

PREDECESSOR

2019

($US)

 
    $ -     $ 30,840  
Loan from directors     1,587,216       14,753  
    $ 1,587,216     $ 45,593  

 

Loan from directors is interest free and is repayable on demand. There is a pre-existing loan of approximately $1.5 million from a director of DDC CATV Network Private Limited that was given prior to the business combination.

 

F-22

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 12 — TRADE PAYABLES

 

Trade payables consist of the following as of the successor period 31 March 2020 and predecessor period 31 March 2019:

 

    2020
($US)
   

PREDECESSOR

2019

($US)

 
Trade payables   $ 401,139     $ 1,148  
Employee related payables     24,528       -  
    $ 425,667     $ 1,148  

 

Changes in trade payables as of and for the period ended 31 March 2020 consist of the following:

 

16 March 2020 (date of inception)   $  
Current period expense     425,667  
Payments      
31 March 2020   $ 425,667  

 

NOTE 13 — OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

 

Other financial liabilities consist of the following as of the successor period 31 March 2020 and the predecessor period 31 March 2019:

 

    2020
($US)
   

PREDECESSOR

2019

($US)

 
Payable in connection with the Acquisition of DDC CATV Network Private Limited
(Refer Note 23)
  $ 265,410     $                       -  
Professional fees payable     80,514       -  
    $ 345,924     $ -  

 

Changes in other financial liabilities as of and for the period ended 31 March 2020 consist of the following:

 

16 March 2020 (date of inception)   $  
Current period expense     345,924  
Payments      
31 March 2020   $ 345,924  

 

F-23

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 14 — OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

Other current liabilities consist of the following as of the successor period 31 March 2020 and the predecessor period 31 March 2019:

 

    2020
($US)
   

PREDECESSOR

2019

($US)

 
GST and other tax liabilities   $ 7,374,094     $ 108  
Advances from customers     1,132       -  
    $ 7,375,226     $ 108  

 

Changes in other current liabilities as of and for the period ended 31 March 2020 consist of the following:

 

16 March 2020 (date of inception)   $  
Current period expense     7,375,226  
Payments      
31 March 2020   $ 7,375,226  

 

NOTE 15 — CUSTOMER ACQUISITION PAYABLE

 

Customer Acquisition Payable consist of the following as of the successor period 31 March 2020 and the predecessor 31 March 2019:

 

    2020
($US)
   

PREDECESSOR

2019

($US)

 
Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet*   $ 58,745,436     $          -  
Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet, current portion     (29,372,718 )     -  
Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet, non-current portion   $ 29,372,718     $ -  

 

 

 

* The Group has acquired customers from Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited (“Reachnet”), through an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), 31 March 2021, 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023, respectively. Refer to Note 22 on Acquisition of Customers

 

NOTE 16 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Commitments and contingencies consist of the following as of the successor period 31 March 2020 and the predecessor period 31 March 2019:

 

    2020
($US)
   

PREDECESSOR

2019

($US)

 
Agreement for investment in Preference shares of DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd   $ 1,194,822       -  

 

The Company has entered into the Share Subscription Agreement with DDC CATV Network Private Limited and its Promoters under the terms of which it has an option to acquire an additional 49% of the DDC CATV through an issue of 900,000 fully convertible preference shares at INR 100 per share, aggregating to an amount of US$ 1,194,822. The above option is subject to obtaining a necessary regulatory approvals. Refer to Note 23 for further discussion on the business combination.

 

F-24

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 17 — EQUITY

 

Common shares:

 

The total number of shares of common shares issued as of the successor period 31 March 2020:

 

    2020  
Common shares – par value $ 0.10 each     30,000  

 

Movements in Common Shares: 

 

    Shares     Amount
($US)
 
Balance as on 16 March 2020         $  
Shares issued     30,000       3,000  
Balance as on 31 March 2020     30,000     $ 3,000  
Weighted average number of shares on issue during the period ended 31 March 2020, was:     30,000          

 

Common shares

 

Common shares entitles the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on the winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. As of the successor period 31 March 2020, the Company had an authorized share capital of 50,000 shares of $0.10 par value per share and on March 17, 2020, the Board of Directors passed the resolution to change the originally authorized shares from 50,000 common shares to 30,000 common shares, of $0.10 par value each. On 15 May 2020, the Company passed a resolution to increase the authorized share capital to 230,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value per share.

 

Equity consists of the following as of the successor period 31 March 2020:

 

    2020
($US)
 
Common shares – par value $0.10, 30,000 shares issued and outstanding   $ 3,000  
Net income available to common shareholders     11,363,499  
Foreign currency translation reserves, net of tax     (306,910 )
Non-controlling interest     (41,691 )
    $ 11,017,898  

 

Capital risk management

 

The Group’s capital management objectives are to ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern as well as to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.

 

The Group monitors capital based on the carrying amount of equity plus its subordinated loan, less cash and cash equivalents as presented on the face of the statement of financial position recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

The Group manages its capital structure and adjusts it in the light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares. The amounts managed as capital by the Group are summarized as follows:

 

    2020
($US)
 
Current borrowings   $ (1,587,215 )
Cash and cash equivalents     41,760  
Net debt   $ (1,545,455 )
Total equity   $ 11,017,898  
Net debt to equity ratio     14.03 %

 

F-25

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 18 — EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Earnings per share consist of the following as of the successor period 31 March 2020:

 

    2020
($US)
 
Net income available to common shareholders   $ 11,363,499  
Weighted average number of common shares     30,000  
Par value   $ 0.10  
Income per common share:        
Basic income per common share   $ 379  
Diluted income per common share   $ 379  

 

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

 

Risk management framework

 

The Group’s activities expose it to market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The management has the overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. This note explains the sources of risk which the Group is exposed to and how the Group manages the risk and the related impact in the financial statements.

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty fails to discharge its obligation to the Group. The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and financial assets.

 

Credit risk management

 

The Group assesses and manages credit risk based on internal credit rating system. Internal credit rating is performed for each class of financial instruments with different characteristics. The Group assigns the following credit ratings to each class of financial assets based on the assumptions, inputs, and factors specific to the class of financial assets.

 

The Group provides for expected credit loss based on the following:

 

Credit rating   Basis of categorization   Provision for expected credit loss
Low credit risk   Cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, and other financial assets   12 month expected credit loss
Moderate credit risk   Trade receivables and other financial assets   Lifetime expected credit loss, or 12 month expected credit loss
High credit risk   Trade receivables and other financial assets   Lifetime expected credit loss, or fully provided for

 

With respect of trade receivables, the Company recognizes a provision for lifetime expected credit losses.

 

Based on business environment in which the Group operates, a default on a financial asset is considered when the counterparty fails to make payments within the agreed time period as per the contract. Loss rates reflecting defaults are based on actual credit loss experience and consideration of differences between current and historical economic conditions.

 

F-26

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

 

Assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery, such as a debtor declaring bankruptcy, or a litigation decision against the Group. The Group continues to engage with parties whose balances are written off and attempts to enforce repayment. Recoveries made are recognized in the consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income.

 

Credit rating   Basis of categorization   As of
31 March 2020
 
Low credit risk   Cash and cash equivalents   $ 41,760  
Low credit risk   Other financial assets   $ 4,393,227  
Moderate credit risk   Trade receivables   $ 390,151  
Moderate credit risk   Other receivables   $ 18,015,483  

 

Cash & cash equivalents and bank deposits

 

Credit risk related to cash and cash equivalents and bank deposits is managed by only accepting highly rated banks and diversifying bank deposits and accounts in different banks across the country.

 

Trade receivables

 

Credit risk related to trade receivables are mitigated by taking bank guarantees or letters of credit, from customers where credit risk is high. The Group closely monitors the creditworthiness of the debtors through internal systems that are configured to define credit limits of customers, thereby, limiting the credit risk to pre-calculated amounts. The Group assesses increases in credit risk on an ongoing basis for amounts receivable that become past due and default is considered to have occurred when amounts receivable become two year past due.

 

Other receivables

 

This is one-time aggregate receivable for the period ended 31 March 2020, pursuant to the Acquisition of Customers from Reachnet. The Group closely monitors the creditworthiness of the debtors. Refer to Note 22 for further discussion on Acquisition of Customers.

 

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

 

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost includes loans and advances to related parties and employees, security deposits and others. Credit risk related to these other financial assets is managed by monitoring the recoverability of such amounts continuously.

 

Expected credit losses for financial assets other than trade receivables

 

The Group provides for expected credit losses on loans and advances other than trade receivables by assessing individual financial instruments for expectation of any credit losses. Since the Group deals with only high-rated banks and financial institutions, credit risk in respect of cash and cash equivalents, other bank balances and bank deposits is evaluated as very low. With respect to loans, comprising of security deposits, credit risk is considered low because the Group is in possession of the underlying asset. However, with respect to related parties, credit risk is evaluated based on credit worthiness of those parties and loss allowance is measured as lifetime expected credit losses. With respect to other financial assets, credit risk is evaluated based on the Group’s knowledge of the credit worthiness of those parties

 

F-27

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

 

and loss allowance is measured as lifetime expected credit losses. The Group does not have any expected loss-based impairment recognized on such assets considering their low credit risk nature, though incurred loss provisions are disclosed under each sub-category of such financial assets.

 

Asset class   Estimated gross
carrying amount
at default
    Expected probability
of default
    Expected
credit losses
    As of
March 31, 2020
 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 41,760       0.00 %         $ 41,760  
Other financial assets   $ 4,393,227       0.00 %         $ 4,393,227  

 

The Company did not have any written off amounts during the period ended 31 March 2020. Additionally, the Company did not have an allowance for loss at 31 March 2020.

 

Expected credit loss for trade receivables under simplified approach

 

The Group recognizes lifetime expected credit losses on trade receivables using a simplified approach, wherein the Group has defined percentage of provision by analyzing historical trend of default relevant to each category of customer based on the criteria defined above and such provision percentage determined have been considered to recognize lifetime expected credit losses on trade receivables (other than those where default criteria are met).

 

Asset class   Current     0-30 days
past due
    31-90 days
past due
    91-182 days
past due
    183-365 days
past due
    366-730 days
past due
    More than
700 days
past due
    As of
31 March
2020
 
Gross carrying amount other receivables   $ 18,405,634                                         $ 18,405,634  
Expected loss
rate
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %      
Loss allowance provision                                                
Carrying amount other receivables
(net of impairment)
  $ 18,405,634                                         $ 18,405,634  

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due. The Group manages its liquidity needs by carefully monitoring scheduled debt servicing payments for long-term financial liabilities as well as cash-outflows due in day-to-day business. Long-term liquidity needs for a 180-day and a 360-day lookout period are identified monthly.

 

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the liquidity position and cash and cash equivalents based on expected cash flows. The Group considers the liquidity of the market in which the entity operates.

 

F-28

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

 

Contractual Maturities of financial liabilities

 

The tables below analyze the Group’s financial liabilities based on their contractual maturities. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

 

Liability class   Less than
1 year
    1 – 2 years     2 – 3 years     More than
3 years
    Total as of
31 March 2020
 
Borrowings   $ 1,587,215                       $ 1,587,215  
Trade payables     425,667                         425,667  
Other financial liabilities     345,924                         345,924  
Other current liabilities     7,375,226                               7,375,226  
Customer Acquisition Payable     29,372,718       14,686,359       14,686,359             58,745,436  
Total   $ 39,106,750     $ 14,686,359     $ 14,686,359     $     $ 68,479,468  

 

Interest rate risk

 

The Group’s policy is to minimize interest rate cash flow risk exposures on long-term financing. At 31 March 2020, the Group is exposed to changes in market interest rates through bank borrowings at variable interest rates. Other borrowings are at fixed interest rates. As such Group does not has any borrowings from outsiders except overdraft facility which is short term in the nature and repayable on demand, the interest rates on borrowings is around 8.5%. The other borrowings are from Directors who are also and shareholders. The borrowings from them is short term in the nature interest free and repayable on demand.

 

NOTE 20 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

Financial assets and liabilities

 

Financial assets   Fair value
through
profit (loss)
    Fair value
through other
comprehensive
income
    Amortized
Cost
 
Investments   $           $  
Trade receivable     390,151              
Other receivables     18,015,483              
Other financial assets     4,393,227              
Total   $ 22,798,861           $  

 

Financial liabilities   Fair value
through
profit (loss)
    Fair value
through other
comprehensive
income
    Total as of
31 March 2020
 
Borrowings   $           $ 1,587,215  
Trade payables     425,667              
Other financial liabilities     345,924              
Total   $ 771,591           $ 1,587,215  

 

F-29

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 20 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (cont.)

 

Fair value hierarchy

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on the balance sheet are categorized into the three levels of fair value hierarchy. The three levels are defined based on the observability of significant inputs to the measurement, as follows:

 

The different levels of fair value have been defined below:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in an active market;

 

Level 2: Directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) observable market inputs, other than Level 1 inputs; and

 

Level 3: Inputs which are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). Fair values are determined in whole or in part using a net asset value or valuation model based on assumptions that are neither supported by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument nor are they based on available market data.

 

Fair value of instruments measured at amortized cost

 

Financial liabilities   Carrying
value as of
31 March
2020
    Fair value
as of
31 March
2020
 
Borrowings   $ 1,587,215     $ 1,587,215  

 

Management assessed that fair value of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, security deposits, loan to related parties, other financial assets, short term borrowings, trade payables and other current financial liabilities approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities is included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values:

 

Long-term fixed-rate receivables are evaluated by the Group based on parameters such as interest rates, individual creditworthiness of the customer and other market risk factors. Based on this evaluation, allowances are considered for the expected credit losses of these receivables.

 

The fair values of the Group’s fixed interest-bearing borrowings are determined by applying discounted cash flows (‘DCF’) method, using discount rate that reflects the issuer’s borrowing rate as at the end of the reporting period.

 

All the other long-term borrowing facilities availed by the Company are variable rate facilities which are subject to changes in underlying Interest rate indices. Further, the credit spread on these facilities are subject to change with changes in Group’s creditworthiness. The management believes that the current rate of interest on these loans are in close approximation from market rates applicable to the Group. Therefore, the management estimates that the fair value of these borrowings are approximate to their respective carrying values.

 

NOTE 21 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

There are no material related party transactions, except for the transactions listed below:

 

Compensation and benefits to Key Management Personnel would commence from 1 April 2020.

 

On acquisition, the unstructured capital work in progress was sold to the previous promoter for US$ 3,583, against loan repayable to previous promoter’s owned entity.

 

The Company secured 100% of the equity shares of Lytus India through Nimish Pandya for an aggregate price of US$ 2,000.

 

There is a pre-existing loan of approximately. $1.5 million from director of DDC CATV Network Private Limited (Ravi Gupta, Director of DDC) that was given prior to the business combination. Refer to Note 11 for details.

 

F-30

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 22 — ACQUISITION OF CUSTOMERS

 

Agreement with the Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited

 

The Group has acquired approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections from a licensed streaming company (Reachnet), through the Agreements dated 21 June 2019 and 6 December 2019, and the income entitlement rights from 1 April 2019, for a consideration of approximately US$ 59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), 31 March 2021, 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023, respectively. On 26 March 2020, the arrangement was consummated when pre-conditions were waived by mutual consent. The net surplus remaining with the Company is approximately US$ 15 million. Considering that the acquired customers were integrated into the Group’s normal course of business on 26 March 2020, the revenue arising therefrom is recognised as “other income”. Effective 1 April 2020 and thereafter, the revenue arising from the said contracts would be recognised as “Operating Revenue” and the customers would be billed directly by the Group.

 

The Group is free to appoint any licensed service provider for provision of streaming services. There is no binding or lock-in arrangement for providing streaming services to subscribers through Reachnet. The agreement contemplates only acquisition of subscriber base and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of Reachnet. The Group has ensured adequate safeguard to secure acquired customer contracts through non-compete clause and non-solicitation of subscribers clause. In respect of streaming services, Lytus India has outsourced the provision of streaming services to Reachnet in the capacity of a service provider. Going forward, with respect of non-streaming services (such as MedTech IOT) these services would be billed directly by the Company and costs and revenue would not be shared with Reachnet.

 

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATION

 

Acquisition of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (formerly known as Cabio Entertainment Private Limited)

 

The Company has purchased 100% equity shares of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (Lytus India) through the Share Purchase Agreement dated 19 March 2020. The Company has acquired 15,000 shares of Lytus India at a face value of INR 10 for a purchase price of INR 150,650 (US$ 2,000). The control of Lytus India is assumed by the Company from 19 March 2020.

 

Sr.No.   Particulars   Amt (INR)     Amt (INR)     ($US)  
1   Amount settled in cash             150,650     $ 2,000  
2   Recognised amounts of identifiable net assets:                        
    Capital work in progress – trademark     529,143                  
    Cash and cash equivalent     13,629                  
    Other current assets     439,454                  
    Borrowings     (1,112,579 )                
    Other current liabilities     (61,185 )                
    Net identifiable assets and liabilities             (191,538 )     (2,548 )
    Goodwill             342,188     $ 4,548  

 

Goodwill recognized on the acquisition relates to the expected growth, cost synergies and the value of Lytus India’s workforce which cannot be separated is recognized as an intangible asset. This Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

 

Changes in Goodwill:

 

Changes in Goodwill (Gross Carrying Amount)   (USD)  
Balance at 16 March 2020   $  
Acquired through business combination     4,548  
Net exchange differences     (5 )
Balance at 31 March 2020   $ 4,543  

 

F-31

 

  

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATION (cont.)

 

Acquisition of DDC CATV Network Private Limited

 

The Company has entered into the Share Subscription Agreement with DDC CATV Network Private Limited and its Promoters under the terms of which it has an option to acquire an additional 49% of the DDC CATV through an issue of 900,000 fully convertible preference shares at INR 100 per share, aggregating to an amount of US$ 1,194,822. The above option is subject to obtaining necessary regulatory approvals.

 

The Group assumed control in DDC India from 31 March 2020. The purchase costs are payable under the terms of the executed agreements.

 

Calculation of Goodwill upon Acquisition   (INR)     (USD)  
Consideration transferred     19,992,000     $ 265,410  
Add: Non-controlling interest – 49%     (3,140,360 )     (41,691 )
Less: DDCA TV Net Assets     6,408,897       85,083  
Goodwill     23,260,537     $ 308,802  

 

With this acquisition, the Group expects to increase its market share in India in Media and Internet Services market. Details of the business combination are as follows:

 

          (INR)     (USD)  
Amount settled in cash (refer to note below)           19,992,000     $ 265,410  
Proportionate value of Non-controlling interest in DDC CATV             (3,140,360 )     (41,691 )
Total             16,851,640       223,719  
                         
Recognized amounts of identifiable net assets:                        
Property and equipment     85,157,452                  
Intangible assets     28,423                  
Deposits     2,904,765                  
Non-current loans and advances     4,520,003                  
Trade and other receivables     29,388,105                  
Cash and cash equivalents     3,056,613                  
Deferred tax assets     3,976,181                  
Other current assets     8,065,917                  
Borrowings     (123,204,097 )                
Other liabilities     (765,860 )                
Trade and other payables     (19,536,399 )                
Net identifiable assets and liabilities             6,408,897       85,083  
Goodwill             23,260,537     $ 308,802  

 

Note: The cash payment for acquisition of DDC is not yet paid and the delay is on account of COVID-19 restrictions. The Company is obliged to make payment for acquisition of shares of DDC when the restriction is lifted.

 

Non-controlling interest in DDC India

 

The non-controlling interest in DDC India is measured at the proportionate value of net assets at the acquisition date.

 

F-32

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATION (cont.)

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill recognized on the acquisition relates to the expected growth, cost synergies and the value of DDC CATV’s workforce which cannot be separately recognized as an intangible asset. This goodwill has been allocated to the Group’s wholesale segment and is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

 

Changes in Goodwill (Gross Carrying Amount)   (USD)  
Balance at 16 March 2020   $  
Acquired through business combination     308,802  
Net exchange differences      
Balance at 31 March 2020   $ 308,802  

 

NOTE 24 — RESTATEMENT OF PREVIOUSLY ISSUED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In connection with the process of filing its Form F-1 Registration Statement, the Company restated the accompanying financial statements and related notes. As a result of this restatement there was no change in the assets, liabilities and equity or net revenues and expenses. Furthermore, there was no change in the net increase in cash and cash equivalents. The statement of cash flow was adjusted to show the effect of the purchase of the shares of Lytus India in the amount of US$2,000. In addition, the company enhanced its disclosures relating to property and equipment (See Note 9) and intangible assets and goodwill (see Note 10).

 

NOTE 25 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Management has evaluated subsequent events to determine if events or transactions occurring through 8 July 2020, January [ ], 2021 with respect to the restatement, the dates the financial statements were available for issuance, require potential adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statement and has concluded that all such events that would require recognition or disclosure have been recognized or disclosed, except for the below increase in the authorized share capital in the following paragraph.

 

On 15 May 2020, the authorized share capital of the Company was increased to 230,000,000 shares at US$ 0.01 per share. Further, subsequent to year end the current liability has been paid off by US$ 72,700 from unsecured interest free borrowing received from a director of the Company.

 

 

F-33

 

Exhibit 99.3

 

 

 

 

 

STANDALONE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED

 

For the year ended 31 March 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEX TO STANDALONE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 2
Standalone Statement of Financial Position 3
Standalone Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 4
Standalone Statement of Changes in Equity 5
Standalone Statement of Cash Flows 6
Notes to  Standalone Financial Statements 7

 

1

 

 

 

To the Board of Directors

of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD.:

 

Opinion on the Standalone Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying standalone statement of financial position of DDC CATV Network Private Limited (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2019 and as of March 31, 2020, the related standalone statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows, for the period from April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and for the period from April 1, 2019 through March 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the standalone financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the standalone financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020 and the standalone results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and for the period from April 1, 2019 through March 31, 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These standalone financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s standalone financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the standalone financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

 

2

 

 

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the standalone financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the standalone financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the standalone financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

For Kirtane & Pandit LLP

Chartered Accountants

FRN: 105215W/W100057

PCAOB FIRM ID NO 5686

 

 

Milind Bhave

Partner

Membership No. 047973

UDIN: 20047973AAAAEF8796

Place: Mumbai, India

Date: December 31, 2020

 

3

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED
STANDALONE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
As of 31 March 2020

 

    Note No.   2020
(US$)
    2019
(US$)
    2018
(US$)
 
ASSETS                      
                       
Current assets                      
Cash and cash equivalents       $ 40,579     $ 23,924     $ 26,119  
Other financial assets         49,688       51,281       44,253  
Trade receivables   8     390,151       358,472       328,794  
Other current assets   9     139,491       328,345       437,626  
Total current assets         619,909       762,022       836,792  
                             
Non-current assets                            
Property and equipment, net   10     1,349,018       1,558,375       1,841,163  
Intangible assets, net   11     471       640       885  
Other non-current assets         16,472       26,466       -  
Deferred tax assets   7     52,787       53,037       37,127  
Total non-current assets         1,418,748       1,638,518       1,879,175  
                             
Total assets       $ 2,038,657     $ 2,400,540     $ 2,715,967  
                             
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                            
                             
Current Liabilities                            
Borrowings   12   $ 1,575,826     $ 1,817,544     $ 2,071,452  
Trade payables   13     215,257       297,368       459,527  
Other financial liabilities   14     1,195       431       1,614  
Security deposits payable         59,807       102,568       108,721  
Other current liabilities   15     34,987       56,705       46,654  
Current tax liability   7     18,089       33,937       36,272  
Total current liabilities         1,905,161       2,308,553       2,724,240  
                             
Non-current liabilities                            
Deferred tax liability   7     55,166       31,325       -  
Total non-current liabilities         55,166       31,325       -  
Total liabilities         1,960,327       2,339,878       2,724,240  
                             
Commitments and contingencies   16                        
                             
EQUITY                            
Equity share capital   17     1,537       1,537       1,537  
Other equity   17     76,792       59,124       (9,810 )
Total equity         78,328       60,661       (8,273 )
                             
Total liabilities and equity       $ 2,038,657     $ 2,400,540     $ 2,715,967  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

4

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED
STANDALONE statement of PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the year ended 31 March 2020

 

    Note No.     2020
(US$)
    2019
(US$)
 
Revenues:                  
Operating revenue     3     $ 1,778,508     $ 1,596,735  
Other operating income     4       -       1,876  
Total revenues             1,778,508       1,598,611  
                         
Other income                        
Other income             -       -  
Total income             1,778,508       1,598,611  
                         
Expenses:                        
Operating expenses     5       1,518,236       1,247,282  
Depreciation     10       297,517       357,113  
Amortization     10       169       245  
Total expenses             1,815,923       1,604,639  
Finance income     6       446       501  
Finance costs     6       3,322       21,444  
Loss before income tax             (40,291 )     (26,971 )
Income tax expense     7       22,399       (6,749 )
Net income after tax available to common shareholders           $ (62,690 )   $ (20,222 )
                         
Other comprehensive loss                        
                         
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income                        
Foreign currency translation reserves of subsidiaries, net of tax             80,358       89,156  
                         
Total comprehensive income for the period           $ 17,668     $ 68,935  
                         
Basic income per share of common stock     18     $ (6.27 )   $ (2.02 )
Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding             10,000       10,000  
Diluted income per share of common stock     18     $ (6.27 )   $ (2.02 )
Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding             10,000       10,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

5

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED
STANALONE STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
For the year ended 31 March 2020

 

    Shares (Nos.)     Share
capital
    Accumulated
foreign
translation
adjustment
    Retained
earnings
    Total
equity
 
Balance as at 1 April 2018     10,000     $ 1,537     $     $ (9,810 )   $ (8,273 )
Net income                       (20,222 )     (20,222 )
Translation adjustment, net of tax                 89,157             89,157  
Total comprehensive income (loss)                 89,157       (30,032 )     60,661  
Issuance of shares                              
Balance at 31 March 2019     10,000     $ 1,537     $ 89,157     $ (30,032 )   $ 60,661  
Net income                       (62,690 )     (62,690 )
Translation adjustment, net of tax                 80,358             80,358  
Total comprehensive income (loss)                 80,358       (62,690 )     17,668  
Issuance of shares                              
Balance at 31 March 2020     10,000     $ 1,537     $ 169,514     $ (92,723 )   $ 78,328  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

6

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED
statement of CASH FLOWS
For the year ended 31 March 2020

 

    2020
(US$)
    2019
(US$)
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES            
Net income after tax available to common shareholders   $ (62,690 )   $ (20,222 )
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:                
Deferred tax expense     (4,043 )     (18,204 )
Depreciation on PPE     297,517       357,113  
Amortization of intangible assets     169       245  
Sundry balance written off     107,538       -  
Finance costs     3,322       21,444  
Interest income     (446 )     (501 )
Change in operating assets and liabilities:                
Trade receivables     (62,683 )     (50,570 )
Other financial assets     5,962       (36,150 )
Other assets     154,232       (100,182 )
Trade payable     62,851       131,883  
Other financial liabilities     (844 )     1,073  
Other current liabilities     36,978       (839 )
Current tax liability     19,206       19,495  
Net cash used in operating activities     601,917       464,428  
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                
Purchased of property, plant and equipment     (88,160 )     (74,324 )
Interest received on fixed deposits     446       501  
Net cash provided by investing activities     (87,714 )     (73,823 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                
Proceeds from long term borrowings     -       20,669  
Repayment of short term borrowings (net)     (108,604 )     (140,509 )
Interest paid on borrowings     (3,322 )     (21,443 )
Net cash used in financing activities     (111,927 )     (141,284 )
                 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     402,276       249,320  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – beginning of period     23,924       26,119  
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     (385,621 )     (251,515 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – end of period   $ 40,579     $ 23,924  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

7

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO STANDALONE FINANCIAL statementS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES

 

Nature of Operations

 

DDC CTAV Network Private Limited (the ‘Company’) is domiciled in India and incorporated on 20th November, 2013 with the main object of carrying on the business of providing services relating to Cable TV operator as MSO. The Company provides services to LCO in the form of subscription of set top box and activation fees. The Company also provides the services of many type of services to the various broadcaster in the form of placement fees, fiber lease, lease line etc. The Company has their branch offices in various state of India like Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Jarkhand etc.

 

The Company’s registered office is at Office No. 2, First Floor, Local Shopping Centre, Uday Park, New Delhi – 110049.

 

The Company and its promoters has entered in to definitive, irrevocable share purchase agreement with the Lytus Technologies Holding Private Limited, the Company registered at British Virgin Island, USA & its Nominee employee (Collectively referred as “Lytus BVI) from 31 March 2020, that it shall subject to fulfillment of the condition precedent specified in Clause 4 of the said agreement sale 51% of the equity shares against agreed Sale Share Consideration.

 

The control is assumed as on 31 March 2020 and from this date, this company becomes the Subsidiary of Lytus BVI.

 

Basis of preparation

 

These standalone financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2020, are the Company’s special purpose first financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

For all period up to and including the year ended March 31, 2020, the Company has prepared its financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in India (Indian GAAP). These special purpose financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020 are the Company’s first annual IFRS Financial Statements and have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) for submitting with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the purpose of under Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X.

 

The accounting policies used for the preparation of these standalone financial statements are based upon the application of IFRS 1.D16, which results in assets liabilities being measured at the carrying amount required by IFRS 1 based on the Company’s date of transition. Since the Company required to prepared financial statement as per Indian GAAP for the purpose of IFRS financial the date of transition is considered as April 1, 2018.

 

8

 

 

The Company has prepared the opening financial position as per IFRS as at April 1, 2018 (the transition date) by recognizing all assets and liabilities whose recognition is required by IFRS, not recognizing items of assets or liabilities which are not permitted by IFRS, by reclassifying certain items from Previous GAAP to IFRS as required under the IFRS, and applying IFRS in the measurement of recognized assets and liabilities. The accounting policies that the Company has used in its opening IFRS financials may have differed from those that it used for its previous GAAP. The resulting adjustments arising from events and transactions occurring before the date of transition to IFRS has been recognized directly in retained earnings at the date of transition.

 

The accounting policies set out in note 2 have been applied in preparing the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2020, the comparative information presented in these financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2019 and in the preparation of an opening IFRS balance sheet at 1 April 2018 (the date of transition).

 

The functional and reporting currency of the Company is “INR”, however for submitting to SEC the financials has been reported in “USD” with all the conversion difference from INR to USD is considered as “Accumulated foreign translation adjustment and accounted in equity and all amounts, are rounded with two decimals, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.

 

Critical accounting estimates

 

The preparation of the standalone financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.

 

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations adopted for fiscal period ended 31 March 2020

 

In January 2016, International Accounting Standards Board issued the final version of IFRS 16, Leases, which is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. IFRS 16 has replaced IAS 17 Leases, and its related interpretations. IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. It introduces a single, on-balance sheet lease accounting model for lessees.

 

The Company has adopted IFRS 16, effective for the annual reporting period beginning 1 April 2019, however there are no lease transactions which required application of IFRS 16 and accordingly there is no impact on retained earnings or any other assets or liabilities.

 

The Company has also adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (2014), which became mandatorily effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

 

The nature and effect of the changes arising from these standards are summarized below.

 

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

 

IFRS 15 replaces IAS 18 and covers contracts for goods and services. IFRS 15 is based on the principle that revenue is recognized when control of a good or service transfers to a customer; so the notion of control replaces the existing notion of risks and rewards.

 

The Company has adopted IFRS 15 from 1 April 2019, using a modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, transitional adjustments are recognized in retained earnings as of 1 April 2019 (the date of initial application), without restating the comparative period.

 

Under IFRS 15, the Company must evaluate the separability of the promised goods or services based on whether they are ‘distinct’. A promised good or service is ‘distinct’ if both:

 

the customer benefits from the item either on its own or together with other readily available resources: and

 

it is ‘separately identifiable’ form other promise in the contracts (i.e. the Company does not provide significant service integrating, modifying or customizing it).

 

While this represents significant new guidance, the implementation of this new guidance did not have a significant impact on the timing or amount of revenue recognized during the period. No adjustments were required to account for the impact of IFRS 15 on initial adoption.

 

9

 

 

IFRIC 23 — Uncertainty over Income Tax treatments

 

The International Accounting Standard Board clarifies the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes. The interpretation is to be applied to the determination of taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates, when there is uncertainty over income tax treatment under IAS 12. The adoption of IFRIC 23 did not any impact on standalone financial statement of the Company.

 

India taxes are based on the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the Act) and the rules under the Income Tax Rules, 1962. The Act also provides for anti-avoidance rules at various places. The taxpayer is required to self-assess his tax position and file his tax return. The filed tax return is then subject to review and examination by the Indian tax authorities.

 

This requires recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” approach. The management evaluated the Company’s tax positions and concluded that no provision for uncertainty in income taxes was necessary as of 31 March 2020. We evaluate our uncertain tax positions on a regular basis. Our evaluations are based on a number of factors, including changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audit and effective settlement of audit issues.

 

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations not yet Adopted

 

In May 2020, the IASB issued Reference to the Conceptual Framework, which made amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations. Entities which rely on the Conceptual Framework will need to consider whether their accounting policies are still appropriate under the revised Framework, with effect for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Company does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its standalone financial statements.

 

The IASB has issued ‘Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3)’ aimed at resolving the difficulties that arise when an entity determines whether it has acquired a business or a Company of assets. The amendments are effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Company does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of whether activities and assets acquired are a business or a Company of assets.

 

The IASB issued Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8) in October 2018 to clarify and align the definition of material. The amendments are intended to improve the understanding of the existing requirements rather than to significantly impact an entity’s materiality judgements. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Company does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of ‘material’ in relation to its standalone financial statements.

 

The IASB has issued amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 that provide certain reliefs in connection with interest rate benchmark reform. The reliefs relate to hedge accounting and have the effect that inter-bank offered rates (“IBOR”) reform should not generally cause hedge accounting to terminate. However, any hedge ineffectiveness should continue to be recorded in the income statement. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Company does not expect the amendment to have a significant impact on its standalone financial statements.

 

The IASB has issued ‘Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1)’ providing a more general approach to the classification of liabilities under IAS 1 based on the contractual agreements in place at the reporting date. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022 and are to be applied retrospectively with application permitted. The Company does not expect the amendments to have any significant impact on its presentation of liabilities in its statement of financial position.

 

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity in future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

 

Changes in significant accounting policies

 

The Company’s accounting policies, which have changed as a result of the changes to accounting standards noted above, are summarized below:

 

Revenue

 

Revenue is recognized based on the transfer of services to a customer for an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable taking into account the amount of discounts, rebates, outgoing taxes on sales.

 

10

 

 

To determine whether to recognize revenue, the Company follows a 5-step process:

 

1. Identifying the contract with a customer
2. Identifying the performance obligations
3. Determining the transaction price
4. Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations
5. Recognizing revenue when/as performance obligation(s) are satisfied

 

Further information about each source of revenue from contracts with customers and the criteria for recognition follows.

 

Subscription revenues

 

Subscription income includes subscription from subscribers. Revenue is recognized upon completion of services based on underlying subscription plan or agreements with the subscribers.

 

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive revenues

 

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive fees are recognized upon completion of services based on agreements with the broadcasters.

 

Advertising revenues

 

Advertisement income is recognized when relevant advertisements are telecasted.

 

GST on all income

 

The Company collects Goods and Service Tax (GST) on behalf of the government and, therefore, it is not an economic benefit flowing to the Company. Hence, it is excluded from revenue.

 

Current and non-current classification

 

Assets and liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position based on current and non-current classification.

 

An asset is classified as current when: it is either expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is expected to be realized within 12 months after the reporting period; or the asset is cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other assets are classified as non-current.

 

A liability is classified as current when: it is either expected to be settled in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period; or there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

 

The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realization in cash and cash equivalents. The Company has identified twelve months as its operating cycle.

 

Functional and presentation currency

 

Items included in the financial statements of the Company are measured using the currency of India (INR) which is the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in United States dollars.

 

Transactions and balances

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the presentation currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are generally recognized in profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.

 

11

 

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in the statement of profit or loss, within finance costs. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statement of profit or loss on a net basis within other gains/(losses).

 

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as at fair value through other comprehensive income are recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

Financial Instruments

 

Financial Assets

 

Classification

 

The Company classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss), and

 

those to be measured at amortized cost.

 

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

 

The Company reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

 

Recognition and derecognition

 

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on trade-date, the date on which the Company commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Company has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

 

Measurement

 

At initial recognition, the Company measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

 

Debt instruments

 

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Company business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Company classifies its debt instruments:

 

Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognized directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

 

FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

 

12

 

 

FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises.

 

Equity instruments

 

The Company subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Company management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment.

 

Dividends from such investments continue to be recognized in profit or loss as other income when the Company right to receive payments is established.

 

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognized in other gains/(losses) in the statement of profit or loss as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

 

Impairment

 

The Company assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

 

For trade receivables only, the Company measures the expected credit loss associated with its trade receivables based on historical trend, industry practices and the business environment in which the entity operates or any other appropriate basis. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

 

Financial Liabilities

 

Initial Recognition and Measurement

 

All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value and in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs. The Company financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans, and borrowings including bank overdrafts and derivative financial instruments.

 

Subsequent measurement

 

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

 

After initial measurement, such financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortization is included in finance costs in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

 

Borrowings

 

Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss over the period of the borrowings using the EIR method.

 

Trade and Other Payables

 

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Company prior to the end of the period which are unpaid. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognized initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

13

 

 

Derecognition

 

Financial assets

 

The Company derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Company neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

 

The Company enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognized in its statement of financial position but retains either all or substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. In these cases, the transferred assets are not derecognized.

 

Financial Liability

 

The Company derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire. The Company also derecognizes a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognized at fair value.

 

On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognized in profit or loss.

 

Income tax

 

Income tax expense represents the sum of current and deferred tax (including minimum alternate tax). The income tax expense or benefit for the period is the tax payable on that period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction, adjusted by the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences, unused tax losses and the adjustment recognized for prior periods, where applicable.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to be applied when the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted, except for:

 

When the deferred income tax asset or liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting nor taxable profits; or

 

When the taxable temporary difference is associated with interests in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, and the timing of the reversal can be controlled, and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilize those temporary differences and losses.

 

The carrying amount of recognized and unrecognized deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date. Deferred tax assets recognized are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that future taxable profits will be available for the carrying amount to be recovered. Previously unrecognized deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that there are future taxable profits available to recover the asset.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities; and they relate to the same taxable authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend to settle simultaneously.

 

As of 31 March 2020, the Company had no significant uncertain tax positions that qualify for either recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to significant uncertain income tax positions in other expense. There were no such interest and penalties incurred for the period ended 31 March 2020.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

 

14

 

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and Equipment assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

 

Capital work in progress (CWIP) includes cost of property and equipment under installation / under development, as of balance sheet date. All project related expenditures related to civil works, machinery under erection, construction and erection materials, preoperative expenditure incidental / attributable to the construction of projects, borrowing cost incurred prior to the date of commercial operations and trial run expenditure are shown under CWIP. Property and Equipment are derecognized from the financial statements, either on disposal or when retired from active use. Gains and losses on disposal or retirement of Property and Equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

 

Depreciation methods, estimated useful lives and residual value

 

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property and equipment less their estimated residual values using the written down method over their estimated useful lives and is generally recognized in profit or loss. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Land is not depreciated.

 

The estimated useful lives of property and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows:

 

Buildings   40 years    
Property and equipment   3 – 12 years    
Fixtures and fittings   5 – 10 years    

 

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

 

Intangible Assets

 

Separately purchased intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequently, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

 

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite. Finite-life intangible assets are amortized on a written down basis over the period of their expected useful lives. Estimated useful lives by major class of finite-life intangible assets are as follow:

 

Trademark/Copy rights   5 Years    
Computer Software   5 Years    

 

The amortization period and the amortization method for definite life intangible assets is reviewed annually.

 

For indefinite life intangible assets, the assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether it continues, if not, it is impaired or changed prospectively basis revised estimates.

 

Goodwill is initially recognized based on the accounting policy for business combinations. These assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually.

 

Fair value measurement

 

When an asset or liability, financial or non-financial, is measured at fair value for recognition or disclosure purposes, the fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date; and assumes that the transaction will take place either: in the principal market; or in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market.

 

15

 

 

Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming they act in their economic best interests. For non-financial assets, the fair value measurement is based on its highest and best use. Valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, are used, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

 

Borrowing Costs

 

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalized as part of the cost of the asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

 

Provisions

 

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.

 

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

 

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as finance cost.

 

Issued Capital

 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

 

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

 

Dividends

 

Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognized as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved.

 

Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of Lytus Technologies Limited, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the financial year.

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares and the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

NOTE 2 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ASSESSMENTS, AND ASSUMPTIONS

 

Under IFRS 1, the Company is required to make estimates and assumptions in presentation and preparation of the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2020, 31 March 2019 and 1 April, 2018.

 

Key estimates considered in preparation of the financial statement that were not required under the previous GAAP are listed below:

 

Fair Valuation of financial instruments carried at FVTPL and/ or FVOCI.

 

16

 

 

Impairment of financial assets based on the expected credit loss model.

 

Determination of the discounted value for financial instruments carried at amortized cost.

 

The Company applies judgement to determine whether each product or services promised to a customer are capable of being distinct, and are distinct in the context of the contract, if not, the promised product or services are combined and accounted as a single performance obligation. The Company allocates the arrangement consideration to separately identifiable performance obligation deliverables based on their relative stand-alone selling price.

 

Expected credit losses on financial assets: The impairment provisions of financial assets and trade receivables are based on assumptions about risk of default and expected timing of collection. The Company uses judgment in making these assumptions and selecting the inputs to the impairment calculation, based on the Company’s past history of collections, customer’s creditworthiness, existing market conditions as well as forward looking estimates at the end of each reporting period

 

Useful lives of property, plant and equipment: The Company depreciates property, plant and equipment on a written down basis over estimated useful lives of the assets. The charge in respect of periodic depreciation is derived based on an estimate of an asset’s expected useful life and the expected residual value at the end of its life. The life is based on historical experience with similar assets as well as anticipation of future events, which may impact their life, such as changes in technology. The estimated useful life is reviewed at least annually.

 

Useful lives of intangible assets: The Company amortizes intangible assets on a written down basis over estimated useful lives of the assets. The useful life is estimated based on a number of factors including the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors such as the stability of the industry and known technological advances and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the assets. The estimated useful life is reviewed at least annually.

 

Estimation of provisions and contingent liabilities: Management judgement is required for estimating the possible outflow of resources, if any, in respect of contingencies, claim, litigations etc against the Company as it is not possible to predict the outcome of pending matters with accuracy.

 

Uncertainty relating to the global health pandemic - COVID-19

 

In assessing the recoverability of receivables including unbilled receivables, the Company has considered internal and external information up to the date of approval of these special purpose financial statements. The Company has performed analysis on the assumptions used and based on current indicators of future economic conditions, the Company expects to recover the carrying amount of these assets. The impact of the global health pandemic may be different from that estimated as at the date of approval of these special purpose financial statements and the Company will continue to closely monitor any material changes to future economic conditions.

 

Previous GAAP figures have been reclassified/regrouped to confirm the presentation requirements under IFRS.

 

As such there are no material differences or impact due to transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS and hence restated summaries of equity and profit & loss not given.

 

NOTE 3 — REVENUE FROM CONTACT WITH CUSTOMERS

 

Revenue from contract with customers consist of the following for the year 31 March 2020:

 

   

2020

($US)

   

2019

($US)

 
Subscription income   $ 1,276,871     $ 1,043,655  
Carriage fees     206,175       233,638  
Advertisement income     132,726       67,596  
Placement fees     75,771       84,640  
Fiber lease charges     69,876       69,490  
Others     17,089       97,716  
Total revenue from contract with customers   $ 1,778,508     $ 1,596,735  

 

17

 

 

Timing of revenue recognition:

 

   

2020

($US)

   

2019

($US)

 
Product transfer at point of time   $ -     $ -  
Service transferred over time     1,778,508       1,596,735  
Total   $ 1,778,508     $ 1,596,735  

 

Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. The Company recognises revenue when it transfers control over a good or service to a customer.

 

NOTE 4 — OTHER OPERATING REVENUE

 

Other revenue consists of for the year 31 March 2020:

 

   

2020

($US)

   

2019

($US)

 
Bad debts written off   $       -     $ 1,876  
                 
Total other operating income   $ -     $ 1,876  

 

NOTE 5 — EXPENSES

 

Expenses consist of the following for the year ended 31 March 2020:

 

   

2020

($US)

   

2019

($US)

 
Legal and professional expenses     10,606       24,169  
Staffing expense     142,545       101,933  
Other operating expenses     1,365,085       1,121,179  
Total expenses   $ 1,518,236     $ 1,247,282  

 

18

 

 

Other operating expenses consists of the following

 

   

2020

($US)

   

2019

($US)

 
Subscription charges   $ 908,394     $ 650,072  
Lease line charges     104,458       64,969  
Electricity charges     53,769       56,624  
Repairs and maintenance expenses     70,165       62,744  
Business support expenses     29,540       57,161  
Operating lease rental expenses     21,356       14,777  
Regulatory expenses     11,092       5,275  
Technical support expenses     6,890       -  
Conveyance and travelling expenses     6,562       11,113  
Copy right charges     6,826       7,216  
Business expenses     4,674       5,669  
Security chares     3,321       3,422  
Bad debts written off     665          
                 
Audit fee     844       429  
Sundry credit balance written off     107,537       -  
Others     11,756       15,160  
Total expenses   $ 1,365,085     $ 1,121,179  

 

Subscription charges is paid to the various broadcasters for annual subscription for various channels signal.

 

Lease line charges is paid to the various telecommunication company for lease line hire charges for the period

 

Repairs and maintenance expenses consist of software running expenses, petrol and diesel expenses of vehicles, vehicle running and maintenance expenses, battery expenses and maintenance expenses of other equipment.

 

Business support services expenses for supporting day to day business of the Company

 

Operating lease rentals is related to office rental for the year. Lease rent is paid annually to property owner. Lease is for the period of 12 months renewed annually.

 

Regulatory expenses mainly consist of annual regulatory expenses and entertainment tax.

 

Sundry balance written off is related to old capital trade payable balance not required to be paid.

 

Others is consisting of cost of materials like remote, spares, battery etc. purchased/consumed during the year.

 

Staffing expenses consist of the following for the year ended 31 March 2020:

 

   

2020

($US)

   

2019

($US)

 
Salaries, wages and bonus to staff   $ 102,760     $ 81,688  
                 
Directors remuneration     33,760       17,162  
                 
Contribution to PF and ESIC funds     6,024       3,083  
Total staffing expenses   $ 142,545     $ 101,933  

 

19

 

 

Other operating expenses are small expenses related to insurance, job work, postage, courier, printing & stationery and other miscellaneous office related expenses.

 

NOTE 6 — FINANCE IINCOME AND FINANCE COSTS

 

Finance income consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

   

2020

($US)

   

2019

($US)

 
Interest on bank deposits   $ 121     $ 484  
Other income     325       17  
Total finance income   $ 446     $ 501  

 

Finance costs consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

   

2020

($US)

   

2019

($US)

 
Interest on bank overdraft   $ 2,534     $ 18,905  
Other finance costs     788       2,539  
                 
Total finance costs   $ 3,322     $ 21,444  

 

NOTE 7 — INCOME TAX EXPENSES

 

Income tax consist of following as of 31 March 2020:

 

    2020
($US)
    2019
($US)
 
Current tax expense   $ 26,441     $ 11,455  
Deferred tax expense     (4,043 )     (18,204 )
Income tax expense   $ 22,399     $ (6,749 )

 

Standalone statement of comprehensive income

 

    2020
($US)
    2019
($US)
 
Deferred tax related to item charged directly to equity:            
Net gain on translations   $ 31,325     $ 23,841  

 

Deferred tax related to the translations in to foreign currency from INR to USD have been calculated at the rate of the jurisdiction in which the Company situated i.e. in India (at the rate 22.88% in 2020, at the rate 26% in 2019)

 

Accounting for Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense represents the sum of the current tax and deferred tax.

 

20

 

 

The charge for current tax is based on the result for the period adjusted for items which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

 

Current and deferred tax is recognized in the income statement unless the item to which the tax relates was recognized outside the income statement being other comprehensive income or equity. The tax associated with such an item is also recognized in other comprehensive income or equity respectively.

 

A reconciliation between tax expense and the product of accounting profit multiplied by Indian domestic tax rate for the year 31 March 2020 is as follows:

 

    2020
($US)
    2019
($US)
 
Accounting loss before tax   $ (40,291 )   $ (26,971 )
At Indian statutory income tax rate of 2020  22.88%, 2019 – 26%     (9,219 )     (7013 )
Net difference in depreciations and amortization as per accounts and tax     10,269       17,868  
Non-deductible expenses for tax purpose – capital expenditure w/off     25,390       599  
At effective income tax rate of 2020  22.88%, 2019 – 26%     26,441       11,445  
Income tax reported on standalone profit and loss   $ 26,441     $ 11,445  

 

Reflected in the financial statement of financial position as of 31 March 2020 is as follows:

 

    2020
($US)
    2019
($US)
    1 April 2018
($US)
 
Opening balance   $ 33,937     $ 36,272     $ 36,272  
Current income tax charge     26,441       11,455       -  
MAT Credit Utilised     (7,435 )     (11,455 )     -  
Opening balance adjusted with taxes paid     (33,937 )                
Foreign exchange conversion difference     918       2,334       -  
Closing balance   $ 18,089     $ 33,937     $ 36,272  

 

Deferred tax

 

Deferred tax relates to the following temporary differences:

 

          2020
($US)
          2019
($US)
    1 April 2018
($US)
 
    In profit & loss     OCI     In  profit  & loss     OCI     In profit & loss     OCI  
Deferred tax assets                                    
Opening Balance   $ 53,037     $ (31,325 )     $ 37, 127     $ -     $ 37,127     $ -  
Accelerated depreciation for tax purpose     4,043       -       18,204       -       -       -  
Change in rates of taxation     (6,364 )                                        
On translations in to foreign currency             (23,841 )     -       (31,325 )                
Foreign exchange conversion difference     2,071       -       (2,294 )     -       -       -  
Total deferred tax assets/(liabilities)   $ 52,787     $ (55,166 )   $ 53,037     $ (31,325 )   $ 37,127     $ -  

 

21

 

 

Reflected in the financial statement of financial position as of 31 March 2020 is as follows:

 

    2020
($US)
    2019
($US)
    1 April 2018
($US)
 
Deferred tax assets   $ 52,787     $ 53,037     $ 37,127  
Deferred tax liabilities     (55,166 )     (31,325 )     -  
Net deferred tax (liabilities)/assets   $ (2,379 )   $ 21,712     $ 37,127  

 

NOTE 8 — TRADE RECEIVABLES

 

Trade receivables consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

    2020
($US)
    2019
($US)
    1 April 2018
($US)
 
Receivable from others   $ 390,151     $ 358,472     $ 328,794  
Total   $ 390,151     $ 358,472     $ 328,794  

 

NOTE 9 — OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

Other current assets consist of the following as of 31 March 2020 and 31 March 2019:

 

    2020
($US)
    2019
($US)
    1 April 2018
($US)
 
Balances with government authorities   $ 18,977     $ 43,261     $ 127,578  
Advance to suppliers     60,007       199,921       239,974  
TDS Receivables     22,386       77,727       49,820  
Income tax refund receivables     38,122       -       -  
MAT Credit Receivables     -       7,435       20,254  
Total   $ 139,491     $ 328,345     $ 437,626  

 

22

 

 

NOTE 10 — PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT

 

Description   Plant and equipment     Furniture and fittings     Vehicles     Office equipments     Computer equipments     Total  
                                     
Gross carrying value                                    
As at April 1, 2018     1,832,981       709       1,302       3,098       3,072       1,841,163  
Additions     71,510       -       -       2,606       208       74,324  
Disposals                                             -  
As at March 31, 2019     1,904,491       709       1,302       5,705       3,281       1,915,487  
Additions     83,872       -       -       4,288       -       88,160  
                                              -  
As at March 31, 2020     1,988,363       709       1,302       9,993       3,281       2,003,647  
                                                 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment loss                                                
As at April 1, 2018     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Charge for the year     353,495       171       219       1,360       1,867       357,113  
As at March 31, 2019     353,495       171       219       1,360       1,867       357,113  
Charge for the year     293,107       125       177       3,394       715       297,517  
As at March 31, 2020     646,602       296       396       4,754       2,582       654,629  
                                                 
Net block as at April 1, 2018     1,832,981       709       1,302       3,098       3,072       1,841,163  
Net block as at March 31, 2019     1,550,996       538       1,082       4,344       1,413       1,558,375  
As at March 31, 2020     1,341,761       414       906       5,239       699       1,349,018  

 

Gross carrying value as at 1 April 2018 is a net figure consist of gross carrying value and accumulated depreciation carried forward from previous GAP ie Indian GAP, which is a local GAP, represent IAS 16 cost.

 

NOTE 11 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

Description   Softwares     Total  
             
Gross carrying value            
As at April 1, 2018     885       885  
Additions     -       -  
Disposals     -       -  
As at March 31, 2018     885       885  
Additions     -       -  
Acquisation through business combination     -       -  
Disposals     -       -  
As at March 31, 2020     885       885  
                 
Accumulated amortisation                
As at April 1, 2018     -       -  
Charge for the year     245       245  
Disposals     -       -  
As at March 31, 2018     245       245  
Charge for the year     169       169  
Acquisation through business combination     -       -  
Disposals     -       -  
As at March 31, 2020     414       414  
                 
Net block as at April 1, 2018     885       885  
Net block as at March 31, 2019     640       640  
As at March 31, 2020     471       471  

 

Gross carrying value as at 1 April 2018 is a net figure consist of gross carrying value and accumulated depreciation carried forward from previous GAP ie Indian GAP, which is a local GAP, represent IAS 38 cost.

 

The above intangible assets are other than internally generated

 

23

 

 

NOTE 12 — BORROWINGS

 

Borrowings consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

    2020
($US)
    2019
($US)
    1 April 2018
($US)
 
Loan from directors   $ 1,575,826     $ 1,713,472     $ 1,809,129  
Bank Overdraft Facility     -       104,072       262,323  
Total borrowings   $ 1,575,826     $ 1,817,544     $ 2,071,452  

 

Loan from directors is interest free and is repayable on demand.

 

NOTE 13 — TRADE PAYABLES

 

Trade payables consist of the following as of 31 March 2020

 

    2020
($US)
    2019
($US)
    1 April 2018
($US)
 
Trade payables   $ 205,619     $ 283,597     $ 452,387  
Employee related payables     9,638       13,771       7,140  
Total borrowings   $ 215,257     $ 297,368     $ 459,527  

 

NOTE 14 — OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

 

Other financial liabilities consist of the following as of 31 March 2020

 

    2020
($US)
    2019
($US)
    1 April 2018
($US)
 
Audit fee payables   $ 1,195     $ 431     $ 1,614  
                         
Total other financial liabilities   $ 1,195     $ 431     $ 1,614  

 

NOTE 15 — OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

Other current liabilities consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

    2020
($US)
    2019
($US)
    1 April 2018
($US)
 
Statutory liabilities   $ 33,855     $ 56,345     $ 27,653  
Advances from customers     1,132       360       19,002  
Total other current liabilities   $ 34,987     $ 56,705     $ 46,654  

 

24

 

 

NOTE 16 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Commitments and contingencies consist of the following as of 31 March 2020

 

    2020
($US)
    2019
($US)
   

1 April 2018

($US)

 
Agreement for investment in Preference shares of DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd   $ 1,194,822             -             -  

 

The Company has entered into the Share Subscription Agreement with Lytus BVI under the terms of which it has an option to acquire an additional 49% of the DDC CATV through an issue of 900,000 fully convertible preference shares at INR 100 per share, aggregating to an amount of US$ 1,194,822. The above option is subject to obtaining a necessary regulatory approvals. Refer to Note 23 for further discussion on the business combination.

 

NOTE 17 — EQUITY

 

Common Stock:

 

The total number of shares of common stock issued as of 31 March 2020:

 

    2020     2019    

1 April 2018

($US)

 
Common stock – par value $ 0.10 each     10,000       10,000       10,000  

 

Movements in Common Stock: 

 

    Shares     Amount
($US)
 
Balance as on 1 April 2018     10,000     $ 1,537  
Shares issued during the year     -       -  
Balance as on 31 March 2019     10,000     $ 1,537  
Shares issued during the year     -       -  
Balance as on 31 March 2020     10,000     $ 1,537  

 

Common Stock

 

Common stock entitles the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on the winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. As of 31 March 2020, the Company had an authorized share capital of 10,000 shares of INR 10 par value per share.

 

NOTE 17 — OTHER EQUITY

 

Other Equity consists of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

    2020
($US)
    2019
($US)
   

1 April, 2018

($US)

 
Net income available to common shareholders     (92,723 )     (30,033 )     (9,810 )
Foreign currency translation reserves, net of tax     169,514       89,157       -  
    $ 76,792       59,124       (9,810 )

 

Capital risk management

 

The Company’s capital management objectives are to ensure the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as well as to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.

 

25

 

 

The Company monitors capital based on the carrying amount of equity plus its subordinated loan, less cash and cash equivalents as presented on the face of the statement of financial position recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

The Company manages its capital structure and adjusts it in the light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares. The amounts managed as capital by the Company are summarized as follows:

 

Particulars   2020     2019     1 April 2018  
Non-Current Borrowings     -       -       -  
Current Borrowings     15,75,826       18,17,543       2,071,452  
Cash and cash equivalents     40,579       23,924       26,119  
Net debt     15,35,247       17,93,619       2,045,333  
Total equity     78,328       60,660       (8,273 )
Net debt to equity ratio     1960 %     2956 %     (24721 %)

 

NOTE 18 — EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Earnings per share consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

    2020
($US)
    2019
($US)
 
Net income available to common shareholders   $ (62,690 )     (20,223 )
Weighted average number of common shares     10,000       (10,000 )
Par value (INR 10 per share)     0.13       0.13  
Income per common share:                
Basic income per common share   $ (6.27 )     (2.02 )
Diluted income per common share   $ (6.27 )     (2.02 )

 

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

 

Risk management framework

 

The Company’s activities expose it to market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The management has the overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Company’s risk management framework. This note explains the sources of risk which the Company is exposed to and how the Company manages the risk and the related impact in the financial statements.

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty fails to discharge its obligation to the Company. The Company’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and financial assets.

 

Credit risk management

 

The Company assesses and manages credit risk based on internal credit rating system. Internal credit rating is performed for each class of financial instruments with different characteristics. The Company assigns the following credit ratings to each class of financial assets based on the assumptions, inputs, and factors specific to the class of financial assets.

 

26

 

 

The Company provides for expected credit loss based on the following:

 

Credit rating   Basis of categorization   Provision for expected credit loss
Low credit risk   Cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, and other financial assets   12 month expected credit loss
Moderate credit risk   Trade receivables and other financial assets   Lifetime expected credit loss, or 12 month expected credit loss
High credit risk   Trade receivables and other financial assets   Lifetime expected credit loss, or fully provided for

 

With respect of trade receivables, the Company recognizes a provision for lifetime expected credit losses.

 

Based on business environment in which the Company operates, a default on a financial asset is considered when the counterparty fails to make payments within the agreed time period as per the contract. Loss rates reflecting defaults are based on actual credit loss experience and consideration of differences between current and historical economic conditions.

 

Assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery, such as a debtor declaring bankruptcy, or a litigation decision against the Company. The Company continues to engage with parties whose balances are written off and attempts to enforce repayment. Recoveries made are recognized in the consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income.

 

Credit rating   Basis of categorization   As of
31 March 2020
    As of
31 March 2019
 
Low credit risk   Cash and cash equivalents   $ 40,579       23,924  
Low credit risk   Other financial assets   $ 189,179       379,625  
Moderate credit risk   Trade receivables   $ 390,151       358,471  
Moderate credit risk   Other receivables   $ -       -  

 

Cash & cash equivalents and bank deposits

 

Credit risk related to cash and cash equivalents and bank deposits is managed by only accepting highly rated banks and diversifying bank deposits and accounts in different banks across the country.

 

Trade receivables

 

Credit risk related to trade receivables are mitigated by taking bank guarantees or letters of credit, from customers where credit risk is high. The Company closely monitors the creditworthiness of the debtors through internal systems that are configured to define credit limits of customers, thereby, limiting the credit risk to pre-calculated amounts. The Company assesses increases in credit risk on an ongoing basis for amounts receivable that become past due and default is considered to have occurred when amounts receivable become two year past due.

 

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

 

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost includes loans and advances to related parties and employees, security deposits and others. Credit risk related to these other financial assets is managed by monitoring the recoverability of such amounts continuously.

 

Expected credit losses for financial assets other than trade receivables

 

The Company provides for expected credit losses on loans and advances other than trade receivables by assessing individual financial instruments for expectation of any credit losses. Since the Company deals with only high-rated banks and financial institutions, credit risk in respect of cash and cash equivalents, other bank balances and bank deposits is evaluated as very low. With respect to loans, comprising of security deposits, credit risk is considered low because the Company is in possession of the underlying asset. However, with respect to related parties, credit risk is evaluated based on credit worthiness of those parties and loss allowance is measured as lifetime expected credit losses. With respect to other financial assets, credit risk is evaluated based on the Company’s knowledge of the credit worthiness of those parties and loss allowance is measured as lifetime expected credit losses. The Company does not have any expected loss-based impairment recognized on such assets considering their low credit risk nature, though incurred loss provisions are disclosed under each sub-category of such financial assets.

 

27

 

 

Asset class   Estimated gross
carrying amount
at default
    Expected probability
of default
    Expected
credit losses
    As of
March 31, 2020
 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 40,579       0.00 %         $ 40,579  
Other financial assets   $ 189,179       0.00 %         $ 189,179  

 

Asset class   Estimated gross
carrying amount
at default
    Expected probability
of default
    Expected
credit losses
    As of
March 31, 2019
 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 23,924       0.00 %         $ 23,924  
Other financial assets   $ 379,625       0.00 %         $ 379,625  

 

Expected credit loss for trade receivables under simplified approach

 

The Company recognizes lifetime expected credit losses on trade receivables using a simplified approach, wherein the Company has defined percentage of provision by analyzing historical trend of default relevant to each category of customer based on the criteria defined above and such provision percentage determined have been considered to recognize lifetime expected credit losses on trade receivables (other than those where default criteria are met).

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due. The Company manages its liquidity needs by carefully monitoring scheduled debt servicing payments for long-term financial liabilities as well as cash-outflows due in day-to-day business. Long-term liquidity needs for a 180-day and a 360-day lookout period are identified monthly.

 

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the liquidity position and cash and cash equivalents based on expected cash flows. The Company considers the liquidity of the market in which the entity operates.

 

Contractual Maturities of financial liabilities

 

The tables below analyze the Company’s financial liabilities based on their contractual maturities. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

 

Liability class   Less than
1 year
    1 – 2 years     2 – 3 years     More than
3 years
    Total as of
31 March 2020
 
Borrowings   $ 1,575,826                       $ 15,75,826  
Trade payables     215,257                         2,15,257  
Other financial liabilities     36,182                         36,182  
Total   $ 1,827,265     $     $     $     $ 1,827,265  

 

Liability class   Less than
1 year
    1 – 2 years     2 – 3 years     More than
3 years
    Total as of
31 March 2019
 
Borrowings   $ 1,713,471                       $ 1,713,471  
Trade payables     297,368                         297,368  
Other financial liabilities     57,136                         57,136  
Total   $ 2,067,975     $     $     $     $ 2,067,975  

 

28

 

 

Interest rate risk

 

The Company’s policy is to minimize interest rate cash flow risk exposures on long-term financing. At 31 March 2020, the Company is exposed to changes in market interest rates through bank borrowings at variable interest rates. Other borrowings are at fixed interest rates. As such Company does not has any borrowings from outsiders except overdraft facility which is short term in the nature and repayable on demand, the interest rates on borrowings is around 8.5%. The other borrowings are from Directors who are also and shareholders. The borrowings from them is short term in the nature interest free and repayable on demand.

 

NOTE 20 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

Financial assets and liabilities

 

Financial assets   Fair value
through
profit (loss)
    Fair value
through other
comprehensive
income
    Amortized
Cost
 
Investments   $           $  
Trade receivable     3,90,150.75              
Other financial assets     1,89,179.31              
Total   $ 5,79,330.06           $  

 

 

Financial liabilities

  Fair value
through profit
(loss)
    Fair value
through other
comprehensive
income
    Total as of
31 March 2020
 
                   
Borrowings   $           $ 15,75,826.11  
Trade payables     2,15,257.46              
Other financial liabilities     1,194.82              
Total   $ 2,16,452           $ 15,75,826.11  

 

29

 

 

As at March 31, 2019   Fair value through
profit
    Fair value
through other
comprehensive
income
   

Total as of

31 March 2019

 
Financial Assets                  
(i) Investments     -       -       -  
(ii) Trade receivables     3,58,471.57       -       -  
(iii) Others financial assets     3,79,625.78       -       -  
Total     7,38,097.35       -       -  
                         
Financial Liabilities                        
(i)  Borrowings     -       -       18,17,543.51  
(ii) Trade payables     2,97,368.27       -       -  
(iii) Other financial liabilities     431.34       -       -  
Total     2,97,799.61       -       18,17,543.51  

 

Fair value hierarchy

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on the balance sheet are categorized into the three levels of fair value hierarchy. The three levels are defined based on the observability of significant inputs to the measurement, as follows:

 

The different levels of fair value have been defined below:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in an active market;

 

Level 2: Directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) observable market inputs, other than Level 1 inputs; and

 

Level 3: Inputs which are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). Fair values are determined in whole or in part using a net asset value or valuation model based on assumptions that are neither supported by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument nor are they based on available market data.

 

Fair value of instruments measured at amortized cost

 

Financial liabilities   Carrying
value as of
31 March 2020
    Fair value as of
31 March 2020
    Carrying
value as of
31 March 2019
    Fair value as of
31 March 2019
 
Borrowings   $ 1,587,215     $ 1,587,215     $ 1,817,543     $ 1,817,543  

 

Management assessed that fair value of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, security deposits, loan to related parties, other financial assets, short term borrowings, trade payables and other current financial liabilities approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities is included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values:

 

Long-term fixed-rate receivables are evaluated by the Company based on parameters such as interest rates, individual creditworthiness of the customer and other market risk factors. Based on this evaluation, allowances are considered for the expected credit losses of these receivables.

 

The fair values of the Company’s fixed interest-bearing borrowings are determined by applying discounted cash flows (‘DCF’) method, using discount rate that reflects the issuer’s borrowing rate as at the end of the reporting period.

 

All the other long-term borrowing facilities availed by the Company are variable rate facilities which are subject to changes in underlying Interest rate indices. Further, the credit spread on these facilities are subject to change with changes in Company’s creditworthiness. The management believes that the current rate of interest on these loans are in close approximation from market rates applicable to the Company. Therefore, the management estimates that the fair value of these borrowings are approximate to their respective carrying values.

 

NOTE 21 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Names of related parties and related party relationships

 

Lytus Technologies Holding Private Limited (Holding/Parent Company w.e.f 31 March 2020)

 

30

 

 

Key Management Personnel (KMP):

Ravi Gupta – Director

Nirlep Kumar – Director

Relatives of KMP:

Rekha Gupta - Director’s Sister

Swaran lata Gupta – Director’s Mother

 

Enterprise over which KMP has significant influences

M/s MM Cable Network - Partners: Ravi Gupta& Nirlep Kumar

M/s Explore Cable Network - Nirlep Kumar Partner

M/s Sunrise Communications - Prop. Swaran lata Gupta

M/s Alliance Cable Network - Nirlep Kumar Partner

M/s New City Line Cable Network - Partners: Ravi Gupta& Nirlep Kumar

M/s New Delhi Video Cable - Nirlep Kumar Partner

M/s SMC Infrastructure Pvt Ltd - Nirlep Kumar Director

 

Transactions with Subsidiaries and Key Management Personnel: In ($US)

 

    KMP     Relatives of KMP     Significant influenc Entity - KMP  
Particulars   March 31, 2020     March 31, 2019     1-Apr-18     March 31, 2020     March 31, 2019     1-Apr-18     March 31, 2020     March 31, 2019     1-Apr-18  
                                                       
Transactions made during the year                                                      
Remuneration     33,760.66       17,162.43       -       9,565.52                                                                        
Loan Taken     180,521.08       1,704,421.99                                                          
Loan Repayment     (187,039.77 )     (1,800,079.17 )                                                        
Business Support Service                                                     29,540.58                  
Rent paid/ provided     7,596.15       7,723.09       -                               2,532.05                  
Sale/ Outward Supply of Goods or Services or Capital Goods                                                     116,040.45                  
                                                                         
Year end balances                                                                        
Outstanding loan payable     1,575,826.11       1,713,471.36       1,809,128.54                                                  

 

NOTE 22 — AGREEMENT WITH THE LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED

 

The Compnay (the Seller) has entered in to share sales agreement with the Lytus Holding Technologies Private Limited, the company incorporated in British Virgin Lsland (Buyer) for sale of 51% of the equity shares against Sale Share Consideration of Rs. 1,99, 92,000/- i.e. consideration value of Rs. 3920/- per share.

 

NOTE 23 — LEASE

 

The Company does not have any lease transactions as a lessor or lessee and accordingly the lease accounting and disclosures related to IFRS 16 is not applicable.

 

NOTE 24 — EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

Disclosure pursuant to - IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ - Since there are no employee benefits is required to be payable the applicable accounting and disclosures is not applicable.

 

NOTE 24 — TRANSITION TO IFRS

 

Basis for Preparation

 

For all period up to and including the year ended March 31, 2020, the Company has prepared its financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in India (Indian GAAP). These financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020 are the Company’s first annual IFRS Financial Statements and have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS)

 

31

 

 

The Company has prepared the opening financial position as per IFRS as at April 1, 2018 (the transition date) by recognizing all assets and liabilities whose recognition is required by IFRS, not recognizing items of assets or liabilities which are not permitted by IFRS, by reclassifying certain items from previous GAAP to IFRS as required under the IFRS, and applying IFRS in the measurement of recognized assets and liabilities. The accounting policies that the Company has used in its opening financial position may have differed from those that it used for its previous GAAP. The resulting adjustments arising from events and transactions occurring before the date of transition to IFRS has been recognized directly in retained earnings at the date of transition.

 

The accounting policies set out in note 2 have been applied in preparing the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2020, the comparative information presented in these financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2019 and in the preparation of an opening IFRS financial position at 1 April 2018 (the date of transition). This note explains the principal adjustments made by the Company in restating its financial statements prepared in accordance with previous GAAP, and how the transition from previous GAAP to IFRS has affected the Company's financial position, financial performance and cash flows.

 

Exceptions and Exemptions Applied

 

IFRS 1 "First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards" (hereinafter referred to as IFRS 1) allows first time adopters certain exemptions from the retrospective application of certain IFRS, effective for April 1, 2018 opening financial position. In preparing these financial statements, the Company has applied the below mentioned optional exemptions and mandatory exceptions.

 

Determining whether an arrangement contains a Lease

 

An optional exemption that permits an entity to determining whether an arrangement existing at the date of transition contains a lease by considering the facts and circumstances existing at the date of transition (rather than at the inception of the arrangement). The Company has applied the above transition provision and has assessed all the arrangements at the date of transition.

 

Estimates

 

As per IFRS 1, an entity's estimates in accordance with IFRS at the date of transition to IFRS at the end of the comparative period presented in the entity's first IFRS financial statements, as the case may be, should be consistent with estimates made for the same date in accordance with the previous GAAP unless there is objective evidence that those estimates were in error. However, the estimates should be adjusted to reflect any differences in accounting policies.

 

NOTE 24 — TRANSITION TO IFRS

 

As per the standard, where application of IFRS requires an entity to make certain estimates that were not required under previous GAAP, those estimates should be made to reflect conditions that existed at the date of transition or at the end of the comparative period.

 

The Company's estimates under IFRS are consistent with the above requirement. Key estimates considered in preparation of the financial statement that were not required under the previous GAAP are listed below:

 

Fair Valuation of financial instruments carried at FVTPL and/ or FVOCI.

 

Impairment of financial assets based on the expected credit loss model.

 

Determination of the discounted value for financial instruments carried at amortized cost.

 

32

 

 

De-recognition of Financial Assets and Liabilities

 

As per IFRS 1, an entity should apply the derecognition requirements in IFRS 9, "Financial Instruments", prospectively for transactions occurring on or after the date of transition to IFRS. However, IFRS 9 gives an option to the entity to apply the derecognition requirements from a date of its choice if the information required to apply IFRS 9 to financial assets and financial liabilities derecognized as a result of past transactions was obtained at the initially accounting for those transactions. The company has elected to apply the de-recognition provisions of IFRS 9 prospectively from the date of transition to IFRS.

 

Classification and measurement of Financial Assets

 

IFRS 1 requires an entity to assess classification of financial assets on the basis of facts and circumstances existing as on the date of transition. Further, the standard permits measurement of financial assets accounted at amortized cost based on facts and circumstances existing at the date of transition if retrospective application is impracticable. Accordingly, the Company has determined the classification of financial assets based on facts and circumstances that exist on the date of transition. Measurement of the financial assets accounted at amortized cost has been done retrospectively.

 

Business combinations

 

IFRS 1 provides the option to apply IFRS 3 prospectively from the transition date or from a specific date prior to the transition date. This provides relief from full retrospective application that would require restatement of all business combinations prior to the transition date. The Company elected to apply IFRS 3 prospectively to business combinations occurring after its transition date. Business combinations occurring prior to the transition date have not been restated. The Company has applied same exemption for investment in associates and joint ventures.

 

Fair value measurement of financial assets or financial liabilities

 

First-time adopters may apply IFRS 9 to day one gain or loss provisions prospectively to transactions occurring on or after the date of transition to IFRS. Therefore, unless a first-time adopter elects to apply IFRS 9 retrospectively to day one gain or loss transactions, transactions that occurred prior to the date of transition to IFRS do not need to be retrospectively restated.

 

Impact of Transition to IFRS

 

As such there are no material differences or impact due to transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS and hence restated summaries of equity, profit & loss and cash flow is not given.

 

NOTE 24 — TRANSITION TO IFRS

 

NOTE 25 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Management has evaluated subsequent events to determine if events or transactions occurring through 8 July 2020, the date the financial statement was available for issuance, require potential adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statement and has concluded that all such events that would require recognition or disclosure have been recognized or disclosed.

 

 

33

 

 

Exhibit 99.4

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSEND COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERTAIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2020

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSEND COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERTAIONS

 

For the year ended 31 March 2020

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

   
Consolidated Pro Forma Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-5

 

F-1

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSEND COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

For the year ended 31 March 2020

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial position as of 31 March 2020 and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended 31 March 2020 are based on the historical financial statements of DDC CATV Networks Private Limited (“DDC CATV” or the “Subsidiary 1”), Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytys India” or the “Subsidiary 2”) and Lytus Technologies Holdings Private Limited (collectively the "Lytus Group" or “the Company) after giving effect to DDC CATV acquisition by the LYTUS GROUP on 31 March 2020 and Lytus India acquisition by the Lytus Group on 19 March 2020, and applying the assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 

The acquisition has been accounted for using the acquisition accounting method, as described in Note 1 to these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements. The DDC CATV and Lytus India tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded based upon their estimated fair values as of 31 March 2020 and 16 March 2020 respectively, the closing date of the acquisition. The excess purchase price over the value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial position of March 31, 2020 is presented as if the acquisition of the DDC CATV and Lytus India had occurred on 1 April 2019 and is derived from the unaudited standalone financial position of DDC CATV and Lytus India at 1 April 2019 and the unaudited financial position of Lytus Group at 1 April 2019 (assuming incorporated as on 1 April 2019) and gives effect to certain pro forma adjustments. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended 31 March 2020 are derived from the historical statements of operations of DDC CATV, Lytus India and the Company are presented as if the acquisition and incorporation of the Company occurred/happened on 1 April 2019 and give effect to certain pro forma adjustments.

 

F-2

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSEND COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

For the year ended 31 March 2020

 

The functional and reporting currency of the DDC CATV, Lytus India and Lytus Group is “INR” and “USD”. The statements and notes were translated into U.S. Dollars for use in the pro forma condensed combined financial statements as follows: The financial position as of 31 March 2020 was translated at the exchange rate as of that date of 75.3250 INR to the U.S. Dollar. The statement of operations for the year ended 31 March 2020 was translated at the average exchange rate for the year of 71.0887 INR to the U.S. Dollar. Note 1, which describes the terms of the acquisition, was translated at the exchange rate of 69.5509 INR to the U.S. Dollar as of the date of the close of the transaction, 1 April 2019. In the other notes to the financial statements, the exchange rate used for assets and liabilities was the rate as of 31 March 2020 and the exchange rate used for expenses was the average rate for the year ended 31 March 2020, as applicable.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations are based upon the historical financial statements of DDC CATV, Lytus India and the Company and include all adjustments that give effect to events that are directly attributable to the transaction, are expected to have a continuing impact, and that are factually supportable.

 

The pro forma adjustments and related assumptions are described in the accompanying notes presented on the following pages. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon currently available information and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been prepared by management for illustrative purposes only, in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and are not necessarily indicative of the consolidated financial position or performance of operations in future year or the performance that actually would have been realized had DDC CATV, Lytus India and the Company been a combined company during the specified year. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements, including the notes thereto, should be read in conjunction with:

 

· the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements;

 

the audited consolidated financial statements of Lytus Group for the Period from 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020 and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this filing.

 

the audited standalone financial statements of DDC CATV for the year ended 31 March 2020 and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this filing and

 

the audited standalone financial statements of Lytus India for the year ended 31 March 2020 and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this filing.

 

The purchase price allocation for the DDC CATV and Lytus India takes into account the information management believes is reasonable.

 

F-3

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the year ended 31 March 2020

 

    Successor     Predecessor                          
   

Lytus Holding
Historical

   

Lytus India
Historical

    DDC CATV
Historical
    Pro-Forma
Adjustments
    Note
No.
    Pro-Forma
Combined
 
    $     $     $     $           $  
Continuing Operations                                    
Income                                    
Revenue from contract with customers     -       -       1,778,508       -             1,778,508  
Other operating income     -       -       -       -             -  
      -       -       1,778,508       -             1,778,508  
Other income                                                
Other income     -       15,759,393       -       -             15,759,393  
      -       15,759,393       -       -             15,759,393  
                                                 
Total income     -       15,759,393       1,778,508       -             17,537,901  
                                                 
Expenses                                                
Operating expenses     70,000       16,617       1,352,663       -             1,439,280  
Staffing expenses     -       15,777       142,544       -             158,322  
Legal and professional fees     138,889       55,243       10,606                     204,739  
Other operating expenses     -       1,020       12,422       -             13,442  
Depreciation     -       -       297,517       -             297,517  
Amortisation of intangible assets     -       204,086       169       -             204,255  
      208,889       292,743       1,815,923       -             2,317,555  
Finance income     -       -       446       -             446  
Finance cost     -       -       3,322       -             3,322  
                                                 
Profit/(Loss) for the year before taxation     (208,889 )     15,466,650       (40,291 )     -             15,217,470  
Taxation                                                
Current tax     -       1,987,659       26,441       -             2,014,100  
Deferred Tax     -       1,907,015       (4,043 )     -             1,902,972  
      -       3,894,674       22,399       -             3,917,072  
                                                 
Profit/(Loss) for the year after taxation     (208,889 )     11,571,976       (62,690 )     -             11,300,398  
                                                 
Attributable to:                                                
Owner of the Company     (208,889 )     11,571,976       (31,972 )     -             11,331,116  
Non - controlling interests     -       -       (30,718 )     -             (30,718 )
                                                 
Other comprehensive income                                                
1) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss     -       -       -       -               -  
Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss                                                
                                                 
2) Items that may reclassified to profit or loss     -       307,007       62,518       -             244,489  
Income tax relating to items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss                                                
Foreign currency transalation reserves - subsidaries     -       410,273       81,066       -             329,207  
Income tax relating to items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss     -       103,266       18,548       -             84,718  
Total other comprehensive income     -       307,007       62,518       -             244,489  
                                                 
Total comprehensive income for the year     (208,889 )     11,264,969       (172 )     -             11,055,909  
Attributable to:                                                
Owner of the Company     (208,889 )     11,264,969       (88 )     -             11,055,992  
Non - controlling interests     -       -       (84 )     -             (84 )
      (208,889 )     11,264,969       (172 )     -                11,055,909  
                                                 
Earning per equity share of face value of USD. 0.10 each                                                
- Basic earnings per equity share (in USD.)                                             377  
- Diluted earnings per equity share (in USD.)                                             377  

 

F-4

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL statementS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — ACQUISATION OF LYTUS INDIA

 

Acquisition of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (formerly known as Cabio Entertainment Private Limited)

 

The Company has purchased 100% equity shares of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (Lytus India) through the Share Purchase Agreement dated 19 March 2020. The Company has acquired 15,000 shares of Lytus India at a face value of INR 10 for a purchase price of INR 150,650 (US$ 2,000). The control of Lytus India is assumed by the Company from 19 March 2020.

 

The statements and notes are translated into U.S. Dollars for use in the pro forma condensed combined financial statements as follows: The Balance Sheet as of 1 April 2019 was translated at the exchange rate as of that date of 69.5509 INR to the U.S. Dollar. The Statements of Operations for the year ended 31 March 2020 were translated at the average exchange rate 71.0887 INR to U.S. Dollar.

 

The Company accounted for its acquisition of the Lytus India using the acquisition method of accounting. Lytus India’s tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded based upon their estimated fair values as of the closing date of the acquisition. The excess of purchase price over the value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The following table summarizes the acquisition accounting and the tangible and intangible assets acquired as of the date of acquisition:

 

 

Sr.No.

  Particulars   Amt (INR)     Amt (INR)     ($US)  
1   Amount settled in cash             139,102     $ 2,000  
2   Recognized amounts of identifiable net assets:                        
    Capital work in progress – trademark     2,419,448                  
    Cash and cash equivalent     237,276                  
    Other current assets     439,454                  
    Borrowings     (3,171,084 )                
    Trade payable     (79,865 )                
    Other current liabilities     (7,500 )                
    Net identifiable assets and liabilities             (162,271 )     (2,333 )
    Goodwill             301,372     $ 4,333  

 

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and identifiable intangible assets. In accordance with applicable accounting standards, goodwill is not amortized but instead is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if certain indicators are present.

 

Changes in Goodwill:

Changes in Goodwill (Gross Carrying Amount)   (USD)  
Balance at 1April 2019   $  
Acquired through business combination     4,333  
Net exchange differences     (332 )
Balance at 31 March 2020   $ 4,001  

 

NOTE 2 — ACQUISATION OF DDC CATV

 

The Company has entered into the Share Subscription Agreement with DDC CATV Network Private Limited and its Promoters under the terms of which it has an option to acquire an additional 49% of the DDC CATV through an issue of 900,000 fully convertible preference shares at INR 100 per share, aggregating to an amount of US$ 1,194,822. The above option is subject to obtaining necessary regulatory approvals.

 

F-5

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 2 — ACQUISATION OF DDC CATV (Cont.)

 

The statements and notes are translated into U.S. Dollars for use in the pro forma condensed combined financial statements as follows: The Balance Sheet as of 1 April 2019 was translated at the exchange rate as of that date of 69.5509 INR to the U.S. Dollar. The Statements of Operations for the year ended 31 March 2020 were translated at the average exchange rate 71.0887 INR to U.S. Dollar.

 

The Company accounted for its acquisition of the DDC CATV using the acquisition method of accounting. DDC India tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded based upon their estimated fair values as of the closing date of the acquisition. The excess of purchase price over the value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The following table summarizes the acquisition accounting and the tangible and intangible assets acquired as of the date of acquisition:

 

 

Calculation of Goodwill upon Acquisition

  (INR)     (USD)  
Consideration transferred     19,992,000     $ 265,410  
Add: Non-controlling interest – 49%     (3,140,360 )     (41,691 )
Less: DDC CATV Net Assets     6,408,897       85,083  
Goodwill     23,260,537     $ 308,802  

 

With this acquisition, the Group expects to increase its market share in India in Media and Internet Services market. Details of the business combination are as follows:

 

          (INR)     (USD)  
Amount settled in cash           19,992,000     $ 287,444  
Proportionate value of Non-controlling interest in DDC CATV             (956,656 )     (13,755 )
Total             19,035,344       273,689  
                         
Recognized amounts of identifiable net assets:                        
Property and equipment     100,040,331                  
Intangible assets     40,454                  
Deposits     2,879,765                  
Non-current loans and advances     13,904,710                  
Trade and other receivables     24,907,020                  
Cash and cash equivalents     1,671,778                  
Deferred tax assets     3,688,796                  
Other current assets     10,652,264                  
Borrowings     (133,553,319 )                
Short term provisions     (6,188,502 )                
Other liabilities     (563,421 )                
Trade and other payables     (19,432,236 )                
Net identifiable assets and liabilities             (1,952,360 )     (28,071 )
Goodwill             20,987,704     $ 301,760  

 

F-6

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 2 — ACQUISATION OF DDC CATV (Cont.)

 

Non-controlling interest in DDC India

 

The non-controlling interest in DDC India is measured at the proportionate value of net assets at the acquisition date.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and identifiable intangible assets. In accordance with applicable accounting standards, goodwill is not amortized but instead is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if certain indicators are present.

 

Goodwill recognized on the acquisition relates to the expected growth, cost synergies and the value of DDC CATV’s workforce which cannot be separately recognized as an intangible asset. This goodwill has been allocated to the Group’s wholesale segment and is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

 

Changes in Goodwill (Gross Carrying Amount)   (USD)  
Balance at 1 April 2019   $  
Acquired through business combination     301,760  
Net exchange differences     (23,132 )
Balance at 31 March 2020   $ 278,629  

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been compiled in a manner consistent with the accounting policies adopted by the Group. The accounting policies of the Lytus India and DD CATV were not deemed to be materially different to those adopted by the Group.

 

4. ACQUISITION-RELATED COSTS

 

In conjunction with the acquisition, the Group incurred acquisition-related charges, related primarily to investment banking, legal, accounting and other professional services.

 

4. PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are based upon the historical financial statements of the Company and the DDC CATV and Lytus India and certain adjustments which the Company believes are reasonable to give effect to the acquisition of DDC CATV and Lytus India. These adjustments are based upon currently available information and certain assumptions, and therefore the actual impacts will likely differ from the pro forma adjustments.

 

F-7

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of 31 March 2020

 

NOTE 5 — EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Earnings per share consist of the following as of 31 March 2020:

 

    2020
($US)
 
Net income available to common shareholders   $ 11,300,398  
Weighted average number of common shares     30,000  
Par value   $ 0.10  
Income per common share:        
Basic income per common share   $ 377  
Diluted income per common share   $ 377  

 

 

F-8

 

Exhibit 99.5

 

Annex A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VALUATION REPORT

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation of Customer Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-1

 

 

VALUATION REPORT

 

1. BACKGROUND AND ASSIGNMENT

 

Lytus India is an Indian tech-enabled service company and has planned to build customer base in India. For the same, the company has identified Reachnet, an Indian company engaged in cable business. The strategy of Lytus India is to acquire customer base and ensure its entitlement over revenue rights from 1 April 2019. The aggregated customer base would be the support system for inaugurating and launching various technology enabled services. While aggregation of the customers is an important game plan, Lytus India has to take adequate steps to ensure retention of newly-acquired customer base. The aggregated customer base would become the backbone for various products / services launched by Lytus India, such as telemedicine, education platform, home security, office applications, etc.

 

2. DEFINITION OF FAIR MARKET VALUE

 

Fair market value is defined as the highest price available in an open and unrestricted market between informed and prudent parties, acting at arm's length and under no compulsion to act, expressed in terms of money or money's worth.

 

With respect to the market for the customers of a company viewed en bloc there are, in essence, as many "prices" for any business interest as there are purchasers and each purchaser for a particular "pool of assets", be it represented by consolidation with customers in same business or integrate for other business products, can likely pay a price unique to it because of its ability to utilize the assets in a manner peculiar to it. 

 

In any open market transaction, a purchaser will review a potential acquisition in relation to what economies of scale (e.g., reduced or eliminated competition, ensured source of material supply or sales, cost savings arising on business combinations following acquisitions, and so on), or "synergies" that may result from such an acquisition. 

 

3. VALUATION METHODOLOGIES

 

In valuing an asset or a business and/or a share(s), there is no single or specific mathematical formula. The particular approach and the factors to consider for each business will vary in each case. Valuation approaches are primarily income based or asset based.

 

Income based approaches are appropriate where an asset's and/or enterprise's future earnings are likely to support a value in excess of the value of the net assets employed in its operation. Commonly used income based approaches are the capitalization of indicated earnings or cash flow and discounted cash flow and discounted earnings.

 

Asset based approaches can be founded on either going concern assumptions (i.e. an enterprise is viable as a going concern but has no commercial goodwill) or liquidation assumptions (i.e. an enterprise is not viable as a going concern, or going concern value is closely related to liquidation value).

 

A-2

 

 

Valuation approaches applicable to assets and options can be grouped into three general categories: (1) cost approach; (2) market approach (or sales comparison approach); and (3) income based approach.

 

As there are many definitions of cost, the cost approach generally reflects the original cost or cost to reproduce the asset. This approach is premised on the principle that the most an investor will pay for an investment is the cost to obtain an investment of equal utility (whether by purchase or reproduction). 

 

The market or sales comparison approach uses the sales price of comparable assets as the basis for determining value. If necessary, the market transaction data is adjusted to improve its comparability and applicability to the asset being valued. The income based approach considers the expected future earnings to be derived through the use of the asset. The present value of the expected future earnings is determined with the application of a discount or capitalization rate, reflecting the investor's required rate of return on investment.

 

The valuation in cable industry is based on multiple of subscribers, that virtually all participants and observers agree is the main determinant of the value, and it is this approach that was the primary method utilized by us.

 

4. DCF Method

 

Scope and Objective

 

Lytus India has acquired subscribers from Reachnet along with the revenue entitlement rights. Lytus India is an tech-enabled service company and instead of acquiring customers per business segment, it intends to acquire customers through cable companies. The valuation report is sought in this regard.

 

Information relied upon

 

We have relied on the information report for cable industry and the CAC per subscriber and we have interviewed the management of Reachnet for understanding of the business profile, information from peer companies, the demographics of the subscribers (based on their locality):

 

- 25% in low-middle income category
- 50% in upper-middle income category
- 25% in high-income category

 

We have also interviewed the management of Lytus India to understand the business objective of the customer acquisition and the business plan for the same.

 

A-3

 

 

Statement of Limiting Condition

 

The report is prepared on the request of the management of Lytus India, based our valuation on the commercial assumptions given to us by the management. This Final Report may not be disclosed, in whole or in part, to any third party or used for any purpose whatsoever other than those indicated in the Engagement and in the Final Report itself, provided that the Final Report may be transmitted to the experts appointed in compliance with the law and its content may be disclosed publicly where required by regulations of the Indian authorities.

 

In preparing the Final Report we, have relied upon and assumed, without independent verification, the truthfulness, accuracy and completeness of the information and the financial data provided by LI. We have therefore relied upon all specific information as received and decline any responsibility should the results presented be affected by the lack of completeness or truthfulness of such information. Publicly available information deemed relevant for the purpose of the analyses contained in the Final Report has also been used.

 

The Final Report and the Opinion are necessarily based on economic, market and other conditions as of the date hereof, and the written and oral information made available to us until March 26, 2020. It is understood that subsequent developments may affect the conclusions of the Final Report and of the Opinion and that, we have no obligation to update, revise, or reaffirm the Opinion.

 

Approach to valuation

 

The standard of value used in the report is fair value which is defined in US GAAP as “The price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.”

 

Our study included:

 

(i) analysis of the Company’s projected operating results;

 

(ii) review of general financial market conditions, including those for its industry;

 

(iii) review of the Company’s future business operations;

 

(iv) review of its website;

 

(v) such other information we considered relevant to forming our opinion.

 

The investigation also included discussions with the Company’s management concerning the history and nature of the business, its financial condition, and its future prospects. We also considered certain financial and stock market data for publicly traded companies in businesses similar to the Company; as well as such other information, financial studies, economic data, and market criteria which we deemed relevant.

 

A-4

 

 

In the course of the study, we used financial and other information provided by the Company or obtained from private and public sources we believe to be reliable. Our conclusions are dependent on such information being complete and accurate in all material respects. However, we have not examined such information and accordingly do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance thereon.

 

Methodology Adopted

 

The valuations were conducted as per the discounted free cash flow method (Schedule 1). We have also carried out a secondary analysis, using Subscriber Multiple (Schedule 2).

 

It is noted that the valuation was performed provided that the Companies will continue in operation in an independent and unhindered manner for the future as at present (going concern).

 

Valuation Conclusion

 

Subject to the assumptions presented herein, in our opinion the fair value of customers is INR 375 crores as on 26 March 2020. For detailed calculations, please refer to Schedule I and II attached as integral part of this report.

 

For Niranjan V. Shah & Associates

Chartered Accountant

 

 

Niranjan V. Shah

Proprietor

Membership No. 032438

UDIN 20032438AAAAAI5309

 

Attached:

 

- Schedule 1 – Discounted Cash Flow Method
- Schedule 2 – Subscriber Multiple Method
- Schedule 3 – Comparable Analysis Method

 

<<END OF REPORT>>

 

A-5

 

 

SCHEDULE – I - DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW VALUATION

 

Description of the Arrangement

 

The arrangement between the Lytus India and Reachnet is to acquire the subscribers and income arising therefrom, with effect from 1 April 2019.

 

As on 10 June 2019, Reachnet has the following subscribers in the Month Period Apr-June 2019:

 

Particulars   Apr 19   May 19   June 19   Average
Device   19,74,319   19,70,866   19,76,190   19,73,792
Subscription Revenue in cr.   22.16   21.45   21.72   21.77
Broadcaster Revenue in cr.   3.14   3.14   3.14   3.14

 

Refer to Schedule for the Number of Subscriber and the Revenues arising therefrom, as of 31 March 2020.

 

Cable business requires four main factors: (a) Cable License; (b) Infrastructure such as Fiber Optic network (25,000 kms), headends, and streaming device; (c) consistent relationship with Broadcasters and Local Cable Operators; and (d) Subscriber strength.

 

Instead of investing in cable companies, Lytus India is acquiring customer base of Reachnet and shall partake the responsibility vis-à-vis subscribers. Lytus India shall become the economic benefactor in respect of the services provided to subscribers. The revenue entitlement rights would accrue to Lytus India with effect from 1 April 2019. It is prudent that the cable service agreement should be entered into with an independent cable operator, that is capable and has its network in place. The consideration for their continuing service can be fixed or can be variable, depending on the devices served. As the revenue itself is based on the devices served, the consideration fee to licensed cable operator should also be based on the devices served. As a result, 61% of the consideration fee1 can be paid to a licensed cable operator for their services towards subscribers. The parameters to decide on a local cable subscribers would be discussed separately.

 

As a result, Lytus India can achieve to receive a net margin of 39%, towards which Lytus India shall have complete responsibility of streaming service, wherein licensed related responsibility can be pass-on to a servicing licensed operator.

 

Assumptions:

 

1) FCFE: Per month revenues are approx. INR 23.96 crores, resulting in an Annualized Revenue of INR 287.6 crores. After service costs of 61%, the resultant net margin per annual is INR 112 crores.
2) Projections are made for 5 years, highlighting the recoverability issue. We have assumed 3% growth in net margin for Year 2 and Year 3 and assumed 4% growth in net margin for Year 4 and Year 5.
3) The payment milestone of CAC as determined below would be placed in 3 milestones: 60% in June 2020, 20% in June 2021 and 20% in June 2021. This is to ensure good recoverability ratio (based on expected return) and to ensure consistency in subscriber base. The table below provides further details of its coverage in absolute terms:

 

 

1 Based on the projection that customer risk, customer service, and sales and marketing is remaining with Lytus India. From the adjusted EBITDA margin of 46% (that is prior to customer service, device risk, customer risk, and sales and marketing) routine profit margin at adjusted EBITDA level for cable business is 7%. Therefore, 54% + 7%, aggregating to 61% as service consideration to a licensed cable operator.

 

A-6

 

 

Payable in 60:20:20   INR in cr.   Comments - on the terms of deferred consideration
60% by June 2020   225.00   recoup 112cr by 31 March 2020
20% by June 2021   75.00   Would recoup 227cr. by 31 March 2021
20% by June 2022   75.00   Would recoup 342cr. by 31 March 2022
        Would recoup 375cr. by 31 May 2022
    375.00    

 

The above payment milestone is to ensure the stability in the subscription model.

 

    Year Count       1   2   3   4   5
Sl. No.   Parameter (Financials in INR in crores)       Year 1   Year 2   Year 3   Year 4   Year 5
I   Free Cash Flow to Lytus India (FCFE)                        
    FCFE (net margin)       112   115.4   115.5   116.6   116.7
II   Discount Rate                        
A   Risk free rate   7.0%                    
B   Beta   2.00                    
C   Expected return (blended rate)   27.5%                    
D   Costs of Upfront CAC   48.0%                    
III   Terminal Growth Rate   2.0%                    
A   Terminal Value                       275.73
IV   Valuation                        
A   PV of FCFE       87.84   70.96   55.71   44.13   34.63
B   [+] PV of Terminal Value                       81.84
    Present Value of Customers   375                    
V   Valuation per share                        
    Total nos. of customers (mn)   0.84   1.97mn x   4.25 per device            
    Valuation per Customer   448                    

 

<<Refer to subsequent page>>

 

A-7

 

 

It can be observed from the above that the CAC per subscriber is INR 447.87, which is INR 1905/- per active device.

 

CAC Recovery Rate (per subscribers) (Amt. / No. in crores)
Particulars   2019-20   2020-21   2021-22   2022-23   Total
Device (assumed same)   0.20   0.20   0.20   0.20   0.20
Subscribers (4.25 per device)   0.84   0.84   0.84   0.84   0.84
375 cr. Payment Milestone   0   225.00   75.00   75.00   375.00
Value of Subscribers   2019-20   2020-21   2021-22   2022-23   Total
Streaming revenue    112.00    115.36    115.46    116.62    459.44
Telemedicine (Post Sept 2020)    -    7.40    12.25    16.45    36.10
Gross LTV    112.00    122.76    127.71    133.07    495.54
CAC   375.00
LTV > CAC (times)                   1.32

 

<<refer to subsequent page>>

 

A-8

 

 

Schedule – II - MULTIPLE OF SUBSCRIBERS APPROACH

 

The secondary basis for valuation was the number of subscribers that the vendor has. The rationale is that, despite churn rates that can be 5-9% annually, retaining subscriber base is not a difficult task. The spending pattern of the average population is committed to cable, OTT and IPTV. The below report on the ‘Indian Television Industry 2019’, provides for the below statistics.

 

 

The subscribers revenue can be increased in future by raising fees or by upgrading the devices (wherein IPTV can provide content through internet network) or by offering enhanced services such as internet access, tech-enabled products and services meant for home users, etc. The number of households and category of family income is also a good indicator of the size and outreach of a company's network, its revenues, and so on.

 

The Indian multiple varies greatly from as high as USD 35 per subscriber in Tier – 1 cities, with high population. Factors identified as influencing the multiple applied include the following:

 

- Degree of household concentration, urbanness
- Growth capacity
- Ability to offer new services
- Subscribers as a percentage of total homes passed by the network ("penetration")
- Subscriber/area demographics
- Regulations

 

A-9

 

 

- Competition
- Equipment/technology quality
- Fees paid per subscriber

 

The Ministry of Information and Broadcasting commented on the untapped opportunities in cable or IPTV and allied services, such as internet, telephone, home security, etc. It requires to upgrade on streaming devices. The prices per subscriber range from INR 400 per subscriber (not devices) to a premium of INR 1250 per subscriber. Following occurred in the past year in India:

 

Reliance Jio acquired major shares in Hathway and DEN, for creating synergies   Amt
Total Costs (INR cr)   5,250.00
In terms of devices (crores)   2.40
Multiple (INR)   2,187.50
Source: media reports (2019)    

 

The above was an example for acquisition of cable companies in India, that is riddled with undated liabilities, unpaid tax liability, etc.

 

Lytus India acquiring from Reachnet, for creating synergies   Amt.
Total Costs (cr.)   375.00
Devices (cr.)   0.20
Multiple (INR)   1,903.55

 

Schedule – III – COMPARABLE ANALYSIS METHOD

 

A comparable company analysis (CCA) is a process used to evaluate the value of a company using the metrics of other businesses of similar size in the same industry. Comparable company analysis operates under the assumption that similar companies will have similar valuation multiples, such as EV/Subscribers. The basic premise of the comparables approach is that CAC’s value should bear some resemblance to other CAC' in a similar situation that operate similar businesses.

 

In the present case, we have compared with the Industry / Market report of a company operating similar businesses.

 

A-10

 

 

Comparable Analysis Method - Subscriber’s Multiple

 

 

Source: https://www.motilaloswal.com/site/rreports/HTML/635158988094494447/index.htm

Dated: September 2013

 

 

Source: https://www.motilaloswal.com/site/rreports/HTML/635641670454660470/index.htm

Dated: April 2015

 

A-11

 

 

 

Source: IndiaNivesh Research Estimates, 2011

 

Further, Direct Costs (if sourced) through Marketing and Social Media, for the OTT business and IOT business: - Our business model is to cater to last-mile subscriber level, resulting in 83.7 lakh subscribers, reducing the further CAC to INR 450 per subscriber. In terms of the business model of Lytus India:

 

- the expected level of marketing, social media, advertisement, sales promotion costs for allied services such as telemedicine, home security, etc. would be at a minimum of INR 2500 per customers.
- the expected retention costs would be another minimum costs of INR 750 per customers per annum

 

Considering the costs saved, the present CAC at INR 450 per subscriber is considered to be within the market limit.

 

<<END OF REPORT>>

 

 

A-12